As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 18, 2016.

 

Registration Number 333-213572

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

 

Amendment No. 2

to

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

  

Polar Power, Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

 

California   3621   33-0479020
(State or other jurisdiction of   (Primary Standard Industrial   (I.R.S. Employer Identification
incorporation or   Classification Code   Number)
organization)   Number)    

        

249 E. Gardena Boulevard

Gardena, CA 90248

(310) 830-9153

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

 

Arthur D. Sams

President and Chief Executive Officer

Polar Power, Inc.

249 E. Gardena Boulevard

Gardena, CA 90248

(310) 830-9153

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

 

Copies to:

 

Larry A. Cerutti, Esq. Mitchell S. Nussbaum, Esq.
Lisa A. Raines, Esq. Giovanni Caruso, Esq.
Troutman Sanders LLP Loeb & Loeb LLP
5 Park Plaza, Suite 1400 345 Park Avenue
Irvine, California  92614 New York, New York  10154
(949) 622-2700/(949) 622-2739 (fax) (212) 407-4000/(212) 407-4990 (fax)

 

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. x

 

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

     

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.:

 

Larger accelerated filer ¨ Accelerated filer ¨
Non-accelerated filer ¨     (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) Smaller reporting company x

 

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

 

Title of Each Class of Securities to be
Registered
  Amount to be
Registered
    Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate Offering Price
(1)(2)
    Amount of
Registration
Fee(5)
 
Common stock, $0.0001 par value per share     2,300,000     $ 18,400,000     $ 2,132.56  
Representative’s Warrants to purchase   common stock           (3)      
Shares of common stock underlying Representatives’ Warrants     115,000     $ 920,000 (4)   $ 106.63  
Total     2,415,000     $ 19,320,000     $ 2,239.19  

 

 

 

(1) In accordance with Rule 416(a), the Registrant is also registering hereunder an indeterminate number of additional shares of common stock that shall be issuable pursuant to Rule 416 to prevent dilution resulting from stock splits, stock dividends or similar transactions.

 

(2) The registration fee for securities to be offered by the Registrant is based on an estimate of the Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering Price of the securities, and such estimate is solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o). Includes shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase from the Registrant to cover over-allotments, if any.

 

(3) We have agreed to issue warrants exercisable within five years after the effective date of this registration statement representing 5% of the securities issued in the offering (the “Representatives’ Warrants”) to Roth Capital Partners, LLC and Joseph Gunnar & Co., LLC. The Representatives’ Warrants are exercisable at a per share price equal to 125% of the common stock public offering price. Resales of the Representatives’ Warrants on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, are registered hereby. Resales of shares issuable upon exercise of the Representatives’ Warrants are also being similarly registered on a delayed or continuous basis hereby. See “Underwriting.”  In accordance with Rule 457(g) under the Securities Act, because the shares of the Registrant’s common stock underlying the Representatives’ Warrants are registered hereby, no separate registration fee is required with respect to the warrants registered hereby.

 

(4) Represents the maximum number of shares of the Registrant’s common stock issuable upon exercise of the Representatives’ Warrants.

 

(5) The Registrant previously paid $1,845.65 in connection with the initial filing of this registration statement.

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to Section 8(a), may determine .

 

 

 

 

 

 

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell, and is not a solicitation of an offer to buy, these securities in any state in which an offer, solicitation, or sale is not permitted.

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS Subject To Completion Dated NOVEMBER 18, 2016

 

 

2,000,000 Shares

Common Stock

 

Polar Power, Inc.  

 

 

 

This is a firm commitment initial public offering of   2,000,000 shares of our common stock. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We expect the initial public offering price will be between $7.00 and $8.00 per share.

 

We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Capital Market, or NASDAQ, under the symbol “POLA.” No assurance can be given that our application will be approved.

 

Following this offering, our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer will control approximately 59.4% of the voting power of our common stock (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase 300,000 additional shares of our common stock in this offering as described below). As a result of his ownership, he will be able to control any action requiring the general approval of our stockholders, including the election of our board of directors, the adoption of amendments to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and the approval of any merger or sale of substantially all of our assets. We will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of NASDAQ’s corporate governance rules. See “Management—Controlled Company Exemption.”

 

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws, and as such, may elect to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements . Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 10 of this prospectus.

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

    Per Share     Total (1)  
Public offering price   $     $  
Underwriting discounts and commissions (2)   $     $  
Proceeds, before expenses, to us   $     $  

 

(1) Assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock described below.

 

(2) We refer you to “Underwriting” beginning on page 101 of this prospectus for additional information regarding total underwriting compensation.

 

We have granted the underwriters an option, exercisable one or more times in whole or in part, to purchase up to 300,000 additional shares of common stock from us at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, within 45 days from the date of this prospectus to cover over-allotments, if any. If the underwriters exercise the option in full, the total underwriting discounts and commissions payable will be $        , and the total proceeds to us, before expenses, will be $        .

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock against payment on or about                     , 2016.

 

Joint Book – Running Managers

 

Roth Capital Partners   Joseph Gunnar & Co.

 

Co - Manager

 

Feltl and Company

 

The date of this prospectus is              , 2016.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY 1
RISK FACTORS 10
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 32
USE OF PROCEEDS 33
DILUTION 34
DIVIDEND POLICY 35
CAPITALIZATION 36
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 37
BUSINESS 48
MANAGEMENT 72
EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION 78
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 89
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT 93
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK 95
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE 99
UNDERWRITING 101
LEGAL MATTERS 108
EXPERTS 108
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION 108
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS F-1

 

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or contained in any free writing prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with different information, and we take no responsibility for any other information others may give you. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell, or soliciting an offer to buy, these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front of this prospectus.

 

For investors outside the United States: neither we nor any of the underwriters have taken any action to permit a public offering of the shares of our common stock or the possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

 

This prospectus includes statistical and other industry and market data that we obtained from our own internal estimates, industry publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties. Industry publications and third-party research, surveys and studies generally indicate that their information has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. While we believe these industry publications and third-party research, surveys and studies are reliable, we have not independently verified such data. Accordingly, you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such information.

 

Information that is based on estimates, forecasts, projections, market research or similar methodologies is inherently subject to uncertainties and actual events or circumstances may differ materially from events and circumstances that are assumed in this information. In some cases, we do not expressly refer to the sources from which this data is derived. In that regard, when we refer to one or more sources of this type of data in any paragraph, you should assume that other data of this type appearing in the same paragraph is derived from the same sources, unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires.

 

 

 

 

EXPLANATORY NOTE

 

Polar Power, Inc., the registrant whose name appears on the cover page of this registration statement, is a California corporation. Prior to the sale and issuance of any shares of common stock subject to this registration statement, Polar Power, Inc. will reincorporate as a Delaware corporation and will retain its current name, Polar Power, Inc. References to the registrant in the prospectus included in this registration statement are to Polar Power, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

 

 

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

This summary highlights selected information included elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information you should consider before buying shares of our common stock. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, especially the “Risk Factors” section and our financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus, before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock. Some of the statements in this prospectus constitute forward-looking statements. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” Unless the context requires otherwise, references in this prospectus to “our company,” “Polar,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer, prior to the reincorporation, to Polar Power, Inc., a California corporation, and, after the reincorporation, to Polar Power, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

Our Company

 

Overview

 

We design, manufacture and sell direct current, or DC, power systems for applications primarily in the telecommunications market and, to a lesser extent, in other markets, including military, electric vehicle charging, cogeneration, distributed power and uninterruptable power supply. Within the telecommunications market, our DC power systems provide reliable and low-cost DC power to service applications that do not have access to the utility grid (i.e., prime power applications) or have critical power needs and cannot be without power in the event of utility grid failure (i.e., back-up power applications).

 

Within this market, we offer the following three configurations of our DC power systems, with output power ranging from 5 kilowatts, or kW, to 20 kW: 

 

  · DC base power systems . These systems integrate our DC generator with automated controls that are programmed to efficiently charge various battery chemistries to provide back-up energy during a power failure. In addition, these systems are also used to provide prime power in off-grid and bad-grid locations to power DC loads in telecommunications towers.
     
  · DC hybrid power systems . These systems combine our DC base power systems with lithium-ion batteries (or other advanced battery chemistries) to efficiently store energy from DC generator or grid systems to provide back-up power or prime power. Our DC hybrid power system replaces lead acid systems with a longer-life and higher efficiency lithium-ion batteries equipped with our proprietary battery management system, or BMS, which protects batteries from being over charged or over discharged during daily use.
     
  · DC solar hybrid power systems . In remote off-grid and bad-grid applications fuel cost of a generator is a significant part of the overall operation cost. Our DC solar hybrid power systems combine our DC hybrid power system with solar panels to produce and store lower cost energy generated by the solar panels into lithium-ion batteries, thereby reducing a DC generator’s run time and operating costs.

 

Our DC power systems are available in diesel, natural gas, liquid propane gas, gasoline and biofuel formats, with diesel, natural gas and liquid propane gas being the predominant formats, and are capable of being remotely monitored by our global network management tool using our proprietary software technology, allowing us and our customers to collect performance data and update our products remotely.

 

  1  

 

 

We install, sell and service our products within our identified markets through our direct sales force and a network of independent service providers and dealers. In addition, we have established strategic relationships with local service partners in international markets to jointly promote, distribute and service our products.

 

During the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, 94% and 88%, respectively, of our total net sales were within the telecommunications market, with 88% and 79%, respectively, of our total net sales during those periods being derived from our largest customer, Verizon Wireless. During those periods, sales of our DC base power systems represented 97% and 98% respectively, of all DC power systems sold while sales of our DC solar hybrid power systems represented 3% and 2%, respectively, of all DC power systems sold. We did not sell any of our DC hybrid power systems during these periods. To date, all sales to Verizon Wireless have been comprised of our DC base power systems.

 

Our Competitive Strengths

 

Over the past 30 years, we have invested significant capital and engineering expertise to develop proprietary technologies and products that capitalize on the growing trend towards environmentally friendly and fuel efficient power generation systems. We further believe our success will be based on the following key competitive strengths:

 

  · Proprietary Technologies. Our research and development efforts since our inception in 1979 have resulted in the development of DC power systems with proprietary software and controls that are configured to meet the specific needs of our customers. In addition, we have invested significant resources in developing technologies that improve fuel efficiency and generate lower emissions than conventional solutions available in the marketplace.
     
  · Engineering Expertise. We have a customer-centric approach, and we continually strive to design products that target specific application performance requirements. We believe our direct sales and service approach gives us an advantage in determining customer needs, thereby providing us early insight into future market trends.
     
  · Manufacturing Competitiveness. We believe that our vertical integration approach to manufacturing lowers our production costs and improves our overall operational efficiency In addition, vertically integrated manufacturing of our proprietary components provides us greater control and intellectual property protection over our production processes.
     
  · Strong Customer Base. Substantially all of our net sales are derived from sales of our DC base power systems to Verizon Wireless, although we do have other customers within the telecommunications market and within other markets including military, electric vehicle charging, cogeneration, distributed power and uninterruptable power supply.
     
  · Experienced Management Team. Our President and Chief Executive Officer and key engineers each have over 25 years of engineering and production experience in the design and manufacturing of power systems.
     
  · Supply Chain Competitiveness. Our growth in sales volumes has enabled us to source components directly from high quality large global manufacturers, thereby reducing our component costs. Although we do not have any long term contracts or commitments with our suppliers, we utilize multiple sources for key components, such as engines, to mitigate supply shortages. During the past ten years, we believe we have developed strong long-term relationships with a network of reliable, low-cost manufacturers in the U.S. and abroad.

 

  2  

 

 

Our Growth Strategy

 

We believe that the increased growth in the use of electronic devices and components in the telecommunications, military, automotive and industrial markets has led to the rapid growth in demand for DC power in both grid connected and off-grid applications. Our decades of experience in design and manufacturing of DC power systems, combined with our 30-year reputation in the industry, provides us with an unprecedented opportunity to address the growing demand for DC power systems. The primary elements of our growth strategy include:

 

  · Further develop U.S. mobile telecommunications market. We plan to increase our direct sales infrastructure nationwide to promote our DC power systems to all the regions in the U.S., including mid-level mobile telecommunications tower service companies. We also plan to qualify additional independent telecommunications tower service providers to increase our aftermarket service infrastructure nationwide.
     
  · Expand DC power systems sales into new geographic markets. We believe a significant opportunity exists for sales of our DC power systems to telecommunication customers located in developing nations, such as India, China and Sub-Saharan Africa. To successfully penetrate international markets, we plan to establish subsidiaries in South Asia, Africa and Australia to conduct sales and service and when needed, we plan to incorporate final assembly operations to reduce non-value added costs. We are also actively pursuing strategic partnerships with established mobile telecommunications tower service companies located in Latin America, and Eastern Europe. Furthermore, we anticipate venturing into other developing global markets by partnering with local service partners to rent and lease our products.
     
  · Develop higher power DC power systems. We are in the process of developing higher power DC power systems that will include solar hybrid systems for prime and back-up power. We believe that higher power DC power systems will provide us with an opportunity to increase our product offerings within the data center and telecommunications markets. We plan to enhance and further develop our existing proprietary alternator and control technologies to increase power output capacity up to 200 kW.
     
  · Expand renewable solar energy product offerings. We plan to expand our DC solar hybrid power system product line to address off-grid and bad-grid applications in telecommunications and military markets worldwide. Our expanded product line will be comprised of systems ranging from 10 kW to 200 kW that will be available in either low voltage or high voltage configurations and designed for outdoor installations. We plan to target power markets in India and Sub-Saharan Africa where local governments are incentivizing the use of renewable energy within the telecommunications industry through favored spectrum auctions and tax incentives.
     
  · Enter power rental market. We plan to introduce equipment rental program to enter the energy provider market in the telecommunication tower industry. We plan to target telecommunications tower installations located in the remote outdoor locations with high fuel and maintenance costs. We believe the market is transitioning towards independent energy providers managing all the power and energy assets at telecommunications tower sites. We believe our DC power systems, combined with our proprietary remote performance tracking telematics tools, allows us to efficiently manage and monitor our rental assets, thereby providing lower life cycle costs to our customers.

 

  3  

 

 

Risks Associated with Our Business

 

Our business is subject to numerous risks, as more fully described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” on page 10 of this prospectus. You should read these risks before you invest in our common stock. We may be unable, for many reasons, including those that are beyond our control, to implement our business strategy. In particular, risks associated with our business include:

 

  · We are dependent on a limited number of customers.
     
  · To date, we have derived substantially all of our revenue from sales of our DC base power systems to Verizon Wireless within the telecommunications market. Our efforts to expand our product portfolio or markets within which we operate may not succeed, and may reduce our revenue growth rate.
     
  · Many of our DC power systems involve long design and sales cycles, which could have an adverse impact on our results of operations and financial performance.
     
  · The high concentration of our sales within the telecommunications market could result in a significant reduction in sales and negatively affect our profitability if demand for our DC power systems within this market declines.
     
  · We may need to raise additional capital to fund our international operations, commercialize new products and further expand our existing operations.
     
  · If we are unable to continue to develop new and enhanced products and technologies that achieve market acceptance in a timely manner, our competitive position and operating results could be harmed.
     
  · If we fail to adequately protect our intellectual property rights, we could lose important proprietary technology, which could materially and adversely affect our business.
     
  · Our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer owns and will own after this offering a majority of our common stock and will exercise significant influence over matters requiring stockholder approval, regardless of the wishes of other stockholders.

 

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

 

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our shares of common stock that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period. We refer to the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 in this prospectus as the “JOBS Act,” and references in this prospectus to “emerging growth company” shall have the meaning associated with it in the JOBS Act.

 

  4  

 

 

As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of specified reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:

 

  · only two years of audited financial statements in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements with correspondingly reduced “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure in this prospectus;
     
  · reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements;
     
  · no requirement that we hold non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements; and
     
  · exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting.

 

We have elected to adopt certain reduced disclosure requirements for purposes of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. In addition, for so long as we qualify as an emerging growth company, we expect to take advantage of certain of the reduced reporting and other requirements of the JOBS Act with respect to the periodic reports we will file with the SEC and proxy statements that we use to solicit proxies from our stockholders. As a result, the information contained in this prospectus and in our periodic reports and proxy statements may be different than the information provided by other public companies.

 

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

 

Corporate Information

 

We were incorporated in the State of Washington as Polar Products, Inc. in 1979. On October 9, 1991, we reincorporated in the State of California and changed our name to Polar Power, Inc. Prior to the completion of this offering, we will reincorporate in the State of Delaware as Polar Power, Inc. Our principal executive offices are located at 249 E. Gardena Boulevard, Gardena, California 90248. Our telephone number is (310) 830-9153. Our Internet website addresses are www.polarpower.com and www.polarpowerinc.com. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not a part of this prospectus. We have included our website addresses in this prospectus solely as an inactive textual reference.

 

  5  

 

 

The Offering

 

Common stock offered by us:   2,000,000 shares (2,300,000 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full)
     
Assumed initial public offering price:   $7.50 (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) per share of common stock.
     
Common stock outstanding prior to the offering:   7,383,158 shares
     
Common stock to be outstanding after the offering:   9,383,158 shares (9,683,158 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full)
     
Underwriters’ Over-Allotment Option   We have granted the representative of the underwriters an option, exercisable one or more times in whole or in part, to purchase up to an additional 300,000 shares of common stock from us at the public offering price less the underwriting discount within 45 days from the date of this prospectus to cover over-allotments.
     
Use of proceeds:  

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock that we are selling in this offering will be approximately $13.3 million (or approximately $15.4 million if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock in this offering is exercised in full), based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $7.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for new product research and development, existing product development and commercialization, the development of international markets, the manufacturing of rental units for use in the U.S. telecommunications markets, the purchase of raw materials and component parts with long lead times, and for general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds” on page 33 of this prospectus.

     
Lock-up:   Prior to the completion of this offering, we, each of our officers, directors, and all of our stockholders will agree, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell, offer, agree to sell, contract to sell, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale of, or otherwise dispose of or hedge, directly or indirectly, any units, shares of common stock, or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock, for a period of (i) 12 months after the date of this prospectus in the case of our directors and officers and (ii) 180 days after the date of this prospectus in the case of the Company and any other holder of our outstanding securities, without the prior written consent of the representative. See “Underwriting” for additional information.

 

  6  

 

 

Risk Factors:   Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 10 and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.
     
Proposed NASDAQ Capital Market symbol:   We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “POLA.”  
     
Transfer Agent and Registrar:   VStock Transfer, LLC

 

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on:

 

  · 7,383,158 shares of our common stock outstanding on November 15, 2016; and
     
  · 2,000,000 shares of common stock to be issued and sold by us in this offering.

 

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering excludes as of November 15, 2016:

 

  · 1,754,385 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the Polar Power, Inc. 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan, or the 2016 Plan, which will become effective simultaneously with the completion of this offering; and
     
  · an aggregate of 115,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants issued to the representative of the underwriters in connection with this offering.

 

Except as otherwise indicated herein, all information in this prospectus:

 

  · reflects or assumes the filing and effectiveness of our certificate of incorporation in the State of Delaware and the adoption of our bylaws, which will occur prior to completion of this offering;
     
  · assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional 300,000 shares of common stock to cover over-allotments, if any; and
     
  · assumes no exercise of the representatives’ warrants.

 

  7  

 

 

Summary Financial Information

 

The following summary historical financial information as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, has been derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following summary historical financial information as of September 30, 2016, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, has been derived from our unaudited interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as our audited financial statements and, in the opinion of our management, reflect all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of this information.

 

Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be achieved in any future period, and results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year. The summary financial information should be read together with our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, as well as “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” beginning on page 37 of this prospectus. Our audited annual financial statements and unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared in U.S. dollars in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP.

 

    Nine Months Ended September 30,
(unaudited)
    Years Ended
December 31,
 
    2016     2015     2015     2014  
Net sales   $ 15,525,231     $ 4,374,571     $ 6,846,759     $ 5,201,304  
Cost of sales     9,105,701       2,986,693       4,433,494       3,287,625  
Gross profit     6,419,530       1,387,878       2,413,265       1,913,679  
Research and development expenses     147,744       88,454       116,297       108,559  
Sales and marketing expenses     281,412       318,236       392,306       191,791  
General and administrative expenses     1,475,775       529,591       1,454,563       553,105  
Depreciation and amortization expenses     154,010       117,678       143,573       94,999  
Total operating expenses     2,058,941       1,053,959       2,106,739       948,454  
Income from operations     4,360,589       333,919       306,526       965,225  
Interest expense     (96,426 )     (62,813 )     (50,971 )     (44,927 )
Other expense     4,573       (87,459 )     (15,325 )     (54,712 )
Income before income taxes     4,268,736       183,647       240,230       865,586  
Provision for income taxes     (1,548,728 )     (24,697 )     (273,569 )     (290,338 )
Net income (loss)   $ 2,720,008     $ 158,950     $ (33,339 )   $ 575,248  
Net income (loss) per share — basic and diluted   $ 0.37     $ 0.03     $ (0.01 )   $ 0.09  
Weighted average shares outstanding — basic and diluted     7,380,145       6,724,569       6,832,329       6,435,116  

 

  8  

 

 

The following summary balance sheet data as of September 30, 2016 is presented:

 

  · on an actual basis;
     
  · on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the sale of 2,000,000 shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $7.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

   

As of September 30, 2016

(unaudited)

   

As of

December 31,

 
    2016    

Pro

Forma (1)

    2015     2014  
             
Balance Sheet Data:                                
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 130,860     $ 13,193,164     $ 263,418     $ 553,492  
Other current assets     8,907,871       8,907,871       3,682,877       1,636,812  
Other long-term assets     1,420,013       1,420,013       836,836       722,695  
Total assets     10,458,744       23,521,648       4,783,132       2,917,999  
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities     5,192,257       5,192,257       2,400,958       1,514,680  
Other long-term liabilities     254,645       254,645       127,840       197,541  
Common stock     2,286,395       15,349,299       2,248,895       1,167,000  
Retained earnings     2,725,447       2,725,447       5,439       38,778  
Total stockholders’ equity     5,011,842       18,074,746       2,254,334       1,205,778  
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity     10,458,744       19,950,970       4,783,132       2,917,999  

 

(1) Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $7.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $1.8 million, $1.8 million and $1.8 million, respectively, assuming that the number of shares we are offering, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option. Depending on market conditions and other considerations at the time we price this offering, we may sell a greater or lesser number of shares than the number set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. An increase of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares we are offering would increase each of pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $6.9 million, $6.9 million and $6.9 million, respectively, assuming an initial public offering price of $7.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us. An increase of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares we are offering, together with a $1.00 increase in the public offering price per share, would increase each of pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $9.7 million, $9.7 million and $9.7 million, respectively. A decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares we are offering, together with a $1.00 decrease in the public offering price per share, would decrease each of pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $7.8 million, $7.8 million and $7.8 million, respectively.

 

  9  

 

 

RISK FACTORS

 

Investing in shares of our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus, before making your decision to invest in shares of our common stock. We cannot assure you that any of the events discussed in the risk factors below will not occur. These risks could have a material and adverse impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition or prospects. If that were to happen, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

 

This prospectus also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including the risks faced by us described below and elsewhere in this prospectus. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” for information relating to these forward-looking statements.

 

Risks Related to Our Financial Position and Need for Additional Capital

 

We may need to raise additional capital to fund our international operations, commercialize new products and further expand our existing operations.

 

Based on our current business plan, we believe the net proceeds from this offering, together with our current cash, cash equivalents, marketable securities, and our ability to borrow from our senior secured lender, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements over at least the next 12 months. If our available cash balances, net proceeds from this offering and anticipated cash flow from operations are insufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements, we may seek to sell common or preferred equity or convertible debt securities, enter into a new or amended credit facility or another form of third-party funding, or seek other debt financing.

 

We may consider raising additional capital in the future to further expand our business, to pursue strategic investments, to take advantage of financing opportunities, or for other reasons. We need additional liquidity and capital resources through debt and/or equity financings to fulfill our anticipated future product backlog. We may not be able to obtain adequate financing in a timely manner, on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Our failure to raise sufficient capital in a timely manner will restrict our growth and hinder our ability to compete. Our failure to obtain timely and adequate capital could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

No assurances can be given that we will be successful in obtaining additional financing in the future. Any future financing that we may obtain may cause significant dilution to existing stockholders. Any debt financing or other financing of securities senior to our common stock that we are able to obtain will likely include financial and other covenants that will restrict our flexibility. At a minimum, we expect these covenants to include restrictions on our ability to pay dividends on our common stock. Any failure to comply with these covenants would have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

 

If adequate funds are not available, we may be required to delay, scale back or eliminate portions of our operations and product development efforts or to obtain funds through arrangements with strategic partners or others that may require us to relinquish rights to certain of our technologies or potential products or other assets. Accordingly, the inability to obtain such financing could result in a significant loss of ownership and/or control of our proprietary technology and other important assets and could also adversely affect our ability to fund our continued operations and our development efforts and adversely affect our business.

 

  10  

 

 

Our operating results can fluctuate significantly from period to period, which makes our operating results difficult to predict and can cause our operating results in any particular period to be less than comparable periods and expectations from time to time.

 

Our operating results have fluctuated significantly from quarter-to-quarter, period-to-period and year-to-year during our operating history and are likely to continue to fluctuate in the future due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control. Certain factors that may affect our operating results include, without limitation, those set forth under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations —Critical Accounting Policies” in this prospectus.

 

Because we have little or no control over many of these factors, our operating results are difficult to predict. Any adverse change in any of these factors could negatively affect our business and results of operations.

 

Our revenues, net income (loss) and other operating results are heavily dependent upon the size and timing of customer orders and projects, and the timing of the completion of those projects. The timing of our receipt of large individual orders, and of project completion, is difficult for us to predict. Because our operating expenses are based on anticipated revenues over the mid- and long-term and because a high percentage of our operating expenses are relatively fixed, a shortfall or delay in recognizing revenues can cause our operating results to vary significantly from quarter-to-quarter and can result in significant operating losses or declines in profit margins in any particular quarter. If our revenues fall below our expectations in any particular quarter, we may not be able, or it may not be prudent for us, to reduce our expenses rapidly in response to the revenue shortfall, which can result in us suffering significant operating losses or declines in profit margins in that quarter.

 

Due to these factors and the other risks discussed in this prospectus, you should not rely on quarter-to-quarter, period-to-period or year-to-year comparisons of our results of operations as an indication of our future performance. Quarterly, period and annual comparisons of our operating results are not necessarily meaningful or indicative of future performance. As a result, it is likely that, from time to time, our results of operations or our revenue backlog could fall below historical levels or the expectations of public market analysts and investors, which could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline significantly.

 

Our revolving line of credit facility with our senior secured lender contains certain affirmative and negative covenants that could restrict the manner in which we conduct business and, if we fail to comply with such covenants, it could restrict our ability to access the full amount available under the credit facility and result in the acceleration of the debt extended, if any, pursuant to such credit facility.

 

Our revolving line of credit facility with our senior secured lender provides us with a $2.0 million line of credit for working capital and is secured by substantially all of the assets used in our continuing operations, contains certain financial covenants and other restrictions applicable to us which could reduce our flexibility in conducting our operations by limiting our ability to borrow money and may create a risk of default on our debt if we cannot continue to satisfy those covenants.

 

If we default in any of the affirmative or negative covenants applicable to us or otherwise default in the credit facility, the lender could, among other things, declare a default, accelerate the maturity date of any outstanding indebtedness and, if we are unable to repay, exercise its rights under the credit facility to, among other things, foreclose on our assets.

 

  11  

 

 

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

 

We are dependent on a limited number of customers.

 

Currently, the majority of our revenues are derived from one customer. Revenues from our largest customer, Verizon Wireless, comprised 88% and 81% of our total revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and the year ended December 31, 2015, respectively. We expect this trend to continue for the foreseeable future. An unfavorable change in our business relationship with Verizon Wireless, or delays in customer implementation and deployment of our products, could have a material adverse effect on results of operation and financial condition.

 

To date, we have derived substantially all of our revenue from sales of our DC base power systems to Verizon Wireless within the telecommunications market. Our efforts to expand our product portfolio or markets within which we operate may not succeed, and may reduce our revenue growth rate.

 

To date, we have derived substantially all of our revenue from sales of our DC base power systems to Verizon Wireless within the telecommunications market. Any factor adversely affecting sales of this product to Verizon Wireless or to other customers within this market, including market acceptance, product competition, performance and reliability, reputation, price competition and economic and market conditions, could adversely affect our business and results of operations. Our plan to invest in the development of higher capacity DC hybrid solar systems to address data centers and other applications within the telecommunications market may not result in an anticipated growth in sales and may reduce our revenue growth rate.

 

Many of our DC power systems involve long design and sales cycles, which could have an adverse impact on our results of operations and financial performance.

 

The design and sales cycle for our DC power systems, from initial contact with our potential customer to the shipments of our product, may be lengthy. Customers generally consider a wide range of factors before making a purchase decision. Prior to purchasing our products, our customers often require a significant technical review, tests and evaluations over long periods of time, assessments of competitive products and approval at a number of management levels within their organization. During the time our customers are evaluating our products, we may incur substantial sales and service, engineering and research and development expenses to customize our products to meet customer’s application needs. We may also expend significant management efforts, increase manufacturing capacity, order long-lead-time components or purchase significant amounts of components and other inventory prior to receiving an order. Even after this evaluation process, a potential customer may not purchase our products.

 

The product development time before our customer agrees to purchase our DC power systems can be considerable. Our process for developing an integrated solution may require use of significant engineering resources, including design, prototyping, modeling, testing and application engineering. The length of this cycle is influenced by many factors, including the difficulty of the technical specification and complexity of the design and the customer’s procurement processes. A significant period may elapse between our investment of time and resources in designing and developing a product for our customer and revenue from sales of that product. The length of this process combined with unanticipated delays in the development cycle could materially affect results of operations and financial conditions.

 

  12  

 

 

We do not have long-term commitments for significant revenues with most of our customers and may be unable to retain existing customers, attract new customers or replace departing customers with new customers that can provide comparable revenues and profits.

 

Because we generally do not obtain firm, long-term volume purchase commitments from our customers, most of our sales are derived from individual purchase orders. We remain dependent upon securing new purchase orders in the future in order to sustain and grow our revenues. Accordingly, there is no assurance that our revenues and business will grow in the future. Our failure to maintain and expand our customer relationships could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

The high concentration of our sales within the telecommunications market could result in a significant reduction in sales and negatively affect our profitability if demand for our DC power systems declines within this market.  

 

We expect to be predominately focused on the manufacturing, marketing and sales of DC power systems to telecommunications companies for the foreseeable future. We may be unable to shift our business focus away from these activities. Accordingly, the emergence of new competing DC power products or lower-cost alternative technologies may reduce the demand for our products. A downturn in the demand for our DC power systems within the telecommunications market would likely materially and adversely affect our sales and profitability.

 

Any failure by management to properly manage our expected growth could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

We anticipate that we will continue to grow in the near future. The growth of our business will require significant investments of capital and management’s close attention. Our strategy envisions a period of growth that may impose a significant burden on our administrative, financial, and operational resources. If we experience difficulties in any of these areas, we may not be able to expand our business successfully or effectively manage our growth. Our ability to effectively manage our growth will require us to substantially expand the capabilities of our administrative and operational resources and to attract, train, manage and retain qualified management, engineers, and other personnel. We may be unable to do so. Further, our failure to properly manage our expected growth could have a material adverse effect on our ability to retain key personnel. In addition, our failure to successfully manage our growth could result in our sales not increasing commensurately with our capital investments. Any failure by management to manage growth and to respond to changes in our business could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

The markets within which we compete are highly competitive. Many of our competitors have greater financial and other resources than we do and one or more of these competitors could use their greater financial and other resources to gain market share at our expense.

 

If our business continues to develop as expected, we anticipate that we will continue to grow in the near future. If, due to capital constraints or otherwise, we are unable to fulfill our existing backlog in a timely manner and/or procure and timely fulfill our anticipated future backlog, our customers and potential customers may decide to use competing DC power systems or continue the use of alternating current, or AC, power systems. If we are unable to fulfill the growing demand for products and services in a timely manner, our customers and potential customers may choose to purchase from our competitors. Some of our larger competitors may be willing to reduce prices and accept lower margins in order to compete with us. In addition, we could face new competition from large international or domestic companies with established industrial brands and distribution networks that enter our end markets. Demand for our products may also be affected by our ability to respond to changes in design and functionality, to respond to downward pricing pressure, and to provide shorter lead times for our products than our competitors. If we are unable to respond successfully to these competitive pressures, we could lose market share, which could have an adverse impact on our results. We cannot assure that we will be able to compete successfully in our markets, or compete effectively against current and new competitors as our industry continues to evolve.

  

  13  

 

 

Rapid technological changes may prevent us from remaining current with our technological resources and maintaining competitive product and service offerings.

 

The markets in which we and our customers operate are characterized by rapid technological change, especially within the telecommunications market. Significant technological changes could render our existing and potential new products, services and technology obsolete. Our future success will depend, in large part, upon our ability to:

 

  · effectively identify and develop leading energy efficient technologies;

 

  · continue to develop our technical expertise;

 

  · enhance our current products and services with new, improved and competitive technology; and

 

  · respond to technological changes in a cost-effective and timely manner.

 

If we are unable to successfully respond to technological change or if we do not respond to it in a cost-effective and timely manner, then our business will be materially and adversely affected. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in responding to changing technology. In addition, technologies developed by others may render our products, services and technology uncompetitive or obsolete. Even if we do successfully respond to technological advances, the integration of new technology may require substantial time and expense, and we cannot assure you that we will succeed in adapting our products, services and technology in a timely and cost-effective manner.

 

If we are unable to continue to develop new and enhanced products and services that achieve market acceptance in a timely manner, our competitive position and operating results could be harmed.

 

Our future success will depend on our ability to continue to develop new and enhanced DC power systems and related products and services that achieve market acceptance in a timely and cost-effective manner. The markets in which we and our customers operate are characterized by frequent introductions of new and enhanced products and services, evolving industry standards and regulatory requirements, government incentives and changes in customer needs. The successful development and market acceptance of our products and services depends on a number of factors, including:

 

  · the changing requirements and preferences of the potential customers in our markets;

 

  · the accurate prediction of market requirements, including regulatory issues;

  

  · the timely completion and introduction of new products and services to avoid obsolescence;

 

  · the quality, price and performance of new products and services;

 

  · the availability, quality, price and performance of competing products and services;

 

  · our customer service and support capabilities and responsiveness;

 

  · the successful development of our relationships with existing and potential customers; and

 

  · changes in industry standards.

 

  14  

 

 

We may experience financial or technical difficulties or limitations that could prevent us from introducing new or enhanced products or services. Furthermore, any of these new or enhanced products and services could contain problems that are discovered after they are introduced. We may need to significantly modify the design of these products and services to correct problems. Rapidly changing industry standards and customer preferences and requirements may impede market acceptance of our products and services.

 

Development and enhancement of our products and services will require significant additional investment and could strain our management, financial and operational resources. The lack of market acceptance of our products or services or our inability to generate sufficient revenues from this development or enhancements to offset their development costs could have a material adverse effect on our business. In addition, we may experience delays or other problems in releasing new products and services and enhancements, and any such delays or problems may cause customers to forego purchases of our products and services and to purchase those of our competitors.

 

We cannot provide assurance that products and services that we have recently developed or that we develop in the future will achieve market acceptance. If our new products and services fail to achieve market acceptance, or if we fail to develop new or enhanced products and services s that achieve market acceptance, our growth prospects, operating results and competitive position could be adversely affected.

 

We are dependent on relationships with our key material suppliers, and the partial or complete loss of one of these key suppliers, or the failure to find replacement suppliers or manufacturers in a timely manner, could adversely affect our business.

 

We have established relationships with third party engine suppliers and other key suppliers from which we source components for our power systems. We purchase standard configurations of engines for our DC power systems and are substantially dependent on timely supply from our three key engine suppliers, Isuzu Motors, Yanmar Engines Company and Kubota Corporation. Purchases from Isuzu, Yanmar and Kubota represented approximately 10%, 0% and 2% of our total cost of sales for 2014, respectively, and represented approximately 6%, 9% and 15% of our total cost of sales for 2015, respectively. We do not have any long term contracts or commitments with any of these suppliers. If any of these engine suppliers were to fail to provide emissions certified engines in a timely manner or fail to supply engines that meet our quality, quantity or cost requirements, or were to discontinue manufacturing any engines we source from them or discontinue providing any of these engines to us, and we were unable to obtain substitute sources in a timely manner or on terms acceptable to us, our ability to manufacture our products could be materially adversely affected.

 

Price increases in some of the key components in our DC power systems could materially and adversely affect our operating results and cash flows.

 

The prices of some of the key components of our DC power systems are subject to fluctuation due to market forces beyond our control, including changes in the costs of raw materials incorporated into these components. Such price increases occur from time to time due to spot shortages of commodities, increases in labor costs or longer-term shortages due to market forces. In particular, the prices of engines can fluctuate frequently and often significantly. We do not have any long term contracts or commitments with our three key engine suppliers. Substantial increases in the prices of raw materials used in components which we source from our suppliers may result in increased prices charged by our suppliers. If we incur price increases from our suppliers for key components in our DC power systems, our production costs will increase. Given competitive market conditions, we may not be able to pass all or any of those cost increases on to our OEM customers in the form of higher sales prices. To the extent our competitors do not suffer comparable component cost increases, we may have even greater difficulty passing along price increases and our competitive position may be harmed. As a result, increases in costs of key components may adversely affect our margins and otherwise adversely affect our operating results and cash flows.

 

  15  

 

 

A portion of our key components are sourced in foreign countries, exposing us to additional risks that may not exist in the U.S.

 

A portion of our key components, such as engines, magnets and cooling systems, are purchased from suppliers located overseas, primarily in Asia. Our international sourcing subjects us to a number of potential risks in addition to the risks associated with third-party sourcing generally. These risks include:

 

  · inflation or changes in political and economic conditions;

 

  · unstable regulatory environments;

 

  · changes in import and export duties;

 

  · currency rate fluctuations;

 

  · trade restrictions;

 

  · labor unrest;

 

  · logistical and communications challenges; and

 

  · other restraints and burdensome taxes.

 

These factors may have an adverse effect on our ability to source our purchased components overseas. In particular, if the U.S. dollar were to depreciate significantly against the currencies in which we purchase raw materials from foreign suppliers, our cost of goods sold could increase materially, which would adversely affect our results of operations.

  

The unavailability or shortage, or increase in the cost, of raw materials and components could have an adverse effect on our sales and profitability.

 

Our operations require raw materials, such as aluminum, copper and permanent magnets. Commodities such as aluminum and copper are known to have significant price volatility based on global economic conditions. An increase in global economic outlook may result in significant price increases in the cost of our raw materials. In addition, we use Neodymium permanent magnets in our alternators, for which there are a limited number of global suppliers that can meet our standards. Increase in manufacturing of electric vehicles worldwide can have adverse effect on cost or supply of these magnets. At our current production volumes we are unable to secure large quantities of these commodities at fixed prices; however we do have multiple sources of supply for our raw materials to meet our near term forecasted needs. Various factors could reduce the availability of raw materials and components and shortages may occur from time to time in the future. An increase in lead times for the supply of raw materials due to a global increase in demand for commodities outlined may significantly increase material costs of our products. If production was interrupted due to unavailability or shortage of raw materials and we were not able to find alternate third-party suppliers or re-engineer our products to accommodate different components or materials, we could experience disruptions in manufacturing and operations including product shortages, higher freight costs and re-engineering costs. If our supply of raw materials or components is disrupted or our lead times extended, our business, results of operations or financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

 

  16  

 

 

We manufacture and assemble a majority of our products at one facility. Any prolonged disruption in the operations of this facility would result in a decline in our sales and profitability.

 

We manufacture and assemble our DC power systems at our facility located in Gardena, California. Any prolonged disruption in the operations of our manufacturing and assembly facility, whether due to equipment or information technology infrastructure failure, labor difficulties, destruction of or damage to this facility as a result of an earthquake, fire, flood, other catastrophes, and other operational problems would result in a decline in our sales and profitability. In the event of a business interruption at our facility, we may be unable to shift manufacturing and assembly capabilities to alternate locations, accept materials from suppliers or meet customer shipment needs, among other severe consequences. Such an event could have a material and adverse impact on our financial condition and results of our operations.

 

Our business operations are subject to substantial government regulation.

 

Our business operations are subject to certain federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations. For example, our products, services and technologies are subject to regulations relating to building codes, public safety, electrical connections, security protocols, and local and state licensing requirements. The regulations to which we are subject may change, additional regulations may be imposed, or existing regulations may be applied in a manner that creates special requirements for the implementation and operation of our products or services that may significantly impact or even eliminate some of our revenues or markets. In addition, we may incur material costs or liabilities in complying with any such regulations. Furthermore, some of our customers must comply with numerous laws and regulations, which may affect their willingness and ability to purchase our products, services and technologies.

 

The modification of existing laws and regulations or interpretations thereof or the adoption of future laws and regulations could adversely affect our business, cause us to modify or alter our methods of operations and increase our costs and the price of our products, services and technology. In addition, we cannot provide any assurance that we will be able, for financial or other reasons, to comply with all applicable laws and regulations. If we fail to comply with these laws and regulations, we could become subject to substantial penalties or restrictions that could materially and adversely affect our business.

 

Certain of our products are used in critical communications networks which may subject us to significant liability claims.

 

Because certain of our products for customers in the telecommunications industry are used in critical communications networks, we may be subject to significant liability claims if our products do not work properly. We warrant to our current customers that our products will operate in accordance with our product specifications. If our products fail to conform to these specifications, our customers could require us to remedy the failure or could assert claims for damages. The provisions in our agreements with customers that are intended to limit our exposure to liability claims may not preclude all potential claims. In addition, any insurance policies we have may not adequately limit our exposure with respect to such claims. Liability claims could require us to spend significant time and money in litigation or to pay significant damages. Any such claims, whether or not successful, would be costly and time-consuming to defend, and could divert management’s attention and seriously damage our reputation and our business.

 

  17  

 

 

We could be adversely affected by our failure to comply with the laws applicable to our foreign activities, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other similar worldwide anti-bribery laws.

 

The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or the FCPA, and similar anti-bribery laws in other jurisdictions prohibit U.S.-based companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to non-U.S. officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. We may pursue opportunities in certain parts of the world that experience government corruption, and in certain circumstances, compliance with anti-bribery laws may conflict with local customs and practices. Our policies mandate compliance with all applicable anti-bribery laws. Further, we require our partners, subcontractors, agents and others who work for us or on our behalf to comply with the FCPA and other anti-bribery laws. Although we have policies and procedures, and have conducted training, designed to ensure that we, our employees, our agents and others who work with us in foreign countries comply with the FCPA and other anti-bribery laws, there is no assurance that such policies, procedures or training will protect us against liability under the FCPA or other laws for actions taken by our agents, employees and intermediaries. If we are found to be liable for FCPA violations (either due to our own acts or inadvertence, or due to the acts or inadvertence of others), we could suffer from severe criminal or civil penalties or other sanctions, which could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations or cash flows. In addition, detecting, investigating and resolving actual or alleged FCPA violations is expensive and could consume significant time and attention of our senior management.

 

We are exposed to risks related to our international sales, and the failure to manage these risks could harm our business. If we fail to expand our business into international markets, our revenues and results of operations may be adversely affected.

 

In addition to our sales to customers within the U.S., we may become increasingly dependent on sales to customers outside the U.S. as we pursue expanding our business with customers in, without limitation, Australia, India, Africa and Latin America. In 2015 and 2014, our sales to international customers accounted for 2% and 27%, respectively, of total revenue. We expect that a significant portion of our future international sales will be from less developed or developing countries. As a result, the occurrence of any international, political, economic or geographic event could result in a significant decline in revenue. In addition, compliance with complex foreign and U.S. laws and regulations that apply to our international operations increases our cost of doing business in international jurisdictions. These numerous and sometimes conflicting laws and regulations include internal control and disclosure rules, data privacy and filtering requirements, anti-corruption laws, such as the FCPA, and other local laws prohibiting corrupt payments to governmental officials, and anti-competition regulations, among others. Violations of these laws and regulations could result in fines and penalties, criminal sanctions against us, our officers, or our employees, prohibitions on the conduct of our business and on our ability to offer our products and services in one or more countries, and could also materially affect our brand, our international expansion efforts, our ability to attract and retain employees, our business, and our operating results. Although we have implemented policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with these laws and regulations, there can be no assurance that our employees, contractors, or agents will not violate our policies.

 

  18  

 

 

Some of the risks and challenges of doing business internationally include:

 

  · requirements or preferences for domestic products or solutions, which could reduce demand for our products;

 

  · unexpected changes in regulatory requirements;

 

  · imposition of tariffs and other barriers and restrictions;

 

  · restrictions on the import or export of critical technology;

 

  · management communication and integration problems resulting from cultural and geographic dispersion;

 

  · the burden of complying with a variety of laws and regulations in various countries;

 

  · difficulties in enforcing contracts;

 

  · the uncertainty of protection for intellectual property rights in some countries;

 

  · application of the income tax laws and regulations of multiple jurisdictions, including relatively low-rate and relatively high-rate jurisdictions, to our sales and other transactions, which results in additional complexity and uncertainty;

 

  · tariffs and trade barriers, export regulations and other regulatory and contractual limitations on our ability to sell products;

 

  · greater risk of a failure of foreign employees to comply with both U.S. and foreign laws, including export and antitrust regulations, the FCPA and any trade regulations ensuring fair trade practices;

 

  · heightened risk of unfair or corrupt business practices in certain geographies and of improper or fraudulent sales arrangements that may impact financial results and result in restatements of, or irregularities in, financial statements;

 

  · potentially adverse tax consequences, including multiple and possibly overlapping tax structures;

 

  · general economic and geopolitical conditions, including war and acts of terrorism;

 

  · lack of the availability of qualified third-party financing; and

 

  · currency exchange controls.

 

While these factors and the impacts of these factors are difficult to predict, any one or more of them could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations in the future.

 

Failures or security breaches of our networks or information technology systems could have an adverse effect on our business.

 

We rely heavily on information technology, or IT, both in our products and services for customers and in our IT systems. Further, we collect and store sensitive information in our data centers and on our networks. Government agencies and security experts have warned about growing risks of hackers, cyber-criminals, malicious insiders and other actors targeting confidential information and all types of IT systems. These actors may engage in fraudulent activities, theft of confidential or proprietary information and sabotage.

 

  19  

 

 

Our IT systems and our confidential information may be vulnerable to damage or intrusion from a variety of attacks including computer viruses, worms or other malicious software programs. These attacks pose a risk to the security of the products, systems and networks of our customers, suppliers and third-party service providers, as well to the confidentiality of our information and the integrity and availability of our data. While we attempt to mitigate these risks through controls, due diligence, training, surveillance and other measures, we remain vulnerable to information security threats.

 

Despite the precautions we take, an intrusion or infection of our systems could result in the disruption of our business, loss of proprietary or confidential information, or injuries to people or property. Similarly, an attack on our IT systems could result in theft or disclosure of trade secrets or other intellectual property or a breach of confidential customer or employee information. Any such events could have an adverse impact on sales, harm our reputation and cause us to incur legal liability and increased costs to address such events and related security concerns. As the threats evolve and become more potent, we may incur additional costs to secure the products that we sell, as well as our data and infrastructure of networks and devices.

 

Ongoing adverse economic conditions, including weak or deteriorating business and market conditions and volatile and uncertain financial and capital markets, or significant downturns in the markets in which we operate, could materially and adversely affect our business and financial results in future periods.

 

The U.S. and world economies continue to suffer from uncertainty, volatility, disruption and other adverse conditions, and those conditions continue to adversely impact the business community and the financial markets. There is no assurance when or the extent to which these economic and business conditions will improve in the future. These adverse economic and financial market conditions may negatively affect our customers and our markets, and thus negatively impact our business and results of operations. For example, weak market conditions could extend the length of our sales cycle and cause potential customers to delay, defer or decline to make purchases of our products and services due to uncertainties surrounding the future performance of their businesses, limitations on their capital expenditures due to internal budget constraints, the inability to obtain financing in the capital markets, and the adverse effects of the economy on their business and financial condition. As a result, if economic and financial market conditions continue to be weak or even deteriorate, then our business, financial condition and results of operations, including our ability to grow and expand our business and operations, could be materially and adversely affected.

 

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

 

If we fail to adequately protect our intellectual property rights, we could lose important proprietary technology, which could materially and adversely affect our business.

 

Our success and ability to compete depends, in substantial part, upon our ability to develop and protect our proprietary technology and intellectual property rights to distinguish our products, services and technology from those of our competitors. The unauthorized use of our intellectual property rights and proprietary technology by others could materially harm our business.

 

  20  

 

 

Historically, we have relied primarily on a combination of trademark, copyright and trade secret laws, along with non-competition and confidentiality agreements, contractual provisions, licensing arrangements and proprietary software and manufacturing processes, to establish and protect our intellectual property rights. Although we hold several unregistered copyrights in our business, we believe that the success of our business depends more upon our proprietary technology, information, processes and know-how than on patents or trademark registrations. In addition, much of our proprietary information and technology may not be patentable; if we decided to apply for patents and/or trademarks in the future, we might not be successful in obtaining any such future patents or in registering any marks.

 

Despite our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights, existing laws afford only limited protection, and our actions may be inadequate to protect our rights or to prevent others from claiming violations of their proprietary rights. Unauthorized third parties may attempt to copy, reverse engineer or otherwise obtain, use or exploit aspects of our products and services, develop similar technology independently, or otherwise obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary. We cannot assure you that our competitors will not independently develop technology similar or superior to our technology or design around our intellectual property. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries may not protect our proprietary rights as fully or in the same manner as the laws of the U.S.

 

We may need to resort to litigation to enforce our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets, and to determine the validity and scope of other companies’ proprietary rights in the future. However, litigation could result in significant costs and in the diversion of management and financial resources. We cannot assure you that any such litigation will be successful or that we will prevail over counterclaims against us. Our failure to protect any of our important intellectual property rights or any litigation that we resort to in order to enforce those rights could materially and adversely affect our business.

 

If we face claims of intellectual property infringement by third parties, we could encounter expensive litigation, be liable for significant damages or incur restrictions on our ability to sell our products and services.

 

Although we are not aware of any present infringement of our products, services or technology on the intellectual property rights of others, we cannot be certain that our products, services and technologies do not or in the future will not infringe on the valid intellectual property rights held by third parties. In addition, we cannot assure you that third parties will not claim that we have infringed their intellectual property rights.

 

In recent years, there has been a significant amount of litigation in the U.S. involving patents and other intellectual property rights. In the future, we may be a party to litigation as a result of an alleged infringement of others’ intellectual property. Successful infringement claims against us could result in substantial monetary liability, require us to enter into royalty or licensing arrangements, or otherwise materially disrupt the conduct of our business. In addition, even if we prevail on these claims, this litigation could be time-consuming and expensive to defend or settle, and could result in the diversion of our time and attention and of operational resources, which could materially and adversely affect our business. Any potential intellectual property litigation also could force us to do one or more of the following:

 

  · stop selling, incorporating or using our products and services that use the infringed intellectual property;

 

  · obtain from the owner of the infringed intellectual property right a license to sell or use the relevant technology, which license may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all; or

 

  · redesign the products and services that use the technology.

 

  21  

 

 

If we are forced to take any of these actions, our business may be seriously harmed. Although we carry general liability insurance, our insurance may not cover potential claims of this type or may not be adequate to indemnify us for all liability that may be imposed.

 

Risks Related to Our Common Stock and This Offering

 

Our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer owns and will own after this offering a majority of our common stock and will exercise significant influence over matters requiring stockholder approval, regardless of the wishes of other stockholders.

 

Based upon the assumed number of shares of common stock to be sold in this offering as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, our Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer and Secretary, Arthur D. Sams, will beneficially own approximately 59.4% of our outstanding shares of common stock (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares) after this offering. Mr. Sams will therefore have significant influence over management and significant control over matters requiring stockholder approval, including the annual election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or our assets, for the foreseeable future. This concentrated control will limit stockholders’ ability to influence corporate matters and, as a result, we may take actions that our stockholders do not view as beneficial. As a result, the market price of our common stock could be adversely affected.

 

We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NASDAQ Listing Rules. Although we do not currently intend to rely on the exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements afforded to a “controlled company” under NASDAQ Listing Rules, we could potentially seek to rely on such exemptions in the future.

 

Upon the completion of this offering, our Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer and Secretary, Arthur D. Sams, will continue to control a majority of our common stock. As a result, we are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NASDAQ Listing Rules. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, a group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain NASDAQ corporate governance requirements, including, without limitation (i) the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors, (ii) the requirement that the compensation of our officers be determined or recommended to our board of directors by a compensation committee that is comprised solely of independent directors, and (iii) the requirement that director nominees be selected or recommended to the board of directors by a majority of independent directors or a nominating committee comprised solely of independent directors. We do not currently intend to rely on those exemptions afforded to a “controlled company.” Nonetheless, in the future, we could potentially seek to rely on certain of those exemptions afforded to a “controlled company,” and in such case, you would not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NASDAQ corporate governance requirements.

 

Purchasers in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of their investment.

 

The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds our net tangible book value per share after this offering. Based on the assumed initial public offering price of $7.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, you will experience immediate dilution of $5.57 per share, representing the difference between our pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering and the assumed initial public offering price. Purchasers of common stock in this offering will have contributed approximately 87% of the aggregate price paid by all purchasers of our stock but will own only approximately 21.3% of our common stock outstanding after this offering, excluding any shares of our common stock that they may have acquired prior to this offering. Furthermore, if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, you will experience further dilution. For a further description of the dilution that you will experience immediately after this offering, see “Dilution.”

 

  22  

 

 

No public market for our common stock currently exists and an active trading market may not develop or be sustained following this offering.

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations with the underwriters. This price will not necessarily reflect the price at which investors in the market will be willing to buy and sell our shares following this offering. Although we have applied to list our common stock on NASDAQ, an active trading market for our shares may never develop or, if developed, be maintained following this offering. If an active market for our common stock does not develop or is not maintained, it may be difficult for you to sell shares you purchase in this offering without depressing the market price for the shares or at all. An inactive trading market also may impair our ability to raise capital to continue to fund operations by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other companies or technologies by using our shares as consideration. The lack of an active market also may reduce the fair market value of your shares.

 

We have broad discretion in the use of net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

 

Although we currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering in the manner described in “Use of Proceeds” elsewhere in this prospectus, we will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds and could spend the proceeds in ways that do not improve our results of operations or enhance the value of our common stock. Our failure to apply these net proceeds effectively could result in financial losses that could have a material adverse effect on our business, cause the price of our common stock to decline and delay the expansion of our business. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.

 

The price of our shares of common stock is likely to be volatile, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

 

The trading price of our shares of common stock is likely to be volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control, including limited trading volume. In addition to the factors discussed in the “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this prospectus, these factors include, without limitation:

 

  · competition from existing technologies and products or new technologies and products that may emerge;

 

  · the loss of significant customers, including Verizon Wireless;

 

  · actual or anticipated variations in our quarterly operating results;

 

  · failure to meet the estimates and projections of the investment community or that we may otherwise provide to the public;

 

  23  

 

 

  · our cash position;

 

  · announcement or expectation of additional financing efforts;

 

  · issuances of debt or equity securities;

 

  · our inability to successfully enter new markets or develop additional products;

 

  · actual or anticipated fluctuations in our competitors’ operating results or changes in their respective growth rates;

 

  · sales of our shares of common stock by us, or our stockholders in the future;

 

  · trading volume of our shares of common stock on NASDAQ;

 

  · market conditions in our industry;

 

  · overall performance of the equity markets and general political and economic conditions;

 

  · introduction of new products or services by us or our competitors;

 

  · additions or departures of key management, scientific or other personnel;

 

  · publication of research reports about us or our industry or positive or negative recommendations or withdrawal of research coverage by securities or industry analysts;

 

  · changes in the market valuation of similar companies;

 

  · disputes or other developments related to intellectual property and other proprietary rights;

 

  · changes in accounting practices;

 

  · significant lawsuits, including stockholder litigation; and

 

  · other events or factors, many of which are beyond our control.

 

Furthermore, the public equity markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. These fluctuations often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations, as well as general economic, political and market conditions such as recessions, interest rate changes or international currency fluctuations, may negatively impact the market price of our shares of common stock. If the market price of our shares of common stock after this offering does not exceed the initial public offering price, you may not realize any return on your investment in us and may lose some or all of your investment.

 

  24  

 

 

We do not anticipate paying cash dividends, and accordingly, stockholders must rely on stock appreciation for any return on their investment.

 

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We intend to retain a significant portion of our future earnings, if any, to finance the operations, development and growth of our business. Any future determination to declare dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws, and will depend on number of factors, including our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. As a result, only appreciation of the price of our common stock, which may never occur, will provide a return to stockholders.

 

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports, or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research or reports about our business, our share price and trading volume could decline.

 

The trading market for our shares of common stock will depend, in part, on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our shares of common stock may be negatively impacted. If we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage and if one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our shares of common stock, changes their opinion of our shares or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our share price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our shares of common stock could decrease and we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause our share price and trading volume to decline.

  

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares of common stock is restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the near future. This could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

 

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares of common stock intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock. As of November 15, 2016, our Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer and Secretary, Arthur D. Sams, beneficially owned approximately 76% of our outstanding common stock. If Mr. Sams were to sell a substantial portion of the shares he holds, it could cause our stock price to decline. Based on shares outstanding as of November 15, 2016, upon completion of this offering, we will have 9,383,158 outstanding shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase 300,000 additional shares. This includes the 2,000,000 shares that we are selling in this offering. As of the date of this prospectus, of the remaining shares, approximately 7,383,158 shares of common stock currently outstanding will be subject to a 180-day contractual lock-up with the underwriters.

 

We intend to register, in a separate registration statement, 1,754,385   shares of common stock that we may issue under our 2016 Plan, which will become effective in connection with the completion of this offering. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance and once vested, subject to the lock-up periods under the lock-up agreements described in the “Underwriting” section of this prospectus.

 

  25  

 

 

We are not subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which could negatively affect your investment.

 

We elected in our certificate of incorporation to be effective upon the completion of this offering to not be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or Section 203. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A “business combination” includes a merger, asset sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns (or, in certain cases, within three years prior, did own) 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock. Our decision not to be subject to Section 203 will allow, for example, Arthur D. Sams, our Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer and Secretary (who will beneficially own approximately 59.4% of our common stock assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase 300,000 additional shares) to transfer shares in excess of 15% of our voting stock to a third-party free of the restrictions imposed by Section 203. This may make us more vulnerable to takeovers that are completed without the approval of our board of directors and/or without giving us the ability to prohibit or delay such takeovers as effectively.

 

Some provisions of our charter documents and Delaware law may have anti-takeover effects that could discourage an acquisition of us by others, even if an acquisition would be beneficial to our stockholders, and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

 

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be effective upon the completion of this offering, as well as provisions of Delaware law, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us or increase the cost of acquiring us, even if doing so would benefit our stockholders. These provisions include:

  

  · a requirement that special meetings of stockholders be called only by the board of directors, the president or the chief executive officer;

 

  · advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and nominations for election to our board of directors; and

 

  · the authority of the board of directors to issue preferred stock on terms determined by the board of directors without stockholder approval and which preferred stock may include rights superior to the rights of the holders of common stock.

 

These anti-takeover provisions and other provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could make it more difficult for stockholders or potential acquirors to obtain control of our board of directors or initiate actions that are opposed by the then-current board of directors and could also delay or impede a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving our Company. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing or cause us to take other corporate actions you desire. Any delay or prevention of a change of control transaction or changes in our board of directors could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

 

  26  

 

 

Our certificate of incorporation designates the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees.

 

Our certificate of incorporation that will be effective upon the completion of this offering provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of certificate of incorporation described above. This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find these provisions of our certificate of incorporation inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

   

We are an “emerging growth company,” and we cannot be certain if the reduced reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our shares of common stock less attractive to investors.

 

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in this prospectus, our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, including if the market value of our shares of common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any June 30 before that time or if we have total annual gross revenue of $1.0 billion or more during any fiscal year before that time, in which cases we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the following December 31, or if we issue more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during any three-year period before that time, in which case we would no longer be an emerging growth company immediately. We cannot predict if investors will find our shares of common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our shares of common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our shares of common stock and our share price may be more volatile.

 

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies also can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

 

  27  

 

 

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, stockholders could lose confidence in our financial and other public reporting, which would harm our business and the trading price of our common stock.

 

Effective internal controls over financial reporting are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and, together with adequate disclosure controls and procedures, are designed to prevent fraud. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. In addition, any testing by us conducted in connection with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or any subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm, may reveal deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses or that may require prospective or retroactive changes to our financial statements or identify other areas for further attention or improvement. Inferior internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock.

 

We will be required to disclose changes made in our internal controls and procedures on a quarterly basis and our management will be required to assess the effectiveness of these controls annually. However, for as long as we are an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404. We could be an “emerging growth company” for up to five years. An independent assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controls could detect problems that our management’s assessment might not. Undetected material weaknesses in our internal controls could lead to financial statement restatements and require us to incur the expense of remediation.

 

We may have difficulty operating as a publicly traded company.

 

As a publicly traded company, we believe that our business will benefit from, among other things, providing direct access to equity capital and a tailored capital structure, allowing us to better focus our financial and operational resources on our specific business, allowing our management to design and implement corporate strategies and policies that are based primarily on the business characteristics and strategic decisions of our business, allowing us to more effectively respond to industry dynamics and allowing the creation of effective incentives for our management and employees that are more closely tied to our business performance. However, we may not be able to achieve some or all of the benefits that we believe we can achieve as an independent company in the time we currently expect, if at all. Additionally, new appointees to our board of directors will have limited familiarity with our offerings, business and strategy, and it may take time for such appointees to become conversant in our business. Implementing these changes may take longer than we expect, result in the incurrence of additional costs or divert management’s attention, which could adversely affect our business.

 

We will incur significant costs as a result of operating as a public company and our management expects to devote substantial time to public company compliance programs.

 

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses due to our compliance with regulations and disclosure obligations applicable to us, including compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act as well as rules implemented by the SEC and NASDAQ. The SEC and other regulators have continued to adopt new rules and regulations and make additional changes to existing regulations that require our compliance. In July 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act, was enacted. There are significant corporate governance and executive compensation related provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act that have required the SEC to adopt additional rules and regulations in these areas. Stockholder activism, the current political environment, and the current high level of government intervention and regulatory reform may lead to substantial new regulations and disclosure obligations, which may lead to additional compliance costs and impact, in ways we cannot currently anticipate, the manner in which we operate our business. Our management and other personnel will devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance programs and monitoring of public company reporting obligations and, as a result of the new corporate governance and executive compensation related rules, regulations, and guidelines prompted by the Dodd-Frank Act and further regulations and disclosure obligations expected in the future, we will likely need to devote additional time and costs to comply with such compliance programs and rules. These rules and regulations will cause us to incur significant legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly.

 

  28  

 

 

To comply with the requirements of being a public company, we may need to undertake various activities, including implementing new internal controls and procedures and hiring new accounting or internal audit staff. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. We are continuing to develop and refine our disclosure controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file with the SEC is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms, and that information required to be disclosed in reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, is accumulated and communicated to our principal executive and financial officers. Our current controls and any new controls that we develop may become inadequate and weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting may be discovered in the future.

  

Any failure to develop or maintain effective controls could adversely affect the results of periodic management evaluations and annual independent registered public accounting firm attestation reports regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting which we may be required to include in our periodic reports we will file with the SEC under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, harm our operating results, cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations, or result in a restatement of our prior period financial statements. In the event that we are not able to demonstrate compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, that our internal control over financial reporting is perceived as inadequate or that we are unable to produce timely or accurate financial statements, investors may lose confidence in our operating results and the price of our common stock could decline. In addition, if we are unable to continue to meet these requirements, we may not be able to remain listed on NASDAQ.

 

We are not currently required to comply with the SEC rules that implement Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and are therefore not yet required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for that purpose. Upon becoming a public company, we will be required to comply with certain of these rules, which will require management to certify financial and other information in our quarterly and annual reports and provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting commencing with our second annual report. This assessment will need to include the disclosure of any material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting identified by our management or our independent registered public accounting firm. We are just beginning the costly and challenging process of compiling the system and processing documentation needed to comply with such requirements. We may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective.

 

  29  

 

 

Raising additional capital, including through future sales and issuances of our common stock, the exercise of warrants or the exercise of rights to purchase common stock pursuant to our equity incentive plan could result in additional dilution of the percentage ownership of our stockholders, could cause our share price to fall and could restrict our operations.

 

We expect that significant additional capital will be needed in the future to continue our planned operations, including any potential acquisitions, purchasing of capital equipment, hiring new personnel, and continuing activities as an operating public company. To the extent we seek additional capital through a combination of public and private equity offerings and debt financings, our stockholders may experience substantial dilution. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the ownership interest of our existing stockholders may be diluted, and the terms may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect the rights of our stockholders. Debt and receivables financings may be coupled with an equity component, such as warrants to purchase shares of our common stock, which could also result in dilution of our existing stockholders’ ownership. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased fixed payment obligations and could also result in certain restrictive covenants, such as limitations on our ability to incur additional debt and other operating restrictions that could adversely impact our ability to conduct our business. A failure to obtain adequate funds may cause us to curtail certain operational activities, including sales and marketing, in order to reduce costs and sustain the business, and would have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

 

Under our 2016 Plan, we may grant equity awards covering up to 1,754,385 shares of our common stock. As of the date of this offering, we have not granted any options to purchase shares of common stock under the 2016 Plan or otherwise. We plan to register the number of shares available for issuance under our 2016 Plan. Sales of shares issued upon exercise of options or granted under our 2016 Plan may result in material dilution to our existing stockholders, which could cause our share price to fall.

  

Our issuance of shares of preferred stock could adversely affect the market value of our common stock, dilute the voting power of common stockholders and delay or prevent a change of control.

 

Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority to cause us to issue, without any further vote or action by the stockholders, up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series, to designate the number of shares constituting any series, and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof, including dividend rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption, redemption price or prices and liquidation preferences of such series.

 

The issuance of shares of preferred stock with dividend or conversion rights, liquidation preferences or other economic terms favorable to the holders of preferred stock could adversely affect the market price for our common stock by making an investment in the common stock less attractive. For example, investors in the common stock may not wish to purchase common stock at a price above the conversion price of a series of convertible preferred stock because the holders of the preferred stock would effectively be entitled to purchase common stock at the lower conversion price causing economic dilution to the holders of common stock.

 

Further, the issuance of shares of preferred stock with voting rights may adversely affect the voting power of the holders of our other classes of voting stock either by diluting the voting power of our other classes of voting stock if they vote together as a single class, or by giving the holders of any such preferred stock the right to block an action on which they have a separate class vote even if the action were approved by the holders of our other classes of voting stock. The issuance of shares of preferred stock may also have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company without further action by the stockholders, even where stockholders are offered a premium for their shares.

 

  30  

 

 

Claims for indemnification by our directors and officers may reduce our available funds to satisfy successful third-party claims against us and may reduce the amount of money available to us.

 

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be effective upon the completion of this offering provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. In addition, as permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our bylaws that will be effective upon the completion of this offering and our indemnification agreements that we plan to enter into with our directors and officers provide that:

 

  · We will indemnify our directors and officers for serving us in those capacities or for serving other business enterprises at our request, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that a corporation may indemnify such person if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the registrant and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful.

 

  · We may, in our discretion, indemnify employees and agents in those circumstances where indemnification is permitted by applicable law.

  

  · We are required to advance expenses, as incurred, to our directors and officers in connection with defending a proceeding, except that such directors or officers shall undertake to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification.

 

  · We will not be obligated pursuant to our bylaws to indemnify a person with respect to proceedings initiated by that person against us or our other indemnitees, except with respect to proceedings authorized by our board of directors or brought to enforce a right to indemnification.

 

  · The rights conferred in our bylaws are not exclusive, and we are authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors, officers, employees and agents and to obtain insurance to indemnify such persons.

 

  · We may not retroactively amend our bylaw provisions to reduce our indemnification obligations to directors, officers, employees and agents.

 

To the extent that a claim for indemnification is brought by any of our directors or officers, it would reduce the amount of funds available for use in our business.

 

We have applied to list our common stock on NASDAQ in connection with this offering. There is no guarantee that our common stock will be listed on NASDAQ.

 

We have applied to list our common stock for trading on NASDAQ. On the date of this prospectus, we believe that we will satisfy the listing requirements and expect that our common stock we plan to issue in this offering will be listed on NASDAQ. This listing, however, is not guaranteed. Even if such listing is approved, there can be no assurance any broker will be interested in trading our common stock issued in this offering. Therefore, it may be difficult to sell any shares of common stock you purchase in this offering if you desire or need to sell them. Our lead underwriter, Joseph Gunnar & Co., LLC, is not obligated to make a market in our common stock, and even after making a market, can discontinue market making at any time without notice. Neither we nor the underwriters can provide any assurance that an active and liquid trading market in our common stock will develop or, if developed, that the market will continue.

 

  31  

 

 

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws, which statements involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements, other than statements of historical facts, included in this prospectus regarding our strategy, future events, future operations, future financial position, future revenue, projected costs, prospects, plans, objectives of management and expected market growth, among others, are forward-looking statements. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “predict,” “project,” “would” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words. These forward-looking statements include, without limitation, statements about:

 

  · our ability to generate or secure sufficient funding to support our growth strategy;

 

  · future sales of our common stock that could depress the trading price of our common stock, lower our value and make it more difficult for us to raise capital;

 

  · our ability to compete effectively;

 

  · our beliefs regarding our liquidity and sufficiency of cash to fund our operations; and

 

  · the other matters described in “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and “Business.”

 

We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements, and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Actual results or events could differ materially from the plans, intentions and expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements. We have included important factors in the cautionary statements included in this prospectus, particularly in the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 10, which could cause actual results or events to differ materially from such forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made, and we do not undertake any obligation to update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

 

  32  

 

 

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

We estimate that the net proceeds from our issuance and sale of 2,000,000 shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $13.3 million, assuming an initial public offering price of $7.50 per share of common stock, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, we estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $15.4 million, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $7.50 per share of common stock would increase or decrease the net proceeds from this offering by approximately $1.8 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Similarly, each increase or decrease of $1.0 million in the amount of securities offered by us would increase or decrease the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $6.9 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

We currently intend to use the net proceeds from our sale of common stock in this offering as follows: approximately $1.5 million for new product research and development, including development of a 200 kW DC power system; approximately $1.5 million for existing product development and commercialization; approximately $2.0 million for development of international markets, including setting up subsidiaries in key target markets in Asia and Sub-Saharan territories; approximately $3.0 million to manufacture rental units of DC power systems for use in the U.S. telecommunications market; approximately $2.0 million for the purchase of raw materials and component parts, such as engines, with long lead times; and approximately $3.0 million for general corporate purposes.

 

This expected use of net proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based upon our current plans and business conditions. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures may vary significantly depending on numerous factors, including, among other things, the cash generated by our operations and the rate of growth, if any, of our business. As a result, our management will retain broad discretion over the allocation of the net proceeds from this offering. We may find it necessary or advisable to use the net proceeds from this offering for other purposes, and we will have broad discretion in the application of net proceeds.

 

Although it is difficult to predict future liquidity requirements, we believe that the net proceeds from this offering and our existing cash flow from operations will be sufficient to fund our operations for the next twelve months.

 

Pending our use of the net proceeds from this offering, we intend to invest the net proceeds in a variety of capital preservation investments, including short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments, certificates of deposit, and direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

 

  33  

 

 

DILUTION

 

If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, your interest will be diluted immediately to the extent that the initial public offering price per share of our common stock exceeds the as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately following this offering.

 

Our net tangible book value as of September 30, 2016 was approximately $5.0 million, or $0.68 per share. Net tangible book value per share represents our total stockholders’ equity divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding.

 

Dilution in net tangible book value per share of common stock to new investors represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers in this offering and the as adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock immediately after completion of this offering. After giving effect to our sale of 2,000,000 shares of common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $7.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2016 would have been $18.1 million, or $1.93 per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $1.25 per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $5.57 per share to new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering, as illustrated in the following table:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share           $ 7.50  
Net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2016   $ 0.68          
Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors   $ 1.25          
Adjusted net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2016, after giving effect to the offering           $ 1.93  
Dilution per share to new investors in the offering           $ 5.57  

 

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to the offering would be $2.08 per share. This represents an increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $1.40 per share to existing stockholders and dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $5.42 per share to investors purchasing shares in this offering.

 

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $7.50, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after this offering by $1.8 million and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $2.12 per share and would increase (decrease) the dilution per share to investors purchasing shares in this offering by $0.20 per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. The information discussed above is illustrative only and may change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of the offering determined at pricing.

 

The following table summarizes on an as adjusted basis as of September 30, 2016, giving effect to the reincorporation and this offering, the number of shares of our common stock purchased from us, the effective cash contribution paid to us, and the average price per share paid to us by our existing stockholders and to be paid by new investors purchasing shares of our common stock from us in this offering. The table is based on an assumed initial public offering price of $7.50 per share before deduction of underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us in connection with this offering:

 

  34  

 

 

    Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price  
    Number     Percent     Amount     Percent     per Share  
Existing stockholders     7,383,158       78.7 %   $ 2,286,395       13.2 %   $ 0.31  
New investors     2,000,000       21.3 %   $ 15,000,000       86.8 %   $ 7.50  
Total     9,383,158       100.0 %   $ 17,286,395       100 %   $ 1.84  

 

The table above assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an aggregate of 300,000 additional shares of common stock from us to cover over-allotments, if any.

 

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full:

 

  · the percentage of our common shares held by our existing stockholders will decrease to approximately 79% of the total outstanding amount of our common stock after this offering; and

 

  · the percentage of our common stock held by new investors will increase to approximately 21% of the total outstanding amount of our shares of common stock after this offering.

 

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and future earnings, if any, to fund the development and growth of our business and to repay indebtedness. Therefore, we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors, and will depend upon our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements and other factors including contractual obligations that our board of directors deems relevant.

 

  35  

 

 

CAPITALIZATION

 

The following table sets forth our cash and our capitalization as of September 30, 2016:

 

  · on an actual basis; and

 

  · on a pro forma as adjusted basis, after giving effect to the sale of 2,000,000 shares of common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $7.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

The following table assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional 300,000 shares of common stock to cover over-allotments, if any. The pro forma information below is only for illustrative purposes and our capitalization following the completion of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this table in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds” above as well as our “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

   

As of September 30, 2016

(unaudited)

 
    Actual     Pro Forma As
Adjusted
 
             
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 130,860     $ 13,193,764  
Note payable     386,523       386,523  
Stockholders’ equity                
Preferred stock, no par value: 5,000,000 authorized, no shares issued and outstanding on September 30, 2016           —   
Preferred stock $0.0001 par value; 5,000,000 authorized pro forma as adjusted; no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted            
Common stock, no par value: 50,000,000 shares authorized, 7,383,158 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2016     2,286,395          
Common stock, $0.0001 par value: 50,000,000 shares authorized, 9,383,158 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted           15,349,299  
Retained earnings     2,725,447       2,725,447  
Total stockholder’s equity     5,011,842       18,074,746  
Total capitalization   $ 5,398,365     $ 19,950,970  

  

The table above excludes the following as of September 30, 2016:

 

  · 1,754,385 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2016 Plan, which will become effective in connection with the completion of this offering; and

 

  · an aggregate of 115,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the representatives’ warrants issued to the representative of the underwriters in connection with this offering.

 

  36  

 

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our financial statements and the related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical information, this discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results may differ materially from those discussed below. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below, and those discussed in the section titled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 10. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period, and results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year.

 

Overview

 

We design, manufacture and sell direct current, or DC, power systems for applications primarily in the telecommunications market and, to a lesser extent, in other markets, including military, electric vehicle charging, cogeneration, distributed power and uninterruptable power supply. Within the telecommunications market, our DC power systems provide reliable and low-cost DC power to service applications that do not have access to the utility grid (i.e., prime power applications) or have critical power needs and cannot be without power in the event of utility grid failure (i.e., back-up power applications). Within this market, we offer the following three configurations of our DC power systems, with output power ranging from 5 kW to 20 kW:

 

  · DC base power systems . These systems integrate a DC generator and automated controls with remote monitoring, which are typically contained within an environmentally regulated enclosure.

 

  · DC hybrid power systems . These systems incorporate lithium-ion batteries (or other advanced battery chemistries) with our proprietary BMS into our standard DC power systems.

 

  · DC solar hybrid power systems . These systems incorporate photovoltaic and other sources of renewable energy into our DC hybrid power system.

 

Our DC power systems are available in diesel, natural gas, liquid propane gas, gasoline and biofuel formats, with diesel, natural gas and liquid propane gas being the predominant formats, and are capable of being remotely monitored by our global network management tool using our proprietary software technology, allowing us and our customers to collect performance data and update our products remotely.

 

We install, sell and service our products within our identified markets through our direct sales force and a network of independent service providers and dealers. In addition, we have established strategic relationships with local service partners in international markets to jointly promote, distribute and service our products.

 

During the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, 94% and 88%, respectively, of our total net sales were within the telecommunications market, with 88% and 79%, respectively, of our total net sales during those periods being derived from our largest customer, Verizon Wireless. During those periods, sales of our DC base power systems represented 97% and 98%, respectively, of all DC power systems sold while sales of our DC solar hybrid power systems represented 3% and 2%, respectively, of all DC power systems sold. We did not sell any of our DC hybrid power systems during these periods. To date, all sales to Verizon Wireless have been comprised of our DC base power systems.  

  

  37  

 

 

Financial Performance Summary – Nine Months Ended September 30, 2016

 

Our total revenues increased by $11,150,660, or 255%, to $15,525,231 for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, as compared to $4,374,571 for the nine months ended September 30, 2015. We reported net income of $2,720,008 for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, as compared to a net income of $158,950 for the same period in 2015. The significant improvement in our financial performance during the first nine months of 2016 is a result of increased revenues combined with lower material and labor, administrative, sales and engineering costs as a percentage of net sales, as compared to the first nine months of 2015.

 

The significant increase in revenues during the first nine months of 2016 is a direct result of an increase in the number of DC power systems sold to Verizon Wireless in the U.S. During this period, we focused a significant amount of effort on increasing production capacity through the addition of automated equipment, jigs and fixtures. We plan to continue increasing production capacity and output, while expanding sales into other regions in U.S. and globally. Our backlog as of September 30, 2016 was $6,906,851. Of that amount, $6,170,100 is attributable to our largest customer, Verizon Wireless. We believe as a result of our current backlog we will be able to maintain our build rate for the remainder of 2016 while we add production capacity.

 

We anticipate that the majority of our future sales during the next twelve months will be comprised of DC power systems for applications within the mobile telecommunications tower market in the U.S. market as we continue to increase our sales infrastructure in international markets.

 

Results of Operations

 

The tables presented below, which compare our results of operations from one period to another, present the results for each period, the change in those results from one period to another in both dollars and percentage change, and the results for each period as a percentage of net revenues. The columns present the following:

 

  · The first two data columns in each table show the absolute results for each period presented.

 

  · The columns entitled “Dollar Variance” and “Percentage Variance” shows the change in results, both in dollars and percentages. These two columns show favorable changes as a positive and unfavorable changes as negative. For example, when our net revenues increase from one period to the next, that change is shown as a positive number in both columns. Conversely, when expenses increase from one period to the next, that change is shown as a negative in both columns.

 

  · The last two columns in each table show the results for each period as a percentage of net revenues.

 

  38  

 

 

  Comparison of the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2016 and 2015

 

    Nine Months Ended
September, 30,
    Dollar
Variance
    Percentage
Variance
    Results as a
Percentage
of Net Revenues for
the
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
    2016
(Unaudited)
    2015
(Unaudited)
    Favorable
(Unfavorable)
    Favorable
(Unfavorable)
    2016     2015  
Net sales   $ 15,525,231     $ 4,374,571     $ 11,150,660       255 %     100 %     100 %
Cost of sales     9,105,701       2,986,693       (6,119,008 )     (205 )%     58.7 %     68.3 %
Gross profit     6,419,530       1,387,878       5,031,652       363 %     41.3 %     31.7 %
Research and development expenses     147,744       88,454       (59,290 )     (67 )%     1.0 %     2.0 %
Sales and marketing expenses     281,412       318,236       36,824       12 %     1.8 %     7.3 %
General and administrative expenses     1,475,775       529,591       (946,184 )     (179 )%     9.5 %     12.1 %
Depreciation and amortization expense     154,010       117,678       (36,332 )     (31 )%     1.0 %     2.7 %
Total operating expenses     2,058,941       1,053,959       (1,004,982 )     (95 )%     13.3 %     24.1 %
Income from operations     4,360,589       333,919       4,026,670       1,206 %     28.1 %     7.6 %
Interest expense     (96,426 )     (62,813 )     (33,613 )     (54 )%     0.6 %     1.4 %
Other income (expense)     4,573       (87,459 )     92,032       105       0.0 %     2.0 %
Income before income taxes     4,268,736       183,647       4,085,089       2,224 %     27.5 %     4.2 %
Provision for income taxes     1,548,728       24,697       (1,524,031 )     6,171       10.0 %     0.6 %
Net income   $ 2,720,008     $ 158,950     $ 2,561,058       1,611 %     17.5 %     3.6 %

 

Net Sales. Net sales increased $11,150,660, or 255%, to $15,525,231 for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, as compared to $4,374,571 for the nine months ended September 30, 2015. The increase in net sales was primarily the result of an increase in the number of DC base power systems sold to our largest telecommunications customer, Verizon Wireless. This increase in volume was a direct result of the completion of Verizon Wireless’ long term testing of our products, combined with increased sales of DC power systems to customers located in new geographic regions operated by Verizon Wireless. The increase in net sales was also positively impacted by the implementation of our automated assembly process, the addition of fabrication equipment and the expansion of our production facilities. Based on our current backlog, we believe that sales of our DC power systems to Verizon Wireless will remain a significant portion of our revenues for the remainder of 2016.

 

Cost of Sales . The principal elements of our cost of sales in our manufacturing operations are component parts and raw materials associated with manufacturing our products. Cost of sales increased $6,119,008, or 205% to $9,105,701 for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, as compared to $2,986,693 for the same period in 2015. However, the cost of sales as a percentage of net sales declined by 9.6% to 58.7% for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, as compared to 68.3% for the same period in 2015. The decline in cost of sales as a percentage of net sales was primarily due to lower material costs, improved labor efficiency and higher utilization of factory overhead costs due to increased revenues.

 

  39  

 

 

Gross Profit. Gross profit increased by $5,031,652 or 363%, to $6,419,530 during the nine months ended September 30, 2016, as compared to $1,387,878 for the same period in 2015. Gross profit as a percentage of net sales increased to 41.3%, during the nine months ended September 30, 2016, as compared to 31.7% during the same period in 2015. This 9.6% increase in gross profit as a percentage of net sales was primarily due to a 2.6% decrease in labor costs to 11% of the net sales during the nine months ended September 30, 2016, as compared to labor costs of 13.6% of net sales during the same period in 2015. In addition, material costs during the nine months ended September 30, 2016 were 4.0% less than material costs during the same period in 2015. The reduction in labor and material costs are mainly due to improved process efficiency resulting from automation and volume price discounts due to higher purchasing volume.

  

Research and Development Expenses. During the nine months ended September 30, 2016, research and development costs increased by $59,290 to $147,744 as compared to $88,454 during the same period in 2015. The increase in research and development costs was primarily due to the addition of engineering personnel.

 

Sales and Marketing Expenses. Sales and marketing expenses declined by $36,824 to $281,412 during the nine months ended September 30, 2016, as compared to $318,236 during the same period in 2015. The decrease in expenses was primarily related to a $59,980 reduction in expenses for tradeshows, offset by a $30,421 increase in marketing expenses.

 

General and Administrative Expenses . During the nine months ended September 30, 2016, general and administrative expenses increased by $946,184 to $1,475,775, as compared to $529,591 during the same period in 2015. However, general and administrative expenses decreased by 2.6% as a percentage of net sales to 9.5% as compared 12.1% during the same period in 2015. The increase in expenses was primarily due to a $300,000 in yearly bonuses and $207,230 increase in officer salaries, a $179,793 increase in accounting, legal and professional costs and a $48,588 increase in administration salaries due to the addition of employees. We expect that our general and administrative expenses will increase in absolute dollars and as a percentage of net sales for the remainder of 2016 due to the addition of personnel to support growth and also due to an increase in consulting expenses related to our public offering.

 

Depreciation and Amortization Expenses. During the nine months ended September 30, 2016, depreciation and amortization costs increased to $154,010 as compared to $117,678 during the same period in 2015. The $36,332 increase in depreciation and amortization costs is primarily attributed to the acquisition of additional fabrication equipment to improve process efficiency and support higher production levels. Depreciation and amortization costs as a percentage of net sales during the nine months ended September 30, 2016 was 1.0% compared to 2.7% during the same period in 2015. We anticipate continued investments in plant and equipment during the next twelve months to support increased production and to further improve our process efficiencies. We anticipate our depreciation and amortization expenses to be approximately 1.5% of net revenues for the remainder of 2016.

 

Interest expense . During the nine months ended September 30, 2016, our interest expense was $96,426, as compared to $62,813 during the same period in 2015. Our interest expense is primarily attributable to interest paid for financing of production equipment and borrowing costs associated with our line of credit with Gibraltar Business Capital, which we utilize for funding our working capital needs.

 

Income Tax . Our income tax increased by $1,524,031 during the nine months ended September 30, 2016, as compared to $24,697 for the same period in 2015. We have estimated an interim effective federal tax rate of 34% for 2015, excluding any 2015 federal research tax credits. In addition, we estimate a California tax rate of 8.84% for 2015, excluding any state tax credits.

 

  40  

 

 

Net Income (Loss). As a result of the factors identified above, we generated net income of $2,720,008, or 17.5% of our net sales during the nine months ended September 30, 2016, as compared to a net income of $158,950 during the same period in 2015. Our earnings before taxes for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 was $4,268,736 as compared to income of $183,647 during the same period in 2015. The primary reason for this improvement is attributable to increased overhead absorption in manufacturing and administration due to increased revenues.

   

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

    Years Ended
December 31,
    Dollar
Variance
    Percentage
Variance
    Results as a
Percentage of Net
Revenues for the
Years Ended
December 31,
 
    2015     2014     Favorable
(Unfavorable)
    Favorable
(Unfavorable)
    2015     2014  
Net sales   $ 6,846,759     $ 5,201,304     $ 1,645,455       31.6 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
Cost of sales     4,433,494       3,287,625       (1,145,869 )     (34.9 )%     64.8 %     63.2 %
Gross profit     2,413,265       1,913,679       499,586       26.1 %     35.2 %     36.8 %
Research and development expenses     116,297       108,559       (7,738 )     (7.1 )%     1.7 %     2.1 %
Sales and marketing expenses     392,306       191,791       (200,515 )     (104.5 )%     5.7 %     3.7 %
General and administrative expenses     872,668       553,105       (319,563 )     (57.8 )%     12.7 %     10.6 %
Compensation to related party     581,895             (581,895 )     (100 )%     8.5 %      
Depreciation and amortization expenses     143,573       94,999       (48,574 )     (51.1 )%     2.1 %     1.8 %
Total operating expenses     2,106,739       948,454       (1,158,285 )     (122.1 )%     30.8 %     18.2 %
Income from operations     306,526       965,225       (658,699 )     (68.2 )%     4.5 %     18.6 %
Interest expense     (50,971 )     (44,927 )     (6,044 )     (13.5 )%     0.7 %     0.9 %
Other expense     (15,325 )     (54,712 )     39,387       72.0 %     0.2 %     1.1 %
Income before income taxes     240,230       865,586       (625,356 )     (72.2 )%     3.5 %     16.6 %
Provision for income taxes     273,569       290,338       16,769       5.8 %     4.0 %     5.6 %
Net income (loss)   $ (33,339 )   $ 575,248     $ (608,587 )     (105.8 )%     (0.5 )%     11.1 %

 

Net Sales. Net sales increased by $1,645,455, or 32%, to $6,846,759 for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to $5,201,304 for the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase in net sales was primarily due to an increase in the number of DC base power systems sold to Verizon Wireless. Sales to Verizon Wireless accounted for 79% of our total net sales during 2015. In addition, in early 2015, we expanded our production facilities to increase our production capacity which, in turn, allowed us to meet the increased demand for our products resulting in higher revenues.

 

Cost of Sales . Cost of sales increased by $1,145,869, to $4,433,494 during 2015, compared to $3,287,625 during 2014; however cost of sales as a percentage of net sales remained relatively constant for both periods due to a similar product mix of shipments during such periods. In 2015, a reduction in material and labor costs as compared to 2014 was offset by higher costs associated with product improvements and enhancements, the costs of which we were unable to pass on to our customers.

 

Gross Profit . Gross profit during 2015 increased by $499,586, to $2,413,265, as compared to $1,913,679 during 2014. The increase in gross profit was mainly attributable to an increase in net sales during 2015, as compared to 2014, while maintaining similar cost of sales as a percentage of net sales.

 

  41  

 

 

Research and Development Expenses. During 2015, research and development expenses remained approximately the same as compared to 2014.

 

Sales and Marketing Expenses. Sales and marketing expenses increased to $392,306 during 2015, as compared to $191,791 during 2014. The $200,515 increase in expenses was mainly related to a $142,617 increase in salaries associated with the addition of sales and service personnel and a $51,529 increase in advertising and tradeshow expenses during 2015, as compared to 2014.

 

General and Administrative Expenses . Our general and administrative expenses increased by $319,563, to $872,668 during 2015, as compared to $553,105 during 2014. The increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily due to a $38,824 increase in rent expense associated with our relocation to a larger facility, a $75,420 increase in officer salaries, a $26,698 increase in legal and accounting consulting fees and a $115,580 increase in salaries due to the addition of administration personnel.

 

Compensation to Related Party. In 2015, we recorded a loss of $581,895 to our income statement from the sale of 506,150 shares of our common stock to a related party for a total purchase price of $500,000. The recognition of the loss represents the difference between the selling price of our common stock to the related party and the selling price of shares of our common stock sold to unaffiliated parties between July and September 2014.

 

Depreciation and Amortization Expenses. During 2015, depreciation and amortization expenses increased by $48,574, to $143,573, as compared to $94,999 during 2014. The increase in depreciation and amortization expenses is mainly attributable to the addition of automated fabrication equipment and improvements in our production facilities to increased process efficiency and production capacity.

 

Interest Expense . During 2015, our interest expense was $50,971, as compared to $44,927 during 2014. Our interest expense is mainly attributable to interest paid for financing of production equipment and borrowing costs associated with our line of credit with Gibraltar Business Capital, which we utilize to fund our working capital needs.  

 

Other Expense. During 2015, other expense decreased by $39,387 to $15,325, compared to $54,712 during 2014. The reduction in other expense in 2015 is primarily attributable to a reduction in principal of $18,570 in outstanding notes payable by the note holder.

 

Income Tax . Our income tax decreased $16,769 to $273,569 in 2015, as compared to $290,338 for 2014. We have estimated an interim effective federal tax rate of 34% for both 2014 and 2015, excluding any applicable federal research tax credits. In addition, we estimate a California tax rate of 8.84% for 2014 and 2015, excluding any applicable state tax credits.

 

Net Income (Loss). As a result of the factors identified above, we generated a net loss of $33,339 for 2015, as compared to net income of $575,248 for 2014, a decline of $608,587. A significant portion of the decline in net income can be attributed to a loss of $581,895 resulting from the issuance of shares of our common stock to a related party and a $75,420 increase in officer salaries during 2015.

 

  42  

 

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Sources of Liquidity

 

During the year ended December 31, 2015 and the nine months ended September 30, 2016, we funded our operations primarily from cash on hand, cash generated by our operations, net proceeds from equity financings during these periods and during 2014, and borrowing from our revolving credit facility with Gibraltar Business Capital. These funds were also used to make capital expenditures and to increase inventory to support higher production. As of September 30, 2016, we had working capital of $3,846,474, as compared to $1,545,338 on December 31, 2015. This $2,301,136 increase in working capital is primarily attributable to a $3,698,436 increase in our accounts receivable balance since December 31, 2015. We have also realized a $1,485,279 increase in inventory and a $816,144 increase in accounts payable since December 31, 2015.

  

We have 60-day payment terms with our largest customer that accounted for 99% and 95% of our accounts receivable for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and the year ended December 31, 2015, respectively. On September 30, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, our trade receivables totaled $5,195,090, $1,496,654 and $628,238, respectively, of which $5,101,788, $1,235,931 and $400,956, respectively, represented customer account balances of our largest telecommunications customer with 60-day payment terms.

 

Our available capital resources on September 30, 2016 consisted primarily of $130,860 in cash and cash equivalents. We expect our future capital resources will consist primarily of cash on hand, cash generated by operations, if any, and future debt or equity financings, if any.

 

Credit Facility

 

In August 2015, we entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with Gibraltar Business Capital to secure a revolving credit facility for an aggregate amount of up to $2.0 million. The credit facility expires on September 1, 2017, subject to the continuing right of Gibraltar to demand payment at any time and an optional extension of one year. Interest accrues on the principal amount of revolving loans outstanding under the credit facility at a rate equal to the greater of (i) the floating per annum rate of interest as published in The Wall Street Journal’s “Bonds, Rates and Yields Table” plus 4.75% or (ii) 8.0%. Interest on the credit facility is payable monthly. The credit facility is also subject to a monthly collateral management fee of $1,500 and an exit fee of up to $20,000. The credit facility is secured by a continuing first priority security interest in all of our assets (excluding our equipment and its products and proceeds). Upon the demand of Gibraltar Business Capital or in the event of a default under the credit facility, Gibraltar Business Capital may accelerate the payment of the principal balance requiring us to pay the entire indebtedness outstanding on that date.

 

The available borrowing base under the credit facility at any time may not exceed 85% of the net amount of (i) eligible accounts receivable, plus (ii) 50% of the lower of cost or market value of eligible inventory, subject to a $750,000 cap on advances made against eligible inventory. Eligible accounts must, among other things, be evidenced by an invoice not more than 90 days past the invoice date. Further, the credit facility imposes certain limits on the borrowing capacity relating to single-source vendors. No more than 15% of eligible accounts, other than Verizon Wireless, AT&T and Sprint, or their affiliates, may be from any one account. The amount of the eligible accounts from Verizon Wireless or its affiliates is limited to $1.2 million. The balance outstanding under the line of credit at September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015 was $1,489,701 and $965,150, respectively. As of September 30, 2016 we had availability under the credit line of $510,299.

 

  43  

 

 

Our credit facility contains a negative covenant prohibiting us from incurring any additional indebtedness (including purchase money indebtedness). However, we have the ability to refinance and prepay all amounts owed under the credit facility at anytime provided that in connection with any such prepayment we pay to Gibraltar Business Capital an exit fee equal to $10,000.

 

Other Sources of Liquidity

 

Between July 2014 and September 2014, we issued and sold an aggregate of 408,772 shares of our common stock and warrants to purchase an additional 408,772 shares of our common stock in a private placement transaction to eight accredited investors resulting in aggregate net proceeds of $1,165,000.

  

In October 2015, we issued and sold 506,150 shares of our common stock in a private placement transaction to one accredited investor in a related party transaction resulting in net proceeds of $500,000.

 

In February 2016, we issued 17,544 shares of our common stock to an employee of Polar in exchange for services rendered to our Company.

 

Future Capital Requirements

 

We believe that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements for the next twelve months. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for new product research and development, existing product development and commercialization, the development of international markets, the manufacturing of rental units for use in the U.S. telecommunications markets, the purchase of raw materials and component parts with long lead times, and for general corporate purposes. We may also use these proceeds as consideration for acquisitions of technologies or companies that we believe may be complementary to our current business and for which we believe may provide near term value to us.

 

We have based our estimates on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we may use our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect. Until such time, if ever, as we can generate significant positive operating cash flows, we may finance our cash needs through a combination of equity offerings or debt financings. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the ownership interests of our common stockholders will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect the rights of our common stockholders. Debt financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends.

 

Cash Flow

 

The following table sets forth the significant sources and uses of cash for the periods set forth below:

 

    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Year Ended
December 31,
 
    2016     2015     2015     2014  
Net Cash Provided By (Used In):                                
Operating Activities   $ (61,784 )   $ (1,033,910 )   $ (620,727 )   $ (336,998 )
Investing Activities     (288,852 )     (336,852 )     (403,423 )     (218,140 )
Financing Activities     218,078       820,935       734,076       1,012,851  
Net increase (decrease) in cash   $ (132,558 )   $ (549,827 )   $ (290,074 )   $ 457,713  

 

  44  

 

 

Operating Activities

 

Net cash used in operating activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 was $61,784, as compared to $1,033,910 for the same period in 2015, a decrease of $972,126. This decrease was primarily due to a $937,402 increase in inventory and $1,953,865 increase in accounts receivables, offset by an increase in net income for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 of $2,720,008, as compared to net income of $158,950 in the same period in 2015.

 

Net cash used by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $620,727, as compared to $336,998 for the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $283,729. This increase was primarily due to a $1,343,708 increase in inventory and a $379,290 increase in accounts receivable.

 

Investing Activities

 

Net cash used in investing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 totaled $288,852, as compared to $336,852 for the same period in 2015, a decrease of $48,000. This decrease was primarily due to a reduction in purchases of additional production equipment.

 

Net cash used by investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2015 totaled $403,423, as compared to $218,140 for the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $185,283. This increase was primarily due to capital financing of new equipment purchased during 2015.

 

Financing Activities

 

Net cash provided by financing activities totaled $218,078 for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, as compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $820,935 during the same period in 2015, a decrease of $602,857. This decrease was primarily due to an increase in payment of notes during the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and a decrease of $200,000 in proceeds from notes received during the nine months ending September 30, 2016.

 

Net cash provided by financing activities totaled $734,076 for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $1,012,851 during the year ended December 31, 2014, a decrease of $278,775. This decrease was primarily due to raising $1,165,000 in equity capital between July and September 2014, offset by a $500,000 related party equity investment in October 2015 and the availability of our $2.0 million in line of credit, along with increased payments on our notes payable of $578,925.

 

Backlog

 

As of September 30, 2016, we had a backlog of $6,906,851. The amount of backlog represents revenue that we anticipate to recognize in the future, as evidenced by purchase orders and other purchase commitments received from customers, but on which work has not yet been initiated or with respect to which work is currently in progress. Our backlog consists of $6,614,029 in purchases for our DC power systems by telecommunications customers, of which $6,170,100 is from our single largest telecommunications customer, Verizon Wireless. In addition, our backlog includes $43,659 in purchases from military contractors, $80,655 from customers within the marine market and $168,508 from other miscellaneous customers. We believe the majority of our backlog will be shipped within the next six months. However, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in fulfilling such orders and commitments in a timely manner or that we will ultimately recognize as revenue the amounts reflected in our backlog.

 

  45  

 

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

Our financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that may have a significant impact on the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis of making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates.

  

We believe that the following critical accounting policies, among others, affect our more significant judgment and estimates used in the preparation of our financial statements:

 

Revenue Recognition. We recognize revenue from the sale of completed production units and parts when there is persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists, delivery of the product has occurred and title has passed, the selling price is both fixed and determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured, all of which occurs upon shipment of our product or delivery of the product to the destination specified by the customer. Once a product is delivered, we do not have a post-delivery obligation to provide additional services to the customer .

 

We determine whether delivery has occurred based on when title transfers and the risks and rewards of ownership have transferred to the buyer, which usually occurs when we place the product with the buyer’s carrier or deliver the product to a customer’s location. We regularly review our customers’ financial positions to ensure that collectability is reasonably assured. Except for warranties, we have no post-sales obligations.

 

Warranty Costs . We provide limited warranties for parts and labor at no cost to our customers within a specified time period after the sale. The warranty terms are typically from one to five years. Provisions for estimated expenses related to product warranties are made at the time products are sold. These estimates are established using historical information about the nature, frequency and average cost of warranty claim settlements as well as product manufacturing and recovery from suppliers. Management actively studies trends of warranty claims and takes action to improve product quality and minimize warranty costs. We estimate the actual historical warranty claims coupled with an analysis of unfulfilled claims to record a liability for specific warranty purposes. Our product warranty obligations are included in other accrued liabilities in the balance sheets. As of September 30, 2016, December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company had accrued a liability for warranty reserve of $175,000, $25,000 and $25,000, respectively. Management believes that the warranty accrual is appropriate; however actual claims incurred could differ from original estimates, requiring adjustments to the accrual. The product warranty accrual is allocated to current and liabilities in the balance sheets.

 

Inventory . We write down our inventory for estimated obsolescence or unmarketable inventory equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and the estimated market value-based upon assumptions about future demand, future pricing and market conditions. If actual future demand, future pricing or market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, additional inventory write-downs may be required and the differences could be material. Once established, write-downs are considered permanent adjustments to the cost basis of the obsolete or unmarketable inventories .

 

  46  

 

 

Income Taxes. Our estimate of income taxes payable, deferred income taxes and the effective tax rate is based on an analysis of many factors including interpretations of federal and state income tax laws, the difference between tax and financial reporting bases of assets and liabilities, estimates of amounts currently due or owed in various jurisdictions, and current accounting standards. We review and update our estimates on a quarterly basis as facts and circumstances change and actual results are known. We recognize income taxes for the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year and deferred tax liabilities and assets are recognized for the future tax consequences of transactions that have been recognized in our financial statements or tax returns. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion or the entire deferred tax asset will not be realized.

 

Effects of Inflation

 

The impact of inflation and changing prices has not been significant on the financial condition or results of operations of our company.

 

Impact of New Accounting Pronouncements

 

See “Note 1 – Recent Accounting Pronouncements” of the Notes to Financial Statements commencing on page F-7 of this prospectus.

  

Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012

 

On April 5, 2012, the JOBS Act was enacted. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or Securities Act, for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this extended transition period and, as a result, we will adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for other public companies.

 

We are in the process of evaluating the benefits of relying on other exemptions and reduced reporting requirements provided by the JOBS Act. Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, if as an “emerging growth company” we choose to rely on such exemptions, we may not be required to, among other things, (i) provide an auditor’s attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404, (ii) provide all of the compensation disclosure that may be required of non-emerging growth public companies under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, (iii) comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis), and (iv) disclose certain executive compensation-related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the Chief Executive Officer’s compensation to median employee compensation. These exemptions will apply until we no longer meet the requirements of being an “emerging growth company.” We will remain an “emerging growth company” until the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1 billion or more; (ii) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering; (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in nonconvertible debt during the previous three years; or (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the rules of the SEC.

 

  47  

 

 

BUSINESS

 

Overview

 

We design, manufacture and sell direct current, or DC, power systems for applications primarily in the telecommunications market and, to a lesser extent, in other markets, including military, electric vehicle charging, cogeneration, distributed power and uninterruptable power supply. Within the telecommunications market, our systems provide reliable and low-cost energy for applications that do not have access to the utility grid or have critical power needs and cannot be without power in the event of utility grid failure. Within this market, we offer three configurations of our DC power systems, with output power ranging from 5 kW to 20 kW and with three possible sources of fuel: diesel, natural gas and liquid petroleum gas.

 

Our DC base power systems integrate our DC generator with automated controls that are programmed to efficiently charge various battery chemistries to provide back-up energy during a power failure. In addition, these systems are also used to provide prime power in off-grid and bad-grid locations in telecommunications towers. Substantially all of our net sales are derived from sales of our DC base power systems to Verizon Wireless.

 

Our DC hybrid power systems combine our DC base power systems with lithium-ion batteries (or other advanced battery chemistries) to efficiently store energy from DC generator or grid systems to provide back-up power or prime power. Our DC hybrid power system replaces lead acid systems with a longer-life and higher efficiency lithium-ion batteries equipped with our proprietary battery management system, or BMS, which protects batteries from being over charged or over discharged during daily use.

 

Our DC solar hybrid power systems combine our DC hybrid power system with solar panels to produce and store lower cost energy generated by the solar panels into lithium batteries, thereby reducing a DC generator’s run time and operating costs.

 

Historical Background

 

We began operations in 1979, and in 1980 we released our first product, a solar powered vaccine refrigerator/freezer for use in remote areas worldwide. This product was developed in support of a World Health Organization initiative and the U.S. Agency for International Development, and was administered by the NASA Lewis Research Center. Since then, we have continued to expand our capabilities and product lines within the solar and renewable energy industries.

 

In 1984, we designed and manufactured test carts for Hughes Aircraft Company that provided cooling systems for testing F-14 radar assemblies. During the same period, we also supplied Martin Marietta with computerized environmental control units for testing laser guided missile launch systems and a cooling system for a Phalanx Gun system to General Dynamics.

 

During most of the 1980s, we generated a majority of our revenues through development contracts with the U.S. Department of Defense and major defense companies for the design of DC power and cooling systems. We retain design rights on all of our engineering and product development contracts. In 1991, we began commercialization of technologies originally pioneered by these military contracts, which led to the development of proprietary permanent magnet alternator and power electronics for DC power systems. During that period, we also manufactured solar powered refrigerators used by foreign aid agencies to store and preserve vaccines in field-operated medical care centers.

  

  48  

 

 

During the 1990s, we developed and commercialized an advanced Permanent Magnet Homopolar Hybrid, or PMHH, DC alternator that is lighter and more efficient than a conventional AC alternator. Over the ensuing years, our generators and controls were extensively field tested in a variety of military applications. Our PMHH DC alternator technology was used as an auxiliary power source in military vehicles and as a prime power generator for military missions in the field. During this time, we also engineered, manufactured and sold power systems for various other applications including oil and gas fields, rural homes and farms and telecommunications. We also generated revenues by providing short-run production, prototyping and design services to develop energy efficient DC power systems for customers within the military, renewable energy and telecommunications markets.

 

With the significant growth of the telecommunications market in the 1990s, we elected to transition from manufacturing products primarily for military applications to the development of products for the telecommunications market. We were one of the first to introduce high efficiency, light weight, compact DC power systems to this market.

 

In 2005, we developed and manufactured a computerized ground support unit for Martin Marietta that was used in the U-2 aircraft and in the Global Hawk Unmanned Aerial Vehicle. During the same year, we developed our low-cost, higher efficiency 8000 Series DC alternators and our fully integrated next generation Supra Controller™ Series power control system which is designed to monitor engine controls, power controls and battery management in a single integrated system.

 

From 2006 to 2011 we made significant improvements to our DC hybrid power systems for prime and back-up power applications for all of our targeted markets; introduced our next generation of 8000 Series DC alternators with increased power output, efficiency and lower production costs and our Supra Controller™ Series of DC generators and hybrid systems with remote monitoring and controls; obtained UL 2200 listing for our DC generators and introduced lithium-ion battery hybrid systems with our proprietary BMS; made significant fuel efficiency improvements to our DC hybrid power systems by integrating solar panels, lithium-ion batteries to develop a high efficiency, off-grid power source for remote telecommunications tower locations; and we integrated our technologies into an outdoor container which can be field deployed in remote areas with minimum installation time.

 

In 2008, we began demonstrating our DC power systems to telecommunications companies. These systems can supply additional hours of operation by directly supplying DC power to the radio equipment located at a cell site after the storage capacity of back-up batteries has been exhausted. In 2013, after four years of extensive field testing, we received product approval of our DC power systems from Verizon Wireless, the largest telecommunications provider in the U.S. We were authorized to demonstrate and market our DC power systems directly to Verizon Wireless’ regional facilities throughout the U.S.

 

During the 2013 and 2014, we shipped $1.7 million of our DC hybrid power systems, which included our DC generator, solar panels and lithium-ion batteries, for use in remote areas by two of the largest telecommunications providers in Australia.

 

During 2013 and 2014, demonstrations and acceptance of our DC power systems by telecommunications providers have resulted in unprecedented growth in our sales, which led us to move our production facilities to our current location. During the past two years we have made significant investments in our manufacturing capacity through the addition of automated equipment and the design of efficient automated processes, tooling, jigs and fixtures.

 

  49  

 

 

Markets

 

We operate primarily within the telecommunications market and, to a lesser extent, in other markets including military, electrical vehicle charging, cogeneration, distributed power and uninterruptable power supply.

 

Telecommunications

 

We believe that telecommunications services are a key driving force for the socio-economic development of any nation and that the significant increase in the use of data among smart mobile device subscribers and the rollout of 3G and 4G technologies services across the globe will result in a significant increase in the amount of investments made in telecommunications infrastructure. Due to the saturation of the subscriber base in developed nations like the U.S. and Europe, we believe that the focus of telecommunications providers is shifting to adding new services such as internet and video to increase the active usage of smart mobile devices. We believe that some of the key aspects fueling the growth of telecommunications operators include:

 

  · improved operational efficiency of telecommunications towers, with an emphasis on reducing power consumption and power generation costs;

  

  · increased active user base through the expansion of networks in remote or rural areas in developing nations; and

 

  · increased network densification and data transfer speeds that increase the usage of additional services like internet and video on smart mobile devices.

 

Because older cell sites were often located indoors, within buildings pre-equipped with air conditioning and large AC power systems as back-up sources for power, the telecommunications industry originally found it convenient to use AC power systems. However, in order to be used by the base radios, antennas and batteries located at cell sites, the AC power needed to be converted into DC power through the use of rectifiers (i.e., devices that convert alternating current into direct current). The older rectifier technology used at cell sites is generally unreliable at high temperatures. As a result, older cell sites required air conditioning that, in turn, required a significant amount of AC power in order to operate.

 

Telecommunications providers and tower operators have invested significant capital in upgrading their current infrastructure from legacy switch-mode rectifier technology to digital rectifiers to increase power conversion efficiency. Current rectifier technology that is being installed at telecommunications sites has a power conversion efficiency of 96%, as compared to 70% for older rectifier technology, significantly reducing the heat generated and the need for air conditioning. In addition, these and other technological improvements have allowed telecommunications providers to install outdoor cell sites with no air conditioners and, in some cases, powering them with generators and renewable energy systems, such as solar. This trend towards using outdoor cell sites and removing air conditioners has provided telecommunications providers and tower operators with the opportunity to use DC power systems as a back-up or primary source of power, since all base radios, antennas and batteries located at cell sites use DC power. This opportunity is further demonstrated by the significant increase in sales of our base DC power systems to Verizon Wireless over the past two years.

 

  50  

 

 

The increasing trend of mobile network providers divesting telecommunications tower operations by selling their tower assets to independent tower companies has reduced infrastructure capital costs and increased allocation of capital to their core marketing and engineering activities. This operational change has resulted in the rollout of new services, such as video, television and internet which has fueled the growth in data usage over mobile networks. With the anticipated increased usage of data and video, many telecommunications tower sites in urban areas are expected to exhaust their data capacity, requiring additional sites to be installed to meet future demand. In addition, upgrading of current 2G networks to 3G and 4G networks in developing nations is anticipated to increase demand for additional telecommunications tower sites worldwide, according to The Mobile Economy 2016 report published by GSM Association, or the GSMA 2016 Report. The increase in subscriber base in rural and remote areas is also expected to drive the development of new sites or additional tenancies for existing towers, according to the GSMA 2016 Report.

 

Increased data traffic has resulted in increased investments by mobile telecommunications tower operators worldwide.

 

At the end of 2015, almost two thirds of the world’s population had at least one mobile subscription, totaling over 4.7 billion unique mobile subscribers, according to the GSMA 2016 Report. By 2020, it is estimated that over 70% of the global population will have a mobile subscription, with close to one billion new subscribers added over the period, according to the GSMA 2016 Report. The GSMA 2016 Report also noted that the growing number of smartphones and other advanced mobile network devices (e.g., tablets, computers and automobiles) is expected to increase the use of data traffic at a compounded annual growth rate of 49% until 2020. As a result of this increase in data growth, it is estimated that mobile telecommunications tower operators worldwide will invest over $1.4 trillion in the construction of new cell towers and equipment upgrades by 2020, according to the Mobile Economy 2015 report published by GSM Association, or the GSMA 2015 Report.

  

The GSMA 2016 Report states that greater availability and affordability of smartphones, more extensive and deeper network coverage, and in some cases operator handset subsidies have resulted in an accelerating technology shift from 2G network technology to mobile broadband networks (i.e., 3G and 4G networks) and the increased use of data-intensive applications, such as video-streaming, thereby requiring more data capacity from mobile network providers worldwide. According to the GSMA 2016 Report, although capital expenditures have increased since 2011, with annual global totals peaking in 2014, the capital expenditures declined modestly by 1.5% in 2015, with much of this decline due to the fact that most mobile operators in certain developed nations had already upgraded from 2G to 4G networks. Meanwhile, in an article published by FierceWireless on April 27, 2016 reporting on recent first quarter 2016 earnings reports by a number of wireless carriers in the U.S., FierceWireless reported that AT&T’s total capital expenditures during the first quarter of 2016 increased 17.6% year over year, while wireless capital expenditures were down slightly from the fourth quarter of 2015 due to accelerated purchases during the fourth quarter of 2015 to take advantage of significant cost savings. AT&T also reported that it would be adding 2.5 times more capacity at 75% of the capital costs compared to a few years ago. In addition, Verizon Wireless announced that although capital expenditures declined by 9.5% during the first quarter of 2016 as compared to the first quarter of 2015 because of an acceleration in spending during the fourth quarter of 2015 to prepare for the Super Bowl, it expected that wireless capital expenditure spending would increase throughout 2016 as a result of its network densification project. Consistent with this expectation, Verizon recently announced that capital expenditures were $4.1 billion in the third quarter of 2016, driven in part by an increase in wireless-related expenditures relating to its network densification initiative, an increase from the previous quarter. According to the GSMA 2015 Report, although capital expenditures in developing countries will decline annually until 2020, these developing countries will continue to invest in upgrading their current 2G infrastructure over the next four years. The overall long-term trend is stabilization of investment levels, as capital investments over the next five years will reach $900 billion, according to the GSMA 2015 Report.

 

  51  

 

 

Cisco, in its Visual Networking Index (VNI) Global Mobile Data Traffic Forecast Update, 2015-2020, or the Cisco Report, estimates that the typical smartphone can generate 41 times more mobile data traffic than the typical basic-feature cell phone, while a 4G connection will generate over three times more data traffic on average than a non-4G connection. The Cisco Report also noted that the increasing use of mobile broadband-enabled smartphones will generate a significant growth in data traffic, with volumes forecasted to grow at a compounded annual growth rate of 57% through 2019, an almost ten-fold increase. We believe all these factors described above will lead telecommunications operators and tower companies to enhance the energy infrastructure at their telecommunications tower sites.

 

DC power usage is a key operating cost component of any mobile tower operation, and therefore we believe that technologies that reduce operating and maintenance costs for tower operators will be a key competitive advantage for manufacturers of DC power systems worldwide.

 

Strict mandates to provide rural connectivity to mobile phone network providers in developing nations has lead to growth in off-grid and bad-grid tower installations.

 

In Sub-Saharan Africa, it is estimated that 30% of the rural population is not covered by any mobile network; meanwhile rural penetration in India is estimated to be below 40%, according to the Green Power for Mobile report published by GSM Association in December 2014, or the GSMA Green Power Report. Estimates also indicate that by 2020 the global telecommunications industry will deploy approximately 390,000 telecommunications towers that are off-grid, and 790,000 that are in a bad-grid locations, which are generally rural areas, according to the GSMA Green Power Report.

 

According to the GSMA Green Power Report, it is estimated that an additional 70,000 off-grid and 90,000 bad-grid towers will be deployed by 2020, with Africa and Asia accounting for 80% of the growth, with the remainder largely in Latin America. The GSMA Green Power Report also estimates that over 66,000 new installations will be deployed in Sub-Saharan Africa, and 31,200 new off-grid and bad-grid installations will be added in India.

 

More than 90% of all current off-grid and bad-grid towers use AC diesel generators, which we believe to have poor fuel efficiency and short operational life cycles. The conversion of these tower power solutions to greener alternative power solutions, including renewable energy hybrid solutions, could result in savings across the industry of upwards of $13 billion in fuel costs and 40 million tons of CO 2 on an annual basis, according to the GSMA Green Power Report.

  

According to Indianenergy.gov.in , approximately 60% of the existing towers in India are located in rural or semi-urban areas with about 12 hours a day of grid availability and rest being operated by diesel generators, while the remaining 40% of urban towers currently rely on utility supplied power that may be available only 10 to 20 hours a day with 4 hours operated by diesel generators. According to the True Cost of Providing Energy to Telecom Towers in India report published by the GSM Association in 2012, or the GSMA India Tower Report, 70% of the approximately 400,000 mobile towers in India face electrical grid outages in excess of 8 hours a day. Telecommunications tower operators currently use AC diesel generators to address the demand-supply gap. The resulting energy costs alone account for 25% of the total network operating costs, affecting the profitability of the telecommunications tower operators, according to the GSMA India Tower Report. The Indian telecommunications industry consumes over 660 million gallons of diesel fuel annually. According to the GSMA India Tower Report, diesel generators currently powering most tower sites in India are responsible for over 6 million tons of CO 2 emissions annually.

 

Global emissions created by companies that operate within the telecommunications industry are expected to grow at a compounded annual growth rate of 4.8%, from 151 million tons of CO 2 in 2002 to 349 million tons of CO 2 in 2020, according to the GSMA Green Power Report. By 2020, all off-grid and bad-grid towers globally are expected to require 7.2 TWh (terawatt-hours) of non-grid electricity and consume 150 million barrels of diesel fuel a year, according to the GSMA Green Power Report.

 

  52  

 

 

According to Deloitte’s article “ Tower Power Africa 2014 ,” or the Tower Power Report, the operators of an estimated 170,000 cell sites, with an estimated 145,000 off-grid sites, on the continent, face a high cost of expansion, with limited power supply being a factor. With regulators and service level agreements targeting 99%+ uptime, outages are generally unacceptable. Because power is intermittent and the sensitive radio equipment cannot handle large voltage fluctuations, most of these sites rely on diesel generators as primary or heavily-used back-up power, running as long as 18-20 hours a day, even at sites connected to the electrical grid. We believe better fuel efficiency of our DC hybrid power systems and DC solar hybrid systems lower operating costs of telecommunications towers when compared to AC diesel generators. Given that approximately 60% of the operating cost of a telecommunications tower relates to power generation, we believe the off-grid and bad-grid markets are ideally suited for our energy efficient products.

 

A 2012 report published by ATKearney, or the ATKearney Report, outlines a trend of mobile network providers divesting tower operations assets to reduce operating costs.

 

According to the ATKearney Report, a significant number of mobile network providers throughout the world are contemplating selling off tower assets, including the related energy infrastructure, to independent tower service companies. Based on our experience, we believe that many mobile network providers focus their efforts on expanding networks, expanding their subscriber base and upgrading technology of active radio equipment and pay little or no attention to investments in reducing energy costs. However, many tower service companies, which in many cases are real estate companies and/or service companies, are further divesting from daily operations, maintenance and service of power generating equipment and are contracting required equipment operation services to independent third-party energy service companies, especially in off-grid and bad-grid applications, according to the ATKearney Report. A description of these companies is set forth below:

   

  · Tower Service Companies: Companies that operate and maintain telecommunications towers for their mobile network provider tenants. Tower service companies typically bundle their services with other standard functions dedicated to site security, monitoring active equipment and upgrades of passive infrastructure such as power generating equipment and normally charge a fixed monthly fees for services rendered. A tower service company’s energy generation cost can constitute more than half of mobile operators’ operating expenses, with about 65% of this for tower site equipment, according to a Green Telecommunication white paper published by the Telecom Regulatory Authority of India, or the Green Tech White Paper. We believe that as a result, tower service companies are incentivized to seek long-term opportunities for improved energy efficiency, energy cost reduction and cost predictability.

 

  · Energy Service Companies: These are dedicated energy providers that own and operate energy assets at telecommunications tower sites. Energy service companies derive revenues from selling energy to mobile network providers as well as to tower service companies and we believe share similar incentives as tower service companies to reduce energy costs by upgrading energy assets.

 

  53  

 

 

There are two types of contracts most common between mobile network providers and tower companies, a fixed fee monthly contract or a pass-through model where all the costs associated with operating the cell tower are passed on to the mobile network provider. Pass-through contracts do not incentivize service companies to reduce energy costs. In India, the focus for telecom operators has shifted greatly to operational optimization and prudence, resulting in an increased emphasis on efficiency, with efforts to reduce costs related to power and fuel being among the key initiatives, according to The Future is Data report published by Deloitte in June 2015, or the Deloitte Report. Today, there is more public and regulatory pressure to reduce telecommunications tower emissions, especially emissions from diesel generators. Alternative solutions like solar, battery storage, cleaner fuel and fuel cells are being explored to reduce the carbon footprint of telecommunications towers in densely populated urban areas. As an example, according to the Deloitte Report, operators are increasingly pushing for fixed power and fuel cost arrangements, rather than the traditional pass through contracts. In Africa during 2014, 82% of the towers were owned by tower service companies according to the Tower Power Report.

 

We believe that the increased trend towards fixed power cost arrangements with tower companies will increase the emphasis on technologies that are more fuel efficient than current legacy systems. In addition, we believe this trend may result in an increased integration of renewable technologies, such as solar, to reduce operating costs and reduce emissions. We believe that the replacement of lower efficiency legacy equipment provides us with an opportunity to introduce our DC power systems with integrated renewable energy technologies earlier than the normal equipment replacement cycle. In February 2015, Verizon Wireless sold 11,000 cell tower assets to American Tower Corporation for $5.0 billion in cash and then leased the tower space back from American Towers on a monthly basis for 28 years. The leased cell towers will operate Verizon Wireless equipment. Verizon Wireless has also announced plans to use the proceeds of the sale to upgrade its current infrastructure and to implement its network densification plan under which it plans to focus wireless capital spending on adding capacity and density to its existing 4G and LTE networks. In addition, Verizon Wireless has announced plans to develop and deploy 5G wireless technology which would require further expansion of its existing small cell tower technology, in building solutions and distributed antenna solutions, all of which require back-up generators to support Verizon Wireless’ redundancy goals and objectives. These actions by Verizon Wireless to reinvest capital into upgrading equipment at cell tower sites, including power generation equipment, have benefited us during the last two years.

 

The increased need for communications during natural and manmade disasters has resulted in an increase in demand for reliable and efficient DC power systems.

 

After hurricane Katrina in 2005, the Federal Communications Commission, or the FCC, established an independent panel, or the Katrina Panel, which proposed regulations requiring mobile network providers to install emergency back-up power for their equipment in case of a power outage during emergency in its “ Independent Panel Reviewing the Impact of Hurricane Katrina on Communication Networks – and its Report and Recommendations to the Federal Communications Commission ,” issued in 2006, or the Katrina Report. The FCC ultimately adopted the Katrina Panel’s recommendations set forth in the Katrina Report in 2007. In particular, all local exchange carriers and commercial mobile radio service providers must have an emergency back-up power source for all assets that are normally powered from local grid-connected AC commercial power, including those inside central offices, telecommunications sites, remote switches and digital loop carrier system remote terminals. Mobile network providers are encouraged to maintain emergency back-up power for a minimum of 24 hours for assets inside central offices and 8 hours for telecommunication sites, remote switches and digital loop carrier system remote terminals.

 

The Katrina Panel also noted in the Katrina Report that during the hurricane and throughout its aftermath, the power necessary to support the communications networks throughout the region was generally unavailable. Many of the back-up batteries and generators that were installed did not provide adequate back-up reserves and the network sites went off-line.

  

  54  

 

 

After hurricane Sandy in 2012, one of the largest wireless carriers in the U.S. began an initiative of upgrading existing tower infrastructure to add back-up power generation capacity with minimum reserve of 72 hours, three times the hours federally mandated by the FCC. Our DC power systems, which provide significant fuel efficiency and reliability, have received approval from three of the top five U.S. mobile networks to be used in back-up power generation applications. Our total net sales, especially to Verizon Wireless, have significantly increased since the enactment and implementation of this initiative.

 

Military

 

The rapid deployment and improved fuel efficiency of mobile electric power is a key component of military combat operations.

 

Food, communications and weapon systems are the lifeblood of a military unit. With few exceptions, military communications operate from 28 volts DC or 48 volts DC sources. Currently, many guns (including howitzers), cannons and motors use computers and require DC power. We believe that the demand for DC power with the military is increasing as the use of pulsed energy weapon systems (i.e., weapons that either use pulses of electricity to fire ammunition or operate by sending an electric current to a target) are more widely used on the battle field. This increased use of electronics in military missions has resulted in an increased need for DC power and for more efficient ways of generating, storing and distributing energy. The military has assigned a special program management department to oversee the development and standardization of a new range of higher efficiency mobile power generators ranging in size from 5 kW to 200 kW. With pulsed weapon systems, DC power requirements can climb as high as 6 megawatts.

 

The objectives of the creation of a new generation of power generators are:

 

  · enhanced mobility, reliability and maintainability;

 

  · improved fuel efficiency;

 

  · reduced system size and weight;

 

  · reduced infrared and acoustic signatures;

 

  · increased survivability in rugged combat operations; and

 

  · reduced total cost of ownership.

 

Once the Advanced Medium Mobile Power Sources, or the AMMPS, the U.S. Department of Defense’s third generation of military power generators, is fully implemented in vehicles and stationary platforms, it is expected that the new generators will save over 50 million gallons of fuel per year, according to the Mobile Electric Power Systems Command Brief issued by the U.S. Department of Defense in 2009. The new generation of mobile electric power generators will also have the capability to connect together to form an efficient power distribution center to create “power islands” that serve both DC and AC loads. In addition, solar and wind power is being added to AMMPS to create hybrid systems that can function as self-sustaining power sources in remote areas. The next generation of power systems are required to provide 21% higher fuel efficiency, reduce noise and weight and be capable of performing in extreme environments. Our DC hybrid power systems, with integrated controls that manage energy produced by solar and lithium battery solutions, provide higher fuel efficiency than traditional fossil fuel powered power systems currently used by the military. We believe our complete line of commercialized DC hybrid power systems in use for the past decade provides us with a competitive advantage in meeting stated power system goals outlined by Department of Defense.

  

  55  

 

 

Improvements in sensors, navigation and communication technologies have led to increased integration of situational awareness systems that allow all combat assets to communicate and coordinate both defensive and offensive efforts in combat. Reliance on these systems has led to an effort to integrate DC auxiliary power units ranging in size from 3 kW to 20 kW onboard combat vehicles independent of engine driven alternators. Integration of auxiliary power units to run climate control and on-board electronics while idling saves a significant amount of fuel and maintenance, a critical asset during combat operations. We believe that the integration of smaller horsepower auxiliary power units to operate climate control and on-board electronics systems, rather than large horsepower vehicle engines while idling, may save a significant amount of fuel and maintenance, both of which are critical assets during combat operations.

 

During the past two decades, we have shipped 2 kW and 30 kW advanced power units, comprised of hybrid vehicle power systems, auxiliary power systems and prime power systems, to the U.S. Department of Defense and to its prime contractors for a wide variety of missions covering the land, sea and air. During the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, sales of auxiliary power systems designed for use in military combat vehicles represented 0.8% and 1.3%, respectively, of our net sales.

 

Electric Vehicle Charging

 

As of December 2015, over 462,000 electric cars and vans have been registered in the U.S., which is approximately 0.66% of the total automobile market, according to a Global EV Outlook 2016, report published by the International Energy Agency, or the Global EV Report. The total population of electric vehicles has steadily grown from 172,000 in 2013 to 410,000 in 2015, according to the Global EV Report. In California, the market share of plug-in electric vehicle reached 3.1% in 2015, far outpacing other states, according to the Global EV Report. This rapid growth is a result of better product offerings and technological improvements in battery technology. In addition, companies like Tesla, Nissan, General Motors and Ford have released new lower cost products with a higher range per charge. Further large reductions in battery prices will result in electric vehicles becoming a more economic option than gasoline or diesel cars, according to the Global EV Report. In addition, according to Global EV Report, the Paris Declaration on Electro-Mobility and Climate Change announced the deployment of 100 million electric cars by the year 2030.

 

We believe that as the population of on-road vehicles grows, the need for services such as road side assistance will be essential to rapidly charge vehicles stranded due to lack of charge. We also believe that the need for mobile off-grid chargers in remote areas where no electric grid is available will be essential part of the charging infrastructure required for electric vehicles.

 

In 2011, we developed prototype mobile chargers for four of the major electric car manufacturers to demonstrate how our DC power system equipped with rapid charger software could be used as mobile, off-grid chargers, for on-road electric vehicle testing. Our off-grid DC fast chargers, installed on a pickup truck or a trailer, are designed with electronics and charging algorithms that can fully charge most small OEM electric vehicles stranded on the road in 45 to 60 minutes. We plan to further develop this technology in the future to market off-grid hybrid chargers for commercial applications like resorts, shopping centers and convention centers. During the nine months ended September 30, 2016, we sold one additional mobile charger.

 

We believe there is a larger need for residential electric vehicle chargers that can reduce charge times to less than two hours. We plan to develop residential electric vehicle chargers that use a combination of natural gas and solar energy to rapidly charge electric vehicles. These products will be designed to reduce peak loads on existing grid resources while rapidly charging the vehicle. In addition our chargers can be used as a back-up power source in case of power outages.

  

  56  

 

 

Cogeneration/Distributed Power/Uninterruptable Power Supply

 

Micro combined heat and power DC generators are the leading low carbon solution for cost effective use of energy sources.

 

With rising levels of greenhouse gases and increased demand for power worldwide, governments, companies, and consumers must find energy efficient methods to generate power. Cogeneration, also known as combined heat and power (CHP), or MicroCHP when applied to a small business or home, offers a cost efficient and environmentally responsible solution.

 

Any type of power generation creates excess heat. Typically, this excess heat goes unused and is released as waste into the natural environment. Cogeneration is a process that recycles this excess heat and repurposes it for a number of practical applications, without any additional fuel consumption. CHP, for example, can use the excess heat from electricity production to space heat commercial buildings. MicroCHP can likewise use excess heat from electricity production to warm a home or small business.

 

MicroCHP systems provide a number of advantages over traditional power generators. For example, MicroCHP systems utilize as much as 85% of the heat from the primary energy source for useful purposes, whereas modern heat engines without cogeneration utilize at most 45%. Likewise, MicroCHP systems are able to increase the total energy use of the primary energy fuel source. At the same time, MicroCHP systems are highly adaptable, and can repurpose excess heat for space heating, water heating, refrigeration, or excess electricity production.

 

The market for MicroCHP is expected to grow from $2.29 billion in 2015 to $4.44 billion in 2020, at a compounded annual growth rate of 14.2%, according to a global forecast report published by Markets and Markets in February 2016, or the Markets and Markets Report. Major factors, such as autonomous heat and electricity generation at a reduced cost, progressive government support in Europe and Asia, and the desire of businesses and individual consumers to reduce their carbon footprint, are driving the MicroCHP market across the globe, according to the Markets and Markets Report.

 

The Asia-Pacific market is the largest market for MicroCHP, with Japan and South Korea leading the market due to favorable government subsidies. The U.K., where over 14 million households are thought to be ideally suited for MicroCHP installations, offers a 10.63 % incentive subsidy for MicroCHP projects. Likewise, the U.S. federal government offers a 10% tax credit to promote energy efficiency. Moreover, the U.S. Department of Energy has set a goal for MicroCHP to attain 20% of electric generation capacity by the year 2030. Denmark is the leader in the MicroCHP market worldwide, comprising 55% of its total energy production according to the Markets and Markets Report.

 

We believe that a variety of markets should consider MicroCHP, including those that require both heat and reliable base load electricity throughout the year. In particular, the reliable power generated through MicroCHP would benefit bad-grid markets where electrical outages are frequent and costly. At the same time, MicroCHP systems are advantageous in markets where the cost of electricity is relatively high and the cost of natural gas is relatively low, such as the Northeastern U.S., California, Alaska and Hawaii.

  

We believe MicroCHP is also well-suited for a variety of industries. For a typical MicroCHP system, the ratio of usable heat to electricity is 1:1. Therefore, the benefit to be derived from this higher system efficiency depends upon steady heat usage. Markets that use the largest fraction of hot water relative to electric usage throughout the year include lodging (e.g., hotels and dormitories), laundries, dairy and some agricultural applications and multifamily residential buildings. Because these markets rely on steady heat usage relative to their electricity consumption, we believe they would benefit from the cost savings associated with a MicroCHP system.

 

  57  

 

 

We shipped our first DC hybrid cogeneration systems in 1995, which included our DC micro-gen system coupled with a DC generator, air-conditioning compressor and heat exchangers providing heating and cooling. Increases in electricity pricing over the past decade, the advent of charging stations for electric vehicles, technological improvements in heat exchangers and chillers, and government subsidies, have created an ideal market for our MicroCHP DC hybrid products. We plan to develop next generation of MicroCHP systems to address small commercial and residential markets. We have not sold any of these products during the nine months ended September 30, 2016 or during the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

Uninterruptable Power Supplies and Data Centers

 

The convergence of voice and data networks and increased reliance on digital networks combined with the unprecedented demand on power grids are resulting in an increase in the global need for back-up power.

 

Uninterruptable power supply systems are used in a variety of application including homes, offices, banks and hotels. Batteries are coupled with an inverter/charger to continue to provide power during loss of the utility grid. Other applications include security systems, medical devices, computers and data services.

 

In most industrial and commercial applications, uninterruptable power supply battery systems are used to temporarily provide base load for a short duration of time, until back-up industrial generators are capable of providing the base load. The power ratings of back-up generators for commercial and industrial uninterruptable power supply applications can vary from 5 kW to 200 kW. We began shipping 6 kW DC hybrid systems for outdoor back-up applications in 1993.

 

The challenges with current technologies with uninterruptable power supply systems center around current battery performance, poor reliability and service life, high cost and maintenance. During 2014 and 2015, we developed back-up power systems for telecommunications customers that integrated our DC power systems with super-capacitors as storage devices, thereby eliminating the use of battery banks as storage devices in certain back-up applications. We believe our solution provides higher reliability and longer life than a battery-powered back-up system in on-grid and bad-grid applications. We plan to further develop 5kW to 200 kW configurations of our back-up DC hybrid power system products for telecommunications and data center applications. We have not sold any of these products during the nine months ended September 30, 2016 or during the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

Our Competitive Strengths

 

We have over a 30 year history and have developed a reputation as a proven supplier of reliable and advanced proprietary technology products to customers within the telecommunications, military, industrial and marine markets. We have invested significant capital and engineering expertise to develop products that capitalize on the growing trend towards environmentally friendly and fuel efficient power generation systems. We further believe our success will be based on the following key competitive strengths:

  

  · Proprietary Technologies. Our research and development efforts, which began at our inception in 1979, have resulted in the development of DC power systems with proprietary software and controls that are configured to meet the specific needs of our customers. In addition, we have invested significant resources in developing technologies that improve fuel efficiency and generate lower emissions than conventional solutions available in the marketplace.

 

  58  

 

 

  · Engineering Expertise. We have a customer-centric approach, and we continually strive to design products that target specific application performance requirements. We believe our direct sales and service approach gives us an advantage in determining customer needs, thereby providing us early insight into future market trends. Over the years, our customers have experienced a significant reduction in operating expenses and longer life cycles using our DC power systems. We believe that most of our competitors purchase off-the-shelf components and adapt these components to meet the needs of their customers, thereby increasing the complexity of the system and sacrificing reliability. We take a different approach in that we engineer our proprietary components and integrate these components to provide the most cost-effective solution without compromising performance. We believe our high level of integration reduces the size and weight of a DC power system, lowers fuel consumption and maintenance and provides greater reliability and a longer life, all at a lower cost to the end-user.

 

  · Manufacturing Competitiveness. We believe that our vertical integration approach to manufacturing lowers our production costs and improves our overall operational efficiency In addition, vertically integrated manufacturing of our proprietary components provides us greater control and intellectual property protection over our production processes. This approach allows us to take advantage of advanced production techniques and materials. We believe our product evolution planning, design documentation, subcontractor relationships, and in-house manufacturing allows for fast turnaround on purchase orders. We combine our resources with those of our subcontractors to rapidly increase production when needed.

 

  · Strong Customer Base. Substantially all of our net sales are derived from sales of our DC base power systems to Verizon Wireless, although we do have other customers within the telecommunications market, including AT&T and Telstra, and within other markets including military, electric vehicle charging, cogeneration, distributed power and uninterruptable power.

 

  · Experienced Management Team. Our President and Chief Executive Officer and key engineers each have over 25 years of engineering and production experience in the design and manufacturing of power systems. Our engineers have equipment design experience, as well as hands-on skills to build prototypes. A key factor demonstrating management’s abilities and our engineering aptitude is our successful track record over the last 25 years of executing fixed-cost research, design and engineering contracts, with an average of eight projects per year. Our management team has increased sales and production volumes by over 200% a year for the past three years.

  

  · Supply Chain Competitiveness. Our growth in sales volumes has enabled us to source components directly from high quality large global manufacturers thereby reducing our component costs. Although we do not have any long term contracts or commitments with our suppliers, we utilize multiple sources for key components, such as engines, to mitigate supply shortages. During the past ten years, we believe we have developed strong long-term relationships with a network of reliable, low-cost manufacturers in the U.S. and abroad.

 

  59  

 

 

Our Growth Strategy

 

We believe that the increased growth in the use of electronic devices and components within the telecommunications, military, automotive and industrial markets has led to the rapid rise in demand for DC power in both grid connected and off-grid applications. Our decades-long experience in design and manufacturing of DC power systems, combined with our 30-year reputation in the industry, provides us with what we believe to be an unprecedented opportunity to address the growing demand for DC power systems. The primary elements of our growth strategy include:

 

  · Further develop U.S. mobile telecommunications market. During the past three years we have achieved significant success in selling our DC power systems to large mobile telecommunications providers. We believe that many operators of telecommunications towers in the U.S. are in the early stages of transitioning from AC power systems to DC power systems. Since 2011, we have invested significant capital and effort in developing proprietary technologies and to obtain product certification and approval from the top three telecommunications companies in the U.S. This has resulted in significant sales growth during the past two years. We believe that we are well positioned to lead this transition from inefficient AC power systems to efficient DC power systems and capitalize on the unprecedented growth in this market. Our immediate growth plans require us to further expand our sales, manufacturing and service infrastructure through strategic allocation of capital in operations and plant and equipment. In addition, we plan to increase our sales infrastructure nationwide to promote our DC power systems to all the regions in the U.S. including mid-level mobile telecommunications tower service companies. We also plan to qualify additional independent telecommunications tower service providers to increase our aftermarket service infrastructure nationwide.

 

  · Expand DC power systems sales into new geographic markets. The increased use of broadband networks (i.e., 3G and 4G networks and soon, 5G networks), resulting in the increased use of data via internet by mobile users, requires the addition and expansion of the telecommunication infrastructure globally. In addition, the projected increase in subscriber base in rural and remote areas in developing countries has increased the deployment of telecommunication sites in off-grid and bad-grid areas. While the growth of the subscriber base in the U.S. and Europe was below 1% in 2014, the growth rate in Sub-Saharan Africa was nearly 12%, according to the GSMA 2015 Report. Given that 97% of our sales of DC power systems are to U.S. customers, which represents only 4.7% of the total global telecommunications market, we believe a significant opportunity exists for sales of our DC power systems to customers located in developing nations, such as India, China and Sub-Saharan Africa. To successfully penetrate international markets, we plan to establish subsidiaries in South Asia, Africa and Australia to conduct sales and service and, when needed, we plan to incorporate final assembly operations to reduce non-value added costs. We are also actively pursuing strategic partnerships with established mobile telecommunications tower service companies located in Latin America, and Eastern Europe. Furthermore, we anticipate venturing into other global markets by partnering with local service partners to rent and lease our products.

  

  · Develop higher power DC power systems. We are in the process of developing higher power DC power systems that will include solar hybrid systems for prime and back-up power. We believe that higher power DC power systems will provide us with an opportunity to increase our product offerings within the data center and telecommunications markets. We plan to enhance and further develop our existing proprietary alternator and control technologies to increase power output capacity up to 200 kW. In addition, higher capacity DC power systems will address the back-up power needs of large regional data centers and can be used for back-up or peak load sharing applications in large renewable energy installations, such as large solar or wind farms.

 

  60  

 

 

  · Expand renewable solar energy product offerings. We believe that increased environmental regulations combined with the declining cost of solar and advanced storage batteries has accelerated the shift of the telecommunications tower operators towards solar hybrid systems in off-grid and bad-grid regions worldwide. In addition, in many developing countries, mobile telecommunications providers are required by the local government to increase infrastructure and coverage into non-profitable rural and remote areas in return for lucrative urban contracts and favored spectrum availability, according to the GSMA Green Power Report. We believe the demand for renewable energy systems in the mobile telecommunications tower market will outpace the growth of traditional fossil fuel based power systems. In 2013, we delivered twenty solar hybrid renewable energy DC power systems to a largest mobile telecommunications provider in Australia for installation in remote mobile tower application. We plan to expand our DC solar hybrid power system product line to address off-grid and bad-grid applications in telecommunications and military markets worldwide. Our expanded product line will be comprised of systems ranging from 10 kW to 200 kW that will be available in either low voltage or high voltage configurations and designed for outdoor installations. We plan to target power markets in India and Sub-Saharan Africa where local governments are incentivizing the use of renewable energy within the telecommunications industry through favored spectrum auctions and tax incentives.

 

  · Enter power rental market. During the past five years, the telecommunications industry has undergone significant changes in the management of assets, especially telecommunications towers. A number of mobile network providers, including Verizon Wireless, AT&T, Sprint, Vodafone, Airtel and Reliance, have recently begun divesting operations relating to the development and management of mobile telecommunications towers to third party telecommunications tower service companies in order to focus on the development of new technologies and subscriber management. This change has resulted in the creation of a new category of telecommunications tower service companies, such as Indus Towers, Reliance, American Tower, Viom Networks and Crown Castle. These tower service companies develop and manage telecommunications tower assets and lease the capacity to the mobile network providers on a fixed cost basis.

 

The Green Tech White Paper suggests that over half of the overall cost of operating a telecommunications tower is related to the cost of energy. As a result, it has become essential to reduce energy costs. Many telecommunications tower operators are real estate investment trusts, which in many cases lack expertise in developing new technologies to improve operational efficiencies at a telecommunications tower sites. According to the GSMA Green Power Report, during the past three years in Asia and Africa, telecommunications tower service companies have begun to subcontract the power generating assets installation and management to independent service providers that install and maintain power generating equipment at these facilities.

  

We believe that our DC power systems provide the greatest opportunity to reduce energy costs at telecommunications tower facilities. We plan to introduce an equipment rental program to enter the energy provider market in the telecommunications tower industry. We also plan to target telecommunications tower installations located in the remote outdoor locations with high fuel and maintenance costs. We believe the market is transitioning towards independent energy providers managing all the power and energy assets at telecommunications tower sites. We believe our DC power systems combined with our proprietary remote performance tracking telematics tools allows us to efficiently manage and monitor our rental assets, thereby providing lower life cycle costs to our customers.

 

  61  

 

 

We plan to initially introduce rentals to the mobile telecommunications tower market in regions where we currently have factory direct service networks and then, if initial results are favorable, we plan to expand our rental program nationwide.

 

We believe, this rental strategy will allow us to also demonstrate our inherent product advantages related to lower operating and maintenance costs to the smaller U.S. telecommunications operators (estimated at over 1,500 companies). For overseas rental programs, we plan to associate with channel partners or dealers within the host country.

 

Our Technologies

 

Within the power generation market, AC has been the dominant technology for over a century. The advent of components like transistors, solid state electronics, solar photovoltaic cells, advanced batteries and LED lighting, all powered by DC power systems, has led to an increase in the use of televisions, computers, refrigerators, air-conditioners and cell phones in our daily lives. In addition, telecommunications towers, radio antennas, military equipment, electric vehicles and solar energy storage systems can also be powered by our DC power systems.

 

In 1991, we began introducing DC power systems to provide back-up and prime power for off-grid and bad-grid applications. Our initial products were predominantly designed for military applications and used as auxiliary power for vehicles, tanks and radar sites. In the late 1990s we introduced our DC power systems for commercial applications like mobile telecommunications towers, solar refrigerators and oil field applications.

 

In 1992, we developed our own proprietary DC alternator to improve system efficiency, reduce costs and lower weight. Our design replaced a conventional 4 pole, three-phase designs with a light weight, low cost 12-pole and 32-pole designs (i.e., designs containing 12 or 36 magnetic poles) incorporating either 6 or 3 phases (i.e., containing 6 or 3 power circuits). Another unique aspect of the design of our DC alternators is the elimination of bearings, internal wiring connections, and an exciter (i.e., a device which supplies the magnetizing current to generate working flux ) to provide a longer life cycle than conventional motor designs in the marketplace.

  

PMHH Technology

 

We combined the attributes of homopolar alternator technology with a permanent magnet to develop our proprietary design model 6200 PMHH alternator. When mounted on an engine and operated at either a fixed or variable speed, the model 6200 PMHH generates a precise amount of regulated voltage and current. The DC output can be used to power electronics or charge batteries. In addition, we have developed a proprietary fully integrated digital control system that manages and optimizes alternator output and engine speed, thereby maximizing power output.

 

In 2006, we introduced our next generation 8000 Series alternators designed for higher power and voltage applications, which features our proprietary 32-pole permanent magnet alternator technology. The 8000 Series offers high efficiency at a low cost.

 

Our alternator technology is used in diverse applications including telecommunications towers, electric vehicle charging, military tank auxiliary power and marine yacht house power. The hardware components used in each system vary in power and voltage based on application needs.

 

  62  

 

 

Supra Controller™ Technology

 

Our power and control system architecture is controlled by our proprietary digital control system, Supra Controller™, which contains software configured to meet specific application needs. Our Supra Controller™ networks all components via CAN bus communications and software and has the ability to control, analyze, monitor, record and communicate all key system parameters to ensure efficiency, safety and reliability of the overall system. The ability to remotely monitor and calibrate each system parameter, receive system alarms and auto-reset the system when a fault is corrected are the key differentiating factors of our DC power systems.

 

Battery Management System and Software (BMS)

 

Most DC power systems contain back-up storage batteries to deliver power to the load equipment when a grid connection has failed or not available. In the field, various types of battery chemistries are used as storage devices. We have designed a proprietary BMS that monitors the parameters of each cell and controls the safe and efficient charging and discharging of the battery pack. The unique design of our BMS integrated with our Supra Controller™ has the capability to be field configured for charging and discharging of virtually any type of battery chemistry. Our DC hybrid systems are equipped standard with lithium battery packs for energy storage applications.

 

Products and Services

 

We broadly classify our power systems into three categories:

 

· DC base power systems . Our basic system which is centered around a DC generator. Applications include both prime power and back-up power.

 

· DC hybrid power systems . Our basic DC power system with added energy storage via lithium-ion or other battery chemistries.

 

· DC Solar hybrid power systems . Our DC hybrid power system with added renewable energy (i.e., solar panels).

 

DC Base Power Systems

 

Our DC base power systems are designed for use in prime power and back-up power applications. All of our DC power systems are designed to last 20 years or more in back-up applications and meet all UL2200 standards. To maximize operational life, we incorporate (over and above our competition) the following:

 

· all aluminum, powder coated, enclosure with stainless hardware, which is lightweight and corrosion resistant;

 

· 105 C rated signal wire, tinned copper strands;

 

· stainless steel braided covering hoses for fuel and coolant lines;

 

· Class 220 C magnet wire for alternator windings;

 

· watertight connectors in place of terminal strips and other non-sealed connectors; and

 

  63  

 

  

· our Supra Controller™ modules that are environmentally sealed.

 

We believe that the number one reliability issue with a generator set is the failure to start. To improve the reliability of our generators, we remove the engine’s starting battery and replace it with a super capacitor. The super capacitor has a 15- to 20-year service life, greater cold cranking amps and withstands greater temperature extremes than conventional starting batteries.

 

To reduce maintenance and help ensure that there is always adequate oil, we increase the engine’s oil capacity to provide for a 3,000 hour (natural gas / propane) or 1,500 hour (diesel) maintenance interval. Standard oil intervals for typical generators range from 200 to 500 hours.

 

DC Hybrid Power Systems

 

In most off-grid or bad-grid outdoor applications where DC loads are required, such as telecommunications towers in rural or remote areas, fuel costs of operating a generator accounts for more than 60% of the total operating costs, according to the Green Tech White Paper.

 

In most back-up applications, such as telecommunications and uninterruptable power supply systems, lead acid batteries are used for providing transitional power while the generator starts up. In most of our prime power applications (including telecommunications) the goal is to reduce maintenance and fuel costs. Our Supra Controller™ automatically cycles the generator off when the loads are small and cycles it on again when the load increases or the battery charge is depleted. This cycling reduces engine maintenance and saves significant quantities of fuel.

 

Additional fuel saving are realized by using lithium-ion batteries in place of lead acid batteries. Lead acid batteries, when compared with lithium-ion batteries, have high internal resistance, are inherently inefficient during charging or discharging in cyclic load applications and therefore require longer to charge, resulting in higher fuel costs. In 2011, we completed the design and testing of a hybrid power system, where our DC power system was integrated with lithium-ion batteries to provide a longer life and higher fuel efficiency to cyclic DC power applications such as telecommunications towers.

 

Our DC hybrid power systems can monitor the charge/discharge cycle of either lithium-ion or lead acid batteries, or other battery types, on a cell by cell basis using our BMS. Our Supra Controller™ system incorporates a CAN bus communications capability that provides communication and control between the battery and the DC hybrid power system. Each cell in the battery pack is individually monitored for voltage and temperature, ensuring the safety and longevity of the battery bank. These power systems include enclosures, a lithium-ion battery pack, our proprietary BMS and our proprietary Supra Controller™ system that controls engine output, battery charging algorithms, cooling system and power control circuits that optimize DC load outputs.

 

DC Solar Hybrid Power Systems

 

Our DC solar hybrid power system combines our DC hybrid power system with solar photovoltaic modules and a custom engineered multi power point tracking charge controller. In most off-grid or bad-grid outdoor applications, such as telecommunications towers in rural or suburban areas, the fuel costs of operating a generator accounts for more than half of the total operating costs, according to the Green Tech White Paper. We believe that incorporating renewable energy sources, such as solar, with our DC hybrid power systems is ideal solution for numerous off-grid and bad-grid applications worldwide. Our DC solar hybrid power systems incorporate the following features:

 

  64  

 

 

· Hybrid power panel . We produce distribution panel assemblies that make use of punched and plated buss bars to make the heavy current connections between appliances. The industry standard is using labor intensive hand crimped wires and lugs which are accomplished in the field.

 

· Photovoltaic Arrays . Our telecommunications customers request photovoltaic array structures to withstand winds of 150 mph and 200 mph. We satisfy these requirements against the industry standard of 120 mph.

 

· Shelter . We provide all-weather light-weight aluminum walk-in shelter that is easy to transport by truck or helicopter.

 

· Lightning protection . We provide the highest degree of lightning protection through the use of air-coil type inductors designed by us.

 

· Air-Conditioning . We provide DC air-conditioning if required in very hot weather environments. We also provide cooling systems using ambient air.

 

Service and Support

 

Global Network Management Tools

 

We offer global network management services through our telematics tool, which consists of our proprietary Supra Controller™ technology integrated with monitoring software. This hardware is integrated into each DC power system and collects critical data from the equipment and transmits this data back to the customer and our service department. This capability allows us and our customers to monitor system performance remotely and to remotely update the equipment with new revision software in the field.

 

Our telematics capabilities and services include:

 

· automated and continuous remote monitoring with auto alerts and notifications that can be transmitted via email or text messaging;

 

· maintenance management, which provides ability to schedule preventative maintenance based on actual equipment usage; and

 

· real-time, bi-directional communication capability for remote upgrades, testing and troubleshooting.

 

Our telematics tools also provide information to our customers on specific equipment utilization that provides the abilities to determine the functional status of the equipment and proactively schedule maintenance. We believe these tools assist in reducing equipment downtime, thereby reducing the overall cost of ownership. In addition, we plan to use these tools to monitor and provide accurate billing for our rental equipment deployed at customer facilities.

 

  65  

 

  

Aftermarket and Service Parts

 

We offer extensive aftermarket and service parts programs. We maintain an extensive inventory of aftermarket parts and sell parts directly to customers or through our qualified network of service providers. In addition, we require our regional service providers to maintain sufficient quantities of aftermarket parts in their inventory to ensure minimum downtime upon product failure.

 

We maintain accurate records of bill of materials for each serial number shipped and service our products well beyond their recommended lives. In the marketplace, our products are known for their long life and durability.

 

Product and Warranty Support

 

We offer product commissioning as an added service to all our customers and require the purchase of such services as a condition for acceptance of any warranty claims in the future. We offer installation of the equipment, preliminary testing, integration of equipment with other assets located at the site and introductory maintenance and safety training. We offer various levels of fee based services to support our products in the field. In addition, we have trained product and application engineers that deliver high quality, responsive lifetime technical support to all our customers worldwide.

 

We further support our customers by using qualified regional independent service providers to perform warranty and aftermarket service and repair on our products. Our regional service providers are factory trained and certified prior to being authorized to repair or service our equipment. We generally reimburse regional service providers for the warranty services they perform on our systems.

 

Sales and Marketing

 

Our direct sales and marketing approach focuses on end users, service providers and OEM’s in the telecommunications, military, automotive, marine and industrial markets to maintain a maximum interface with our customers. Our direct sales force strategy has achieved significant success in marketing our DC power products to mobile telecommunications providers in the U.S. We seek to expand our direct sales force to increase our penetration into other regions of the U.S. and into the international mobile telecommunications tower market.

 

We target our telecommunications tower markets based on key market indicators related to growth in off-grid energy needs, growth in new mobile telecommunications tower installations, regional environmental regulations and fuel prices. Our direct sales strategy to large multinational companies provides us with the ability to design and configure a wide range of product solutions to meet regional market needs. In addition, our direct sales strategy allows us to better understand customer application needs which, in turn, allows us to deliver systems that meet our customer’s expectations.

 

We market our products through our web site and by exhibiting our products at trade shows but historically, we have generated most of our sales through word of mouth. We rely on product demonstrations and short term rentals to demonstrate the capabilities of our products and value proposition to large mobile network providers worldwide. We plan to add additional capacity to our rental fleet to increase rental revenues and product demonstrations to regional telecommunications providers in the U.S.

 

Distribution and Service

 

We market our products through various distribution channels that promote our products and brand and provide effective aftermarket support and service. While the majority of our sales are achieved through our direct sales force, we also utilize independent service providers and dealers to complement our global sales strategy.

 

  66  

 

  

We plan to expand sales within the mobile telecommunications tower market by adding sales offices in key target markets globally and adding regional managers to expand our sales network in North America. We utilize a combination of factory trained technicians and independent service providers to provide installation, maintenance, service and training at customer locations throughout the U.S. The majority of our growth is the result of increased sales of DC power systems to telecommunications companies in the U.S. We currently provide products to the top three U.S. mobile telecommunications providers and several independent telecommunications tower operators.

 

In the international markets, we utilize local service partners to perform installation and service on our equipment. In the past decade we have shipped our DC power systems to customers located in over 30 countries and have developed strategic relationships in an additional five countries to expand our sales and service network. We plan to hire and train our own personnel in key strategic international markets to provide sales and aftermarket support for our customers.

 

In markets other than telecommunications, on a selective basis we have established collaborative relationships with OEM’s and value added resellers to jointly develop products or product configurations to address market needs. A significant portion of our military sales is conducted through the supply of components and subsystems to large defense contractors for integration into larger complete systems.

 

Competition

 

DC Base Power Systems

 

Within the DC power systems market, we compete with well-established AC power systems providers and storage technologies such as fuel cells and lead acid batteries. We target markets for our products that require continuous (prime power) or back-up power of DC output power to operate electronic equipment or to charge storage batteries.

 

In prime power applications, our main competitors are well established global manufacturers of AC generators that use power conversion devices to convert AC output power to DC output power. Our competitors include Caterpillar, Generac, Cummins, 3-Tech, Ascot, Ausonia, Controllis and Kohler. In addition, incumbent technologies like hydrogen fuel cells are being evaluated, but currently do not have a significant market presence. Our fuel cell competitors include Plug Power, Ballard Power and Intelligent Energy.

 

In back-up power applications, we compete with AC generator manufacturers as well as battery back-up solution providers which utilize battery storage as a means to provide DC output power in case of a power outage. In these applications, the intermittent use of batteries requires periodic maintenance, charging and replacement due to the finite shelf life of a battery. Unlike battery storage products, the low hours of usage in back-up power applications significantly extends the life cycle of our DC power systems. We believe our technology provides significant maintenance and life cycle cost advantages in back-up power applications. Our competitors include battery manufacturers like Tesla, Exide, Enersys, Panasonic, Axiom, Samsung, Deka and Trojan batteries.

 

  67  

 

  

DC Hybrid Power Systems

 

The DC hybrid power system market targets mainly prime power applications in both off-grid and bad-grid applications. These systems utilize a DC power generator as a battery charger that charges the batteries, while DC load output is delivered by the batteries.

 

We compete with well-established AC power system resellers that combine an AC generator with lead acid batteries and deliver the end product to customers. In most cases, these resellers are generator distributors or small dealers specializing in battery system integration. These competitive solutions have fairly rudimentary charging and control technologies due to the use of lead acid batteries.

 

Our DC hybrid power systems are designed with lithium-ion batteries which provide higher efficiency charging, zero maintenance, longer life cycle and are light weight. In addition, our proprietary Supra Controller™ and BMS provide protection from over-charging and over-discharging of the battery pack, thereby increasing battery life. We believe our technology provides significant fuel and life cycle cost savings when compared to AC hybrid power systems. Our competitors include Ascot, Eltek Valere, General Electric, Schneider Electric, Alpha Technologies and Emerson Power.

 

DC Solar Hybrid Power Systems

 

The DC solar hybrid power system market targets mainly remote telecommunications off-grid or bad-grid sites. These systems rely on energy from solar photovoltaic panels to charge the batteries and power the load. Any excess energy from the solar photovoltaic panels is stored in the batteries. If the photovoltaic panels and/or the batteries are unable to provide all the power the load requires, the DC power system contributes the additional power required.

 

We compete with AC generator resellers that combine an AC generator, power converter with lead acid batteries and solar photovoltaic panels to deliver a DC power system for remote telecommunications sites.

 

Our DC solar hybrid power system integrates solar charge controllers, inverters (if required), our BMS and engine controls into our proprietary Supra Controller™ that contains algorithms to optimize the use of solar energy while ensuring adequate charge protection for the lithium-ion battery pack. We believe that our integrated product solution provides lower energy cost, long life cycle and lower maintenance cost when compared to AC solar hybrid power systems. Our competitors include Ascot, Eltek Valere, General Electric, Schneider Electric, Alpha Technologies and Emerson Power.

 

Manufacturing and Assembly

 

A significant percentage of our business comes from multinational global corporations seeking configured product solutions ready to be field deployed with a minimum installation time. Our manufacturing process begins with our direct sales force and engineering team defining customer application needs and concludes with the production of a custom configured product solution. We believe our ability to have total control over the sales and manufacturing process is a key competitive differentiator in the markets we serve.

 

By implementing vertical integration throughout our manufacturing processes we believe that we reduce overall manufacturing costs, thereby increasing profitability and market competitiveness. Our production processes encompass all aspects of production of our DC power systems, which includes alternators, aluminum enclosures, engine configurations, control electronics, cooling systems, wiring harnesses, exhaust systems and final assembly. Manufacturing of our proprietary technologies requires proprietary automated equipment that ensures total control and agility in our production processes. Over the past decade, we have made significant investments in highly specialized manufacturing tooling, jigs and fixtures that allow us to manufacture products at lower cost while maintaining the highest quality.

 

  68  

 

  

Our production assembly lines are designed to be flexible, and we utilize advanced manufacturing planning software to predict, monitor and control demand levels and product mix to provide the shortest delivery time to our customers. We utilize 3-D CAD software to product design and document assembly instructions throughout our production process. All our products are 100% tested to customer specific application requirements prior to shipment.

 

Throughout our operations we utilize computerized ERP software that integrates all our processes from lead generation to product shipment and aftermarket support. Our focus on safety, quality and on-time delivery is supported by employee training and information systems that monitor process and product quality, and communicate trends and findings to senior management on a real-time basis.

 

Design Engineering / Research and Development

 

Our research and development efforts are market driven. We conduct research and development at our facility in Gardena, California. Our research and development is focused on the development of new technologies and product improvements, as well as reducing costs, improving product quality and reliability. In the DC power systems market, we have developed our proprietary PMHH alternator technology integrated with an engine, control devices and a battery management system. Over the past two decades we have been one of the first to market DC hybrid power systems and DC solar hybrid power systems to the telecommunications tower industry.

 

A significant part of our research and development effort has focused on the development of control software that integrates engine controls, power management and battery algorithms to fully optimize fuel consumption in both prime power and back-up power generation applications. We use a high level of integration with a single control and communication module, our Supra Controller™, rather than competitive system designs with a number of independent control modules controlling a single function. Our integrated approach ensures software compatibility, reduces complexity in wiring, increases reliability and reduces cost.

 

Our engineering process begins with our sales team identifying and defining market needs and concludes with our engineering team developing and integrating proprietary technologies into product configurations that meet application needs. We maintain an in-house design, prototyping, testing and application engineering capabilities including expertise in 3-D solid modeling and finite element analysis, computer based modeling and testing, rapid prototyping, design verification testing and document publication, which includes manufacturing assembly instructions, supplier drawings and product manuals. In addition, we utilize third party testing laboratories to certify our products compliance to current applicable UL standards.

 

Since the early 1980s, our core engineering team has been actively involved in engineering and developing new technologies for alternators, power control electronics and engine controls, providing us with extensive experience and know-how in the design of DC power systems.

 

Intellectual Property

 

We possess a broad intellectual property portfolio comprised of electronics, software, engines, alternators, thermal systems and production techniques. We rely on trademark, copyright and trade secret laws to protect our intellectual property. Currently, we rely on common law rights to protect our “Polar Power, Inc.” trade name. We protect our trade secrets and other proprietary information by requiring confidentiality agreements from our employees, consultants and third parties that have access to such information. Despite these efforts, there can be no assurance that others will not gain access to our trade secrets, or that we can meaningfully protect our technology. In addition, effective trademark, copyright and trade secret protection may be unavailable or limited in certain foreign countries.

 

  69  

 

  

We consider our manufacturing process to be a trade secret, and have non-disclosure agreements with current employees to protect the trade secrets held by us. However, such methods may not afford complete protection, and there can be no assurance that others will not independently develop similar know-how or obtain access to our know-how and manufacturing concepts. We plan to register patents and trademarks in future to protect our intellectual property rights and enhance our competitive position.

 

Suppliers

 

We attempt to mitigate the material adverse effect of component shortages in our business through detail material planning and by qualifying multiple vendor sources for key components and outside processes. In order to meet our customer demands, we forecast the supply of our long lead time items such as engines, castings and electronic components through strategic planning of inventory levels. We plan to invest capital in tooling, jigs and fixtures for our proprietary components to gain additional production capacity needed to meet anticipated growth in the markets we serve.

 

Quality Control

 

We began concentrating on our quality control in the early 1980s, much of which was required by our customers at the time, including NASA and Hughes Aircraft. In the late 1980s, we implemented the MIL-I-45208A quality control system monitored by U.S. Department of Defense, to meet prime source requirements for a contract we received from the U.S. Army Picatinny Arsenal, to design and manufacture an advanced battery and monitoring system for a security device used in nuclear munitions depots around the world. We are currently in the process of obtaining an ISO 9000 certification.

 

Certifications

 

Our DC generator systems comply with UL2200 safety standards. Our products also comply with applicable regulatory emission standards of the Environmental Protection Agency, and the California Air Quality Management District.

 

Product Warranties

 

Our standard warranty on new products is two years from the date of delivery to the customer. We offer a limited extended warranty of up to five years on our certified DC power systems based on application and usage. Under our standard warranty, provisions for estimated expenses related to product warranties are made at the time products are sold. These estimates are established using historical information about the nature, frequency and average cost of warranty claim settlements as well as product manufacturing and recovery from suppliers. Historically, we have experienced warranty costs within industry norms.

 

  70  

 

  

Information Systems

 

We utilize integrated information systems (i.e., ERP) that link our lead management, sales planning, order entry, purchasing, engineering, production control, manufacturing, inventory and accounting systems. During the past five years we have made significant investments to upgrade and customize our information systems to improve productivity and our ability to accurately forecast inventory and manpower requirements. We plan to invest additional capital in software and information systems to integrate aftermarket sales and service with our ERP system to improve post sales customer experience with our products and services.

 

Government Regulations and Environmental matters

 

Our products and their installations are subject to oversight and regulations at federal, state and local levels in accordance with regional statutes and ordinances relating to, building codes, fire codes, public safety, electrical and fuel connections, security protocols and local and state licensing requirements. We are also regulated by federal, state and international environmental laws governing our use, transport and control of emissions. In addition to governing our manufacturing and other operations, these laws often impact the development of our products, including, but not limited to required compliance with air emissions standards applicable to internal combustion engines. Our products integrate engines with our proprietary technologies to produce efficient DC power. We rely on our engine suppliers to conform to the regional regulations and statutes to meet regional emission requirements.

 

Employees

 

As of November 15, 2016, we had 101 full-time employees. Currently all employees are located at our corporate headquarters in Gardena, California. None of our employees are represented by labor unions, and there have not been any work stoppages at our facility. We consider our relationships with our employees to be generally satisfactory. In addition, from time to time, we utilize outside consultants or contractors for specific assignments.

 

Facilities

 

Our principal offices are located in Gardena, California, where we lease a 40,000 square feet facility that includes our corporate staff offices, our manufacturing facility, and our research and development center. We believe that our current facility is sufficient to accommodate our anticipated production volumes for the next twelve months. If required, additional office and manufacturing space is available within less than three miles from our present location.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

From time to time, we may be involved in general commercial disputes arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are not currently involved in legal proceedings that could reasonably be expected to have material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition or results of our operation.

 

Internet Website

 

Our Internet websites are www.polarpower.com and www.polarpowerinc.com. The content of our Internet websites do not constitute a part of this prospectus. In addition, maintain a website at www.polarpowerinc.net that is used as a service support portal by our customers and service providers.

 

  71  

 

  

MANAGEMENT

 

Executive Officers, Directors and Other Key Employees

 

The following table sets forth the names, ages and positions of our executive officers, directors and key employees as of the date of this prospectus.

 

Name   Age   Positions Held
         
Executive Officers        
Arthur D. Sams   65   Chairman of the Board, President, Chief Executive Officer and Secretary
Rajesh Masina   34   Vice President Operations
Luis Zavala   46   Vice President Finance and Acting Chief Financial Officer
         
Non-Employee Directors        
Keith Albrecht   65   Director
Matthew Goldman   39   Director
         
Key Employee        
Adam Szczepanek   52   Vice President Business Development

 

Executive Officers

 

Arthur D. Sams has served as our President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of our board of directors since August 1991 and as our Secretary since October 2016. Under his leadership, we have grown to be a leading brand name in the design and manufacturing of DC power systems for the telecommunications, military, automotive, marine and industrial markets. He specializes in the design of thermodynamics and power generation systems. During his early career, he gained vast industry experience while working as a machinist, engineer, project manager, chief technical officer and consultant for various Fortune 500 companies and the U.S. Department of Defense and the U.S. Department of Energy. Mr. Sams studied at California State Polytechnic University Pomona and the University California at Irvine with a dual major in biology and engineering.

 

In nominating Mr. Sams, our board of directors considered his diverse and global experience in engineering and manufacturing combined with a successful entrepreneurial career as a key attribute in his selection. The board of directors believes that through his experience in product development and international operations over the past two decades he can provide our company with particular insight into global opportunities and new markets for our current and planned future product lines.

 

Rajesh Masina has served as our Vice President Operations since August 2009. Prior to joining us, Mr. Masina served as a supply chain consultant to International Game Technology, a large gaming equipment company in Reno, Nevada, from December 2008 to June 2009. Mr. Masina worked as the Assistant Manager for Applied Photonics Worldwide Inc., an engineering services company, from January 2006 to January 2008. From July 2001 to May 2003, Mr. Masina worked as the Business Development Manager in his family business, which provided consulting services to a regional telecommunications provider in India with respect to the acquisition of telecommunications sites. We believe Mr. Masina has a unique combination of technical and business knowledge that is vital to our growth strategy. Mr. Masina’s key strengths include business analytics, supply chain management, make vs. buy decision making, production scheduling, client relations, and strategic planning. Mr. Masina is a minority investor in a startup equipment rental company, Smartgen Solutions, Inc., serving the Southern California telecommunications equipment market. Smartgen Solutions, Inc. provides installation and maintenance service for various telecommunications tower companies and also is an authorized service dealer for Polar products. Mr. Masina has a Master’s Degree in Electrical Engineering from the University of Nevada Reno and an MBA from the University of Nevada Reno’s Supply Chain Program.

 

  72  

 

  

Luis Zavala has served as our Vice President Finance since August 2009 and as our Acting Chief Financial Officer since March 2016. Prior to that, Mr. Zavala served as the President of Sky Limited Enterprises, a general contractor, from June 2006 to August 2009. Prior thereto, Mr. Zavala worked as Director of Finance for Legacy Long Distance International, a finance management company, from March 2001 to May 2006. Mr. Zavala also has over 20 years of experience managing accounting and finance departments in various industries, including banking and telecommunications. Mr. Zavala earned his Bachelor’s Degree in Business Administration from the California State University of Northridge and his MBA at Keller Graduate School of Management, Long Beach.

 

Non-Employee Directors

 

Keith Albrecht has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2016 and will serve as a member of each of our Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee effective at the time of this offering. Mr. Albrecht has extensive experience as a commercial real estate appraiser for commercial banks and local governments. Mr. Albrecht was an appraiser for commercial buildings for the County of Orange, California, from 1996 to 2007, where he was responsible for the assessment of property values of shopping malls, office buildings, hotels and apartment buildings. Prior thereto, Mr. Albrecht was an appraiser for Security Pacific and Bank of America, from 1985 to 1996. Mr. Albrecht is currently retired and invests in startups and small cap companies. In nominating Mr. Albrecht, our board of directors considered his commercial real estate appraisal experience, which our board of directors believes gives him particular insight into analysis of income statements and balance sheets, debt analysis and audits of large commercial institutions.

 

Matthew Goldman has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2014 and will serve as a member of each of our Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee effective at the time of this offering. Mr. Goldman is the co-founder of High Tide Capital, a global macro hedge fund manager in the process of launching its first investment product, and has been its Fund Manager since February 2015. Prior thereto, Mr. Goldman founded Polaris Capital, LLC, a private equity and investment business engaged in investing and advisory services for startup and small cap companies in 2010. Mr. Goldman currently serves on the board of directors and/or advisory boards of two privately-held Polaris portfolio companies. Mr. Goldman began his career in 2006 at Blackrock, a financial planning and investment management firm, where he worked in the financial modeling group as a programmer, developing proprietary bond calculation engine. Mr. Goldman holds a Bachelor of Science degree in electrical engineering and computer science, with a minor in psychology, from Massachusetts Institute of Technology. In nominating Mr. Goldman, our board of directors considered his private equity and hedge fund experience, which our board of directors believes gives him particular insight into investments in, and the development of, early stage companies, as well as his high level of financial literacy and expertise regarding mergers, acquisitions, investments and other strategic transactions.

 

  73  

 

  

Key Employee

 

Adam Szczepanek has served as our Vice President Business Development since September 2014 and is responsible for identifying new business opportunities. Prior thereto, Mr. Szczepanek served as President of Hugart Inc., a leading packaging equipment company, from September 2010 to September 2014. From February 2001 to September 2010, Mr. Szczepanek worked as program manager for Aerovironment Inc., a leading manufacturer of industrial and electric vehicle chargers. Mr. Szczepanek previously worked at Allied Signal, as a project engineer for the company, from February 1999 to February 2001, where he designed turbogenerators. Mr. Szczepanek has a Master’s Degree in Electrical Engineering from the University of Southern California and a Master’s Degree in Mechanical Engineering from the Warsaw Polytechnic University in Poland.

 

Election of Officers; Family Relationships

 

Our executive officers are appointed by, and serve at the discretion of, our board of directors. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

 

Board Composition

 

Our board of directors currently consists of three members; Arthur D. Sams, Matthew Goldman and Keith Albrecht. Our directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or until the earlier of their resignation or removal.

 

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be effective upon completion of this offering provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws also provide that any vacancy on our board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an expansion of our board of directors, may be filled only by vote of a majority of our directors then in office, although less than a quorum or by a sole remaining director.

 

We have no formal policy regarding board diversity. Our priority in selection of board members is identification of members who will further the interests of our stockholders through his or her established record of professional accomplishment, the ability to contribute positively to the collaborative culture among board members, knowledge of our business and understanding of the competitive landscape.

 

Independence of our Board of Directors and Board Committees

 

Rule 5605 of the NASDAQ Listing Rules requires a majority of a listed company’s board of directors to be comprised of “independent directors,” as defined in such rule, subject to specified exceptions. In addition, the NASDAQ Listing Rules require that, subject to specified exceptions: each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating committees be independent as defined under the NASDAQ Listing Rules; audit committee members also satisfy independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act; and compensation committee members also satisfy an additional independence test for compensation committee members under the NASDAQ Listing Rules.

 

Our board of directors has evaluated the independence of its members based upon the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market and the SEC. Applying these standards, our board of directors determined that none of the directors who will serve immediately following the completion of this offering, other than Mr. Sams, have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of those directors is “independent” as that term is defined under Rule 5605(a)(2) of the NASDAQ Listing Rules. Mr. Sams is not considered independent because he is an officer of Polar. As such, a majority of our board of directors is comprised of “independent directors” as defined under the NASDAQ Listing Rules.

 

  74  

 

  

Controlled Company Exemption

 

Upon the completion of this offering, Mr. Sams, our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, will continue to control a majority of our common stock. As a result, we are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NASDAQ Listing Rules. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, a group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain NASDAQ corporate governance requirements. We do not currently intend to rely on those exemptions afforded to a “controlled company;” nonetheless, we could potentially seek to rely on certain of those exemptions afforded to a “controlled company” in the future. See “Risk Factors–We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NASDAQ Listing Rules. Although we do not currently intend to rely on the exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements afforded to a “controlled company” under the NASDAQ Listing Rules, we could potentially seek to rely on such exemptions in the future.”

 

Board Committees

 

Our board of directors has established standing committees in connection with the discharge of its responsibilities. Upon the commencement of the trading of our common stock on NASDAQ, these committees will include an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. The composition and responsibilities of each committee are described below. Members will serve on committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors. Each of these committees will adopt a written charter that satisfies the applicable standards of the SEC and the NASDAQ Listing Rules, which we will post on the investor relations section of our website upon the completion of this offering.

 

Audit Committee

 

Effective at the time of this offering, the members of our audit committee will be Mr. Goldman and Mr. Albrecht. Mr. Albrecht will be the chair of the audit committee. Messrs. Goldman and Albrecht satisfy the heightened audit committee independence requirements under the NASDAQ Listing Rules and Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act. As a company listing on NASDAQ in connection with our initial public offering, we are permitted to phase-in our compliance with the independent audit committee member requirements set forth in the NASDAQ Listing Rules and relevant SEC rules as follows: (i) one independent member at the time of listing; (ii) a majority of independent members within 90 days of listing; and (iii) all independent members within one year of listing. We intend to add a third independent director elected to our board of directors to our audit committee as soon as possible but in no event later than one year after our initial listing on the NASDAQ Capital Market. Accordingly, we expect that the audit committee will, subject to the phase-in provisions, comply with the applicable audit committee composition and independence requirements. We have determined that the fact that our audit committee is not made of three independent directors does not materially adversely affect the ability of the audit committee to act independently and to satisfy the other requirements of the SEC and NASDAQ.

 

In addition, our board of directors has determined that Mr. Albrecht qualifies as an audit committee financial expert, as that term is defined under SEC rules, and possesses the requisite financial sophistication, as defined under the NASDAQ Listing Rules. Our audit committee will assist our board of directors in its oversight of our accounting and financial reporting process and the audits of our financial statements. Under its charter, our audit committee will be responsible for, among other things:

 

· overseeing accounting and financial reporting process;

 

· selecting, retaining and replacing independent auditors and evaluating their qualifications, independence and performance;

 

  75  

 

  

· reviewing and approving scope of the annual audit and audit fees;

 

· discussing with management and independent auditors the results of annual audit and review of quarterly financial statements;

 

· reviewing adequacy and effectiveness of internal control policies and procedures;

 

· approving retention of independent auditors to perform any proposed permissible non-audit services;

 

· overseeing internal audit functions and annually reviewing audit committee charter and committee performance;

 

· preparing the audit committee report that the SEC requires in our annual proxy statement; and

 

· reviewing and evaluating the performance of the Audit Committee, including compliance with its charter.

 

Compensation Committee

 

Effective at the time of this offering, the members of our compensation committee will be Mr. Goldman and Mr. Albrecht. Mr. Goldman will be the chair of the compensation committee. Each member of our compensation committee will be independent as defined under the NASDAQ Listing Rules and satisfies NASDAQ’s additional independence standards for compensation committee members. Messrs. Goldman and Albrecht are non-employee directors within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and outside directors as defined by Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. Our compensation committee assists our board of directors in the discharge of its responsibilities relating to the compensation of our executive officers. Under its charter, our compensation committee will be responsible for, among other things:

 

· developing and maintaining an executive compensation policy and monitor the results of that policy;

 

· recommending to our board of directors for approval compensation and benefit plans;

 

· reviewing and approving annually corporate and personal goals and objectives to serve as the basis for the CEO’s compensation, evaluating the CEO’s performance in light of those goals and objectives and determining the CEO’s compensation based on that evaluation;

 

· determining and approving the annual compensation for other executive officers;

 

· retaining or obtaining the advice of a compensation consultant, outside legal counsel or other advisor;

 

· approving any grants of stock options, restricted stock, performance shares, stock appreciation rights, and other equity-based incentives to the extent provided under our equity compensation plans;

 

  76  

 

  

· reviewing and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding the compensation of non-employee directors; and

 

· reviewing and evaluating the performance of the compensation committee, including compliance with its charter.

 

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

 

Effective at the time of this offering, the members of our nominating and corporate governance committee will be Messrs. Goldman and Albrecht. Mr. Goldman will be the chair of the nominating and corporate governance committee. Each member of our nominating and corporate governance committee will be independent as defined under the NASDAQ Listing Rules. Under its charter, our nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for, among other things:

 

· considering and reviewing periodically the desired composition of our board of directors;

 

· establishing any qualifications and standards for individual directors;

 

· identifying, evaluating and nominating candidates for election to our board of directors;

 

· ensuring that the members of our board of directors satisfy SEC and NASDAQ independence and other requirements relating to membership on our board of directors and committees;

 

· making recommendations to our board of directors regarding the size of the board of directors, the tenure and classifications of directors, and the composition of the committees of the board of directors; and

 

· considering other corporate governance and related matters as requested by our board of directors.

 

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

 

During 2015, Arthur D. Sams, Chairman of our Board of Directors, solely determined all executive officer compensation

 

None of our executive officers serves, or in the past has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee, or other committee serving an equivalent function, of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as members of our board of directors or our compensation committee. None of the members of our compensation committee is or has been an officer or employee of Polar.

 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

 

We have adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. Following this offering, a copy of the code will be made available on the investor relations section of our website, which is located at www.polarpower.com. If we make any substantive amendments to, or grant any waivers from, the code of business conduct and ethics for any officer or director, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on our website or in a current report on Form 8-K.

 

  77  

 

  

EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

 

This executive compensation section sets forth certain information regarding total compensation earned by our named executives for the years set forth below, as well as equity awards held by our named executives on December 31, 2015. Our compensation packages for executive officers primarily consist of salary, annual bonuses, and, in certain instances, perquisites and other benefits.

 

The tables and discussion below present compensation information for our chief executive officer and our two other most highly compensated officers for the year ended December 31, 2015, whom we refer to collectively as our named executive officers. These officers are:

 

· Arthur D. Sams, our President, Chief Executive Officer, Secretary and Chairman of the Board;

 

· Rajesh Masina, our Vice President Operations; and

 

· Luis Zavala, our Vice President Finance and Acting Chief Financial Officer.

 

Summary Compensation Table

 

The following table sets forth the compensation paid or accrued during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 to our named executive officers.

 

Name and Principal
Position
  Year   Salary
($)
    Bonus
($) (1)
    Total
($)
 
Arthur D. Sams, President, Chief
Executive Officer and Secretary
  2015     150,000       7,500       157,500  
    2014     75,000             75,000  
                             
Rajesh Masina, Vice President Operations   2015     92,383       5,750       98,133  
    2014     81,600             81,600  
                             
Luis Zavala, Vice President Finance and Acting Chief Financial Officer   2015     84,123       5,750       89,873  
    2014     75,000             75,000  

 

(1) Annual bonuses are discretionary. The determination of bonus amounts is based on a non-formulaic assessment of factors that vary from year to year. In determining individual annual bonus amounts, we consider a variety of factors regarding our overall performance, such as growth in profitability or achievement of strategic objectives, an individual’s performance and contribution to our company, and general bonus expectations previously established between us and the executive. We do not quantify the weight given to any specific element or otherwise follow a formulaic calculation; however, our company’s performance tends to be the dominant driver of the ultimate bonus amount. For 2015 bonuses, we considered a variety of factors, including year-over-year revenue and Adjusted EBITDA growth, levels of cash flow generated from operations, and certain strategic accomplishments.

 

  78  

 

  

Employment Agreements

 

Arthur D. Sams

 

Our Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement with Arthur D. Sams, dated as of July 8, 2016, provides for at-will employment of Mr. Sams as our President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Sams’ current annual base salary is $200,000. Mr. Sams is eligible to receive an annual discretionary cash bonus to be paid based upon performance criteria set by our board of directors and is eligible to participate in all of our employee benefit programs including our 2016 Plan, which will become effective in connection with the completion of this offering.

 

Upon termination by Polar without cause or resignation by Mr. Sams for good reason, Mr. Sams is entitled to receive (i) a lump sum cash payment equal to 200% of his then-current base salary, (ii) a lump sum cash payment equal to 200% of the amount of average incentive bonus paid to Mr. Sams during the two calendar years preceding the termination, and (iii) continued health insurance coverage for eighteen months. If Mr. Sams is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason within three months before or twelve months after a change in control, Mr. Sams is entitled to (a) a lump sum cash payment equal to 200% of his then-current base salary, (b) a lump sum cash payment equal to 200% of the amount of average incentive bonus paid to Mr. Sams during the two calendar years preceding the termination, and (c) continued health insurance coverage for eighteen months. If Mr. Sams becomes disabled, Mr. Sams is entitled to receive a lump sum cash payment equal to 100% of his then-current base salary and continued health coverage for twelve months.

 

The term “for good reason” is defined in the Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement as (i) the assignment to Mr. Sams of any duties or responsibilities that result in the material diminution of Mr. Sams’ authority, duties or responsibility, (ii) a material reduction by Polar in Mr. Sams’ annual base salary, except to the extent the base salaries of all other executive officers of Polar are accordingly reduced, (iii) a relocation of Mr. Sams’ place of work, or Polar’s principal executive offices if Mr. Sams’ principal office is at these offices, to a location that increases Mr. Sams’ daily one-way commute by more than fifty miles, or (iv) any material breach by Polar of any material provision of the Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement.

 

The term “cause” is defined in the Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement as (i) Mr. Sams’ indictment or conviction of any felony or of any crime involving dishonesty, (ii) Mr. Sams’ participation in any fraud or other act of willful misconduct against Polar, (iii) Mr. Sams’ refusal to comply with any lawful directive of Polar, (iv) Mr. Sams’ material breach of his fiduciary, statutory, contractual, or common law duties to Polar, or (v) conduct by Mr. Sams which, in the good faith and reasonable determination of our board of directors, demonstrates gross unfitness to serve; provided, however, that in the event that any of the foregoing events is reasonably capable of being cured, Polar shall, within twenty days after the discovery of the event, provide written notice to Mr. Sams describing the nature of the event and Mr. Sams shall thereafter have ten business days to cure the event.

 

A “change in control” of Polar is deemed to have occurred if, in a single transaction or series of related transactions (i) any person (as the term is used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), or persons acting as a group, other than a trustee or fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit program, is or becomes a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly of securities of Polar representing a majority of the combined voting power of Polar, (ii) there is a merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction of Polar with or into another corporation, entity or person, other than a transaction in which the holders of at least a majority of the shares of voting capital stock of Polar outstanding immediately prior to the transaction continue to hold (either by the shares remaining outstanding or by their being converted into shares of voting capital stock of the surviving entity) a majority of the total voting power represented by the shares of voting capital stock of Polar (or the surviving entity) outstanding immediately after the transaction, or (iii) all or substantially all of our assets are sold.

 

  79  

 

  

Rajesh Masina

 

Our Executive Employment Agreement with Rajesh Masina, dated as of July 8, 2016, provides for at-will employment as our Vice President Operations. Mr. Masina’s current annual base salary is $120,000. Mr. Masina is eligible to receive an annual discretionary cash bonus to be paid based upon performance criteria set by our board of directors and is eligible to participate in all of our employee benefit programs including our 2016 Plan, which will become effective in connection with the completion of this offering.

 

Upon termination by Polar without cause, resignation by Mr. Masina for good reason or upon Mr. Masina’s disability, Mr. Masina is entitled to receive (i) a lump sum cash payment equal to 50% of his then-current base salary, and (ii) continued health insurance coverage for six months. If Mr. Masina is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason within three months before or twelve months after a change in control, Mr. Masina is entitled to (a) a lump sum cash payment equal to 50% of his then-current base salary, and (b) continued health insurance coverage for six months.

 

The terms “for good reason,” “cause” and “change in control in Mr. Masina’s Executive Employment Agreement are identical to the definitions contained in Mr. Sams’ Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement.

 

Luis Zavala

 

Our Executive Employment Agreement with Luis Zavala, dated as of July 8, 2016, provides for at-will employment as our Vice President Finance. The terms of Mr. Zavala’s Executive Employment Agreement are identical to the terms of Mr. Masina’s Executive Employment Agreement.

 

2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan

 

On July 8, 2016 our board of directors and stockholders adopted the 2016 Plan. The material terms of the 2016 Plan are summarized below.

 

Summary of the Material Terms of the 2016 Plan

 

Purpose .  We established the 2016 Plan to attract, retain and motivate our employees, officers and directors, to promote the success of our business by linking the personal interests of our employees, officers, consultants, advisors and directors to those of our stockholders and to encourage stock ownership on the part of management. The 2016 Plan is intended to permit the grant of stock options (both incentive stock options, or ISOs and non-qualified stock options, or NQSOs or, collectively, Options), stock appreciation rights, or SARS, restricted stock awards, or Restricted Stock Awards, restricted stock units, or RSUs, incentive awards, or Incentive Awards, other stock-based awards, or Stock Based Awards, dividend equivalents, or Dividend Equivalents, and cash awards, or Cash Awards.

 

  80  

 

  

Administration .  The 2016 Plan is administered by our Compensation Committee. Our Compensation Committee may act through subcommittees or, with respect to awards granted to individuals who are not subject to the reporting and other provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and who are not members of our board of directors or the board of directors of our Affiliates (as defined by the 2016 Plan), delegate to one or more officers all or part of its duties with respect to such awards. Our Compensation Committee may, at its discretion, accelerate the time at which any award may be exercised, become transferable or nonforfeitable or become earned and settled including without limitation (i) in the event of the participant’s death, disability, retirement or involuntary termination of employment or service (including a voluntary termination of employment or service for good reason) or (ii) in connection with a Change in Control (as defined in the 2016 Plan).

 

Authorized Shares .  Under the 2016 Plan, we may issue a maximum aggregate of 1,754,385 shares of common stock, all of which may be issued pursuant to Options, SARs, Restricted Stock Awards, RSUs, Incentive Awards, Stock-Based Awards or Dividend Equivalents. Each share issued in connection with an award will reduce the number of shares available under the 2016 Plan by one, and each share covered under a SAR will reduce the number of shares available under the 2016 Plan by one, even though the share is not actually issued upon settlement of the SAR. Shares relating to awards that are terminated by expiration, forfeiture, cancellation or otherwise without issuance of shares of common stock, settled in cash in lieu of shares, or exchanged prior to the issuance of shares for awards not involving shares, will again be available for issuance under the 2016 Plan. Shares not issued as a result of net settlement of an award, tendered or withheld to pay the exercise price, purchase price or withholding taxes of an award or shares purchased on the open market with the proceeds of the exercise price of an award will not again be available for issuance under the 2016 Plan.

 

Written Agreements .  All awards granted under the 2016 Plan will be governed by separate written agreements between the participants and us. The written agreements will specify the terms of the particular awards.

 

Transferability.   Generally, an award is non-transferable except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and during the lifetime of the participant to whom the award is granted, the award may only be exercised by, or payable to, the participant. However, the Compensation Committee may provide that awards, other than ISOs or a Corresponding SAR that is related to an ISO, may be transferred by a participant to immediate family members or trust or other entities on behalf of the Participant and/or family members for charitable donations. Any such transfer will be permitted only if (i) the participant does not receive any consideration for the transfer and (ii) the Compensation Committee expressly approves the transfer. The holder of the transferred award will be bound by the same terms and conditions that governed the award during the period that it was held by the participant, except that such transferee may only transfer the award by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

 

Maximum Award Period.   No award shall be exercisable or become vested or payable more than ten years after the date of grant.

 

Compliance With Applicable Law.   No award shall be exercisable, vested or payable except in compliance with all applicable federal and state laws and regulations (including, without limitation, tax and securities laws), any listing agreement with any stock exchange to which we are a party, and the rules of all domestic stock exchanges on which our shares may be listed.

 

Payment.   The exercise or purchase price of an award, and any taxes required to be withheld with respect to an award, may be paid in cash or, if the written agreement so provides, the Compensation Committee may allow a participant to pay all or part of the exercise or purchase price, and any required withholding taxes, by tendering shares of common stock, through a broker-assisted cashless exercise, by means of “net exercise” procedure, or any other specified medium of payment.

 

Stockholder Rights.   No participant shall have any rights as our stockholder as a result of issuance of an award until the award is settled by the issuance of common stock (other than a Restricted Stock Award or RSUs for which certain stockholder rights may be granted).

 

  81  

 

  

Forfeiture Provisions.   Awards do not confer upon any individual any right to continue in our employ or service or in the employ or service of our Affiliates. All rights to any award that a participant has will be immediately forfeited if the participant is discharged from employment or service for “Cause” (as defined in the 2016 Plan).

 

Types of awards

 

Options .  Both ISOs and NQSOs may be granted under the 2016 Plan. Our Compensation Committee will determine the eligible individuals to whom grants of Options will be made, the number of shares subject to each option, the exercise price per share, the time or times at which the option may be exercised, whether any performance or other conditions must be satisfied before a participant may exercise an option, the method of payment by the participant, the method of delivery of shares to a participant, whether the Option is an ISO or a NQSO, and all other terms and conditions of the award. However, the exercise price of an Option may not be less than the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date the Option is granted. No participant may be granted ISOs that are first exercisable in any calendar year for shares of common stock having an aggregate fair value (determined on the date of grant) that exceeds $100,000. With respect to an ISO granted to a participant who is a Ten Percent Shareholder (as defined in the 2016 Plan), the exercise price per share may not be less than 110% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date the Option is granted. At the Compensation Committee’s discretion, an Option may be granted with or without a Corresponding SAR (as defined below).

 

SARs .  A SAR entitles the participant to receive, upon exercise, the excess of the fair market value on that date of each share of common stock subject to the exercised portion of the SAR over the fair market value of each such share on the date of the grant of the SAR. A SAR can be granted alone or in tandem with an Option. A SAR granted in tandem with an Option is called a Corresponding SAR and entitles the participant to exercise the Option or the SAR, at which time the other tandem award expires with respect to the number of shares being exercised. The Compensation Committee is authorized to determine the eligible individuals to whom grants of SARs will be made, the number of shares of common stock covered by the grant, the time or times at which a SAR may be exercised and all other terms and conditions of the SAR. However, no participant may be granted Corresponding SARs that are related to ISOs which are first exercisable in any calendar year for shares of common stock having an aggregate fair market value (determined on the date of grant) that exceeds $100,000.

 

Restricted Stock Awards and RSUs .  A Restricted Stock Award is the grant or sale of shares of common stock, which may be subject to forfeiture for a period of time or subject to certain conditions. A RSU entitles the participant to receive, upon vesting, shares of our common stock. We will deliver to the participant one share of common stock for each RSU that becomes earned and payable. With regard to Restricted Stock Awards, the Compensation Committee is authorized to determine the eligible individuals to whom grants will be made, the number of shares subject to such grants, the purchase price, if any, to be paid for each share subject to the award of restricted stock, the time or times at which the restrictions will terminate, and all other terms and conditions of the restricted stock. With regard to RSUs, the Compensation Committee is authorized to determine the eligible individuals to whom grants will be made, the number of shares subject to such grants and the vesting conditions entitling a participant to settlement of the RSUs.

 

Incentive Awards .  An Incentive Award entitles the participant to receive cash or common stock when certain conditions are met. The Compensation Committee has the authority to determine the eligible individuals to whom grants will be made and all other terms and conditions of the Incentive Award.

 

  82  

 

  

Stock-Based Awards .  Stock-Based Awards may be denominated or payable in, valued by reference to or otherwise based on shares of common stock, including awards convertible or exchangeable into shares of common stock (or the cash value thereof) and common stock purchase rights and awards valued by reference to the fair market value of the common stock. The Compensation Committee has the authority to determine the eligible individuals to whom grants will be made and all other terms and conditions of Stock-Based Awards. However, the purchase price for the common stock under any Stock-Based Award in the nature of a purchase right may not be less than the fair market value of a share of common stock as of the date the award is granted. Cash awards, as an element of or supplement to any other award under the 2016 Plan, may also be granted.

 

Our Compensation Committee is authorized under the 2016 Plan to grant shares of common stock as a bonus, or to grant shares of common stock or other awards in lieu of any of our obligations or of our affiliates to pay cash or to deliver other property under the 2016 Plan or under any other of our plans or compensatory arrangements or any of our affiliates.

 

Dividend Equivalents .  Our Compensation Committee may also grant Dividend Equivalents under the 2016 Plan. A Dividend Equivalent is an award that entitles the participant to receive cash, shares of common stock, other awards or other property equal in value to all or a specified portion of dividends paid with respect to shares of our common stock. The Compensation Committee is authorized to determine the eligible individuals to whom grants will be made and all other terms and conditions of the Dividend Equivalents. However, no Dividend Equivalents may be awarded with an Option, SAR or Stock-Based Award in the nature of purchase rights.

 

Cash Awards. Cash Awards will also be authorized under the 2016 Plan. Cash Awards may be granted as an element of or a supplement to any other award under the 2016 Plan or as a stand-alone Cash Award. The Compensation Committee will determine the terms and conditions of any such Cash Awards.

 

Material terms of the performance-based compensation

 

Awards that are paid to Named Executive Officers (as defined in the 2016 Plan) are potentially subject to the tax deduction limitations of Section 162(m) of the Code. The limitations of Section 162(m) of the Code do not apply, however, to performance-based compensation that meets certain requirements, including stockholder approval of the eligibility requirements, business criteria for performance goals and individual award limits of the 2016 Plan pursuant to which such awards are made.

 

Eligibility .  Any of our employees or service providers, employees or service providers of our Affiliates (as defined in the 2016 Plan), and nonemployee members of our board of directors or of any board of directors of our Affiliates is eligible to receive an award under the 2016 Plan.

 

Award Limits .  In any calendar year, no participant may be granted awards that relate to more than 175,439 shares of common stock. For these purposes, an Option and its corresponding SAR will be counted as a single award. For any award stated with reference to a specific dollar limit, the maximum amount payable with respect to any 12-month performance period to any one participant is $2,000,000 (pro-rated up or down for performance periods greater or less than 12 months). For any Cash Awards that are intended to constitute annual incentive awards, the maximum amount payable to any one participant with respect to any 12-month period is $5,000,000. Award limits that are expressed as a number of shares are subject to the adjustment provisions of the 2016 Plan as described below.

 

  83  

 

  

Performance Criteria .  Our Compensation Committee has the discretion to establish objectively determinable performance conditions for when awards will become vested, exercisable and payable. Objectively determinable performance conditions generally are performance conditions (a) that are established in writing (i) at the time of the grant or (ii) no later than the earlier of (x) ninety (90) days after the beginning of the period of service to which they relate and (y) before the lapse of twenty-five percent of the period of service to which they relate; (b) that are uncertain of achievement at the time they are established and (c) the achievement of which is determinable by a third party with knowledge of the relevant facts. These performance conditions may be based on one or any combination of metrics related to our financial, market or business performance. The form of the performance conditions also may be measured on a company, affiliate, division, business unit or geographic basis, individually, alternatively or in any combination, subset or component thereof. Performance goals may reflect absolute entity performance or a relative comparison of entity performance to the performance of a peer group of entities or other external measure of the selected performance conditions. Profits, earnings and revenues used for any performance condition measurement may exclude any extraordinary or nonrecurring items. The performance conditions may, but need not, be based upon an increase or positive result under the aforementioned business criteria and could include, for example and not by way of limitation, maintaining the status quo or limiting the economic losses (measured, in each case, by reference to the specific business criteria). An award that is intended to become exercisable, vested or payable on the achievement of performance conditions means that the award will not become exercisable, vested or payable solely on mere continued employment or service. However, such an award, in addition to performance conditions, may be subject to continued employment or service by the participant. The performance conditions may include any or any combination of the following: (a) revenue, (b) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA, (c) cash earnings (earnings before amortization of intangibles), (d) operating income, (e) pre-or after-tax income, (f) earnings per share, (g) net cash flow, (h) net cash flow per share, (i) net earnings, (j) return on equity, (k) return on total capital, (l) return on sales, (m) return on net assets employed, (n) return on assets or net assets, (o) share price performance, (p) total stockholder return, (q) improvement in or attainment of expense levels, (r) improvement in or attainment of working capital levels, (s) net sales, (t) revenue growth or product revenue growth, (u) operating income (before or after taxes), (v) pre-or after-tax income (before or after allocation of corporate overhead and bonus), (w) earnings per share; (x) return on equity, (y) appreciation in and/or maintenance of the price of the shares of common stock, (z) market share, (aa) gross profits, (bb) comparisons with various stock market indices; (cc) reductions in cost, (dd) cash flow or cash flow per share (before or after dividends), (ee) return on capital (including return on total capital or return on invested capital), (ff) cash flow return on investments; (gg) improvement in or attainment of expense levels or working capital levels, and/or (hh) stockholder equity.

 

The foregoing performance conditions represent the criteria on which performance goals may be based under the 2016 Plan for awards that are intended to qualify for the “qualified performance-based compensation” exception to Section 162(m) of the Code. At its sole discretion, our Compensation Committee may grant an award that is subject to the achievement or satisfaction of performance conditions that are not set forth in the 2016 Plan to the extent our Compensation Committee does not intend for such award to constitute “qualified performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

Our Compensation Committee has the discretion to select one or more periods of time over which the attainment of one or more of the foregoing performance conditions will be measured for the purpose of determining when an award will become vested, exercisable or payable. The Compensation Committee has the authority to adjust goals and awards in the manner set forth in the 2016 Plan.

 

  84  

 

  

Change in Control .  In the event of a “Change in Control” (as defined in the 2016 Plan) and, with respect to awards that are subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, and such awards, 409A Awards, only to the extent permitted by Section 409A of the Code, our Compensation Committee in its discretion may, on a participant-by-participant basis (a) accelerate the vesting of all unvested and unexercised Options, SARs or Stock-Based Awards in the nature of purchase rights and/or terminate such awards, without any payment therefore, immediately prior to the date of any such transaction after giving the participant at least seven days written notice of such actions; (b) fully vest and/or accelerate settlement of any awards; (c) terminate any outstanding Options, SARs or Stock-Based Awards in the nature of purchase rights after giving the participant notice and a chance to exercise such awards (to the extent then exercisable or exercisable upon the change in control); (d) cancel any portion of an outstanding award that remains unexercised or is subject to restriction or forfeiture in exchange for a cash payment to the participant of the value of the award; or (e) require that the award be assumed by the successor corporation or replaced with interests of an equal value in the successor corporation.

 

Amendment and Termination .  The 2016 Plan will expire 10 years after its effective date, unless terminated earlier by our board of directors. Any award that is outstanding as of the date the 2016 Plan expires will continue in force according to the terms set out in the award agreement. Our board of directors may terminate, amend or modify the 2016 Plan at any time. However, stockholder approval may be required for certain types of amendments under applicable law or regulatory authority. Except as may be provided in an award agreement or the 2016 Plan, no amendment to the 2016 Plan may adversely affect the terms and conditions of any existing award in any material way without the participant’s consent.

 

An amendment will be contingent on approval of our stockholders, to the extent required by law, by the rules of any stock exchange on which our securities are then traded or if the amendment would (i) increase the benefits accruing to participants under the 2016 Plan, including without limitation, any amendment to the 2016 Plan or any agreement to permit a re-pricing or decrease in the exercise price of any outstanding awards, (ii) increase the aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued under the 2016 Plan, (iii) modify the requirements as to eligibility for participation in the 2016 Plan or (iv) change the stated performance conditions for performance-based compensation within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code. Additionally, to the extent the Compensation Committee deems necessary for the 2016 Plan to continue to grant awards that are intended to comply with the performance-based exception to the deduction limits of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Compensation Committee will submit the material terms of the stated performance conditions to our stockholders for approval no later than the first stockholder meeting that occurs in the fifth year following the year in which our stockholders previously approved the performance goals.

 

Material U.S. federal income tax consequences of awards under the 2016 Plan

 

The following discussion summarizes the principal federal income tax consequences associated with awards under the 2016 Plan. The discussion is based on laws, regulations, rulings and court decisions currently in effect, all of which are subject to change.

 

ISOs .  A participant will not recognize taxable income on the grant or exercise of an ISO (although the excess of the fair market value of the common stock over the exercise price will be included for alternative minimum tax purposes). A participant will recognize taxable income when he or she disposes of the shares of common stock acquired under the ISO. If the disposition occurs more than two years after the grant of the ISO and more than one year after its exercise, the participant will recognize long-term capital gain (or loss) to the extent the amount realized from the disposition exceeds (or is less than) the participant’s tax basis in the shares of common stock. A participant’s tax basis in the common stock generally will be the amount the participant paid for the stock. If common stock acquired under an ISO is disposed of before the expiration of the ISO holding period described above, the participant will recognize as ordinary income in the year of the disposition the excess of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of exercise of the ISO over the exercise price. Any additional gain will be treated as long-term or short-term capital gain, depending on the length of time the participant held the shares. Special rules apply if a participant pays the exercise price by delivery of common stock. We will not be entitled to a federal income tax deduction with respect to the grant or exercise of an ISO. However, in the event a participant disposes of common stock acquired under an ISO before the expiration of the ISO holding period described above, we generally will be entitled to a federal income tax deduction equal to the amount of ordinary income the participant recognizes.

 

  85  

 

   

NQSOs .  A participant will not recognize any taxable income on the grant of a NQSO. On the exercise of a NQSO, the participant will recognize as ordinary income the excess of the fair market value of the common stock acquired over the exercise price. A participant’s tax basis in the common stock is the amount paid plus any amounts included in income on exercise. Special rules apply if a participant pays the exercise price by delivery of common stock. The exercise of a NQSO generally will entitle us to claim a federal income tax deduction equal to the amount of ordinary income the participant recognizes.

 

SARs .  A participant will not recognize any taxable income at the time SARs are granted. The participant at the time of receipt will recognize as ordinary income the amount of cash and the fair market value of the common stock that he or she receives. We generally will be entitled to a federal income tax deduction equal to the amount of ordinary income the participant recognizes.

 

Restricted Stock Awards and RSUs .  With regard to Restricted Stock Awards, a participant will recognize ordinary income on account of a Restricted Stock Award on the first day that the shares are either transferable or not subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. The ordinary income recognized will equal the excess of the fair market value of the common stock on such date over the price, if any, paid for the stock. However, even if the shares under a Restricted Stock Award are both nontransferable and subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, the participant may make a special “83(b) election” to recognize income, and have his or her tax consequences determined, as of the date the Restricted Stock Award is made. The participant’s tax basis in the shares received will equal the income recognized plus the price, if any, paid for the Restricted Stock Award. We generally will be entitled to a federal income tax deduction equal to the ordinary income the participant recognizes. With regard to RSUs, the participant will not recognize any taxable income at the time RSUs are granted. When the terms and conditions to which the RSUs are subject have been satisfied and the RSUs are paid, the participant will recognize as ordinary income the fair market value of the common stock he or she receives. We generally will be entitled to a federal income tax deduction equal to the ordinary income the participant recognizes.

 

Incentive Awards .  A participant will not recognize any taxable income at the time an Incentive Award is granted. When the terms and conditions to which an Incentive Award is subject have been satisfied and the award is paid, the participant will recognize as ordinary income the amount of cash and the fair market value of the common stock he or she receives. We generally will be entitled to a federal income tax deduction equal to the amount of ordinary income the participant recognizes, subject to the deduction conditions and limits applicable under Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

Stock-Based Awards .  A participant will recognize ordinary income on receipt of cash or shares of common stock paid with respect to a Stock-Based Award. We generally will be entitled to a federal tax deduction equal to the amount of ordinary income the participant recognizes.

 

Dividend Equivalents .  A participant will recognize as ordinary income the amount of cash and the fair market value of any common stock he or she receives on payment of the Dividend Equivalents. To the extent the Dividend Equivalents are paid in the form of other awards, the participant will recognize income as otherwise described herein.

 

  86  

 

  

Limitation on Deductions.   The deduction for a publicly-held corporation for otherwise deductible compensation to a “covered employee” generally is limited to $1,000,000 per year. An individual is a covered employee if he or she is the chief executive officer or one of the three highest compensated officers for the year (other than the chief executive officer or chief financial officer). The $1,000,000 limit does not apply to compensation payable solely because of the attainment of performance conditions that meet the requirements set forth in Section 162(m) of the Code and the underlying regulations. Compensation is considered performance-based only if (a) it is paid solely on the achievement of one or more performance conditions; (b) two or more “outside directors” set the performance conditions; (c) before payment, the material terms under which the compensation is to be paid, including the performance conditions, are disclosed to, and approved by, the stockholders and (d) before payment, two or more “outside directors” certify in writing that the performance conditions have been met. The 2016 Plan has been designed to enable the Compensation Committee to structure awards that are intended to meet the requirements for performance-based compensation that would not be subject to the $1,000,000 per year deduction limit.

 

Other Tax Rules .  The 2016 Plan is designed to enable our Compensation Committee to structure awards that will not be subject to Section 409A of the Code, which imposes certain restrictions and requirements on deferred compensation. However, our Compensation Committee may grant awards that are subject to Section 409A of the Code. In that case, the terms of such 409A Award will be (a) subject to the deferral election requirements of Section 409A of the Code; and (b) may only be paid upon a separation from service, a set time, death, disability, a change in control or an unforeseeable emergency, each within the meanings of Section 409A of the Code. Our Compensation Committee shall not have the authority to accelerate or defer a 409A Award other than as permitted by Section 409A of the Code. Moreover, any payment on a separation from service of a “Specified Employee” (as defined in the 2016 Plan) will not be made until six months following the participant’s separation from service (or upon the participant’s death, if earlier) as required by Section 409A of the Code.

 

Non-Employee Director Compensation

 

Prior to this offering, our non-employee directors received no cash or equity compensation for serving on our board of directors. Upon completion of this offering, our non-employee directors will receive a quarterly cash retainer of $2,500. In addition, we will reimburse all of our directors for travel and other necessary business expenses incurred in the performance of director services and extend coverage to them under our directors’ and officers’ indemnity insurance policies.

 

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL, provides that a corporation may indemnify directors and officers as well as other employees and individuals against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any threatened, pending or completed actions, suits or proceedings in which such person is made a party by reason of such person being or having been a director, officer, employee or agent to the corporation. The DGCL provides that Section 145 is not exclusive of other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. Sections and of Article of our bylaws that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering provide for indemnification by us of our directors, officers, employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL.

 

Article X of our certification of incorporation that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering eliminates the liability of a director or stockholder for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under Delaware law. Under Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL, a director shall not be exempt from liability for monetary damages for any liabilities arising (i) from any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) from acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the DGCL, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

 

  87  

 

  

Prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into agreements to indemnify our directors and officers as determined by our board of directors. These agreements will provide for indemnification of related expenses including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

 

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Furthermore, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons under the foregoing provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws, or otherwise, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC, this indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

  88  

 

  

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

The following is a summary of transactions since January 1, 2013 to which we have been a participant, in which:

 

· the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $36,700, which equals one percent of the average of our total assets at year-end for our fiscal years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014; and

 

· any of our directors (and director nominees), executive officers, or holders of more than 5% of our voting securities, or immediate family member or affiliate of such persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation and other arrangements that are described under “Executive and Director Compensation” in this prospectus, or that were approved by our compensation committee.

 

All of the related person transactions described below have been approved by a majority of the independent and disinterested members of our board of directors. We believe that each of the transactions described below were on terms no less favorable to us than terms we would have obtained from unaffiliated third parties.

 

It is our intention to ensure that all future transactions, if any, between us and related persons are approved by our audit committee or a majority of the independent and disinterested members of our board of directors (except for compensation arrangements, which are approved by our compensation committee), and are on terms no less favorable to us than those that we could obtain from unaffiliated third parties. See “Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions” below.

 

Transactions with Stockholders, Officers and Directors

 

Agreement with Smartgen Solutions, Inc.

 

On March 1, 2014, we entered into a Subcontractor Installer Agreement with Smartgen Solutions, Inc., or Smartgen, a company engaged in business of equipment rental and providing maintenance, repair and installation services to mobile telecommunications towers in California. Rajesh Masina, our Vice President of Operations, owns 40% of the share capital of Smartgen and 30% is owned by his brother. On July 8, 2016, our board of directors reviewed the terms and conditions of, and ratified, the Subcontractor Installer Agreement.

 

Under the terms of the agreement, Smartgen has been appointed as a non-exclusive, authorized service provider for the installation, repair and service of Polar products in Southern California. The agreement has a term of three years from the date of execution and automatically renews for additional one year periods if not terminated. Once we have completed this offering and established an audit committee, all transactions involving this agreement will be monitored by our audit committee.

 

During the nine month periods ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, Smartgen performed $61,756 and $80,555, respectively, in field services for us. During the year ended December 31, 2015, Smartgen performed $96,590 in field services for us. Smartgen did not perform any services for us during the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2014, Smartgen purchased $273,087 in goods, parts and services from us and $17,650 in goods, parts and services during the year ended December 31, 2015. During the nine month periods ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, Smartgen purchased $89 and $14,725, respectively, in goods, parts and services from us.

 

  89  

 

  

Sales of Common Stock to Officers and Directors

 

Matthew Goldman and Richard Albrecht, each of whom is a current member of our board of directors, participated in our private placement offering that commenced in July 2014 and purchased 350,878 and 17,544 shares of our common stock, respectively, for cash consideration equal to $1,000,000 and $50,000, respectively. When we failed to meet the registration requirements contained in the offering described above on December 31, 2015 and pursuant to the terms of the offering, we issued to Messrs. Goldman and Albrecht 115,790 and 15,789 additional shares of common stock, respectively.

 

Sale of Common Stock to a Related Entity

 

On October 1, 2015, we entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with Smartgen for the sale of 506,151 shares of our common stock at a price per share of approximately $0.99, for a total purchase price of $500,000. In recognition of the fact that the shares of common stock sold to Smartgen had a lower price per share than the shares of common stock sold to prior investors in a private placement that was conducted between July and September 2014 for approximately $2.14 per share, we recorded a compensation charge of $581,895, representing the difference between the sales price to Smartgen and the price sold to other investors, on our income statement for the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

Employment Agreements

 

We have entered into an employment agreement with each of Arthur D. Sams, our President, Chief Executive Officer and Secretary, Rajesh Masina, our Vice President Operations and Luis Zavala, our Vice President Finance and Acting Chief Financial Officer, providing for, without limitation, certain payments upon termination and change in control. See “Executive and Director Compensation–Employment Agreements” in this prospectus for a further discussion of these agreements.

 

Indemnification of Officers and Directors

 

Our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers with respect to certain liabilities, expenses and other accounts imposed upon them because of having been a director or officer, except in the case of willful misconduct or a knowing violation of criminal law. See “Description of Capital Stock–Limitation on Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers” on page 97 of this prospectus.

 

Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions

 

Our board of directors will adopt a written policy with respect to related person transactions, which will become effective at the time of this offering. This policy will govern the review, approval or ratification of covered related person transactions. The audit committee of our board of directors will manage this policy.

 

For purposes of the policy, a “related person transaction” is a transaction, arrangement or relationship (or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships) in which we were, are or will be a participant, and the amount involved exceeds the applicable dollar threshold set forth under Item 404 of Regulation S-K and in which any related person had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. As defined in Item 404 of Regulation S-K, “related person” generally includes our directors (and director nominees), executive officers, holders of more than 5% of our voting securities, and immediate family members or affiliates of such persons.

 

  90  

 

  

The policy will generally provide that we may enter into a related person transaction only if:

 

· the audit committee pre-approves such transaction in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the policy,

 

· the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in arm’s length dealings with an unrelated third party and the audit committee (or the chairperson of the audit committee) approves or ratifies such transaction in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the policy,

 

· the transaction is approved by the disinterested members of the board of directors, or

 

· the transaction involves compensation approved by the compensation committee of the board of directors.

 

In the event a related person transaction is not pre-approved by the audit committee and our management determines to recommend such related person transaction to the audit committee, such transaction must be reviewed by the audit committee. After review, the audit committee will approve or disapprove such transaction. If our Chief Executive Officer, in consultation with our audit committee, determines that it is not practicable or desirable for us to wait until the next audit committee meeting, the chairperson of the audit committee will possess delegated authority to act on behalf of the audit committee. The audit committee (or the chairperson of the audit committee) may approve only those related person transactions that are in, or not inconsistent with, our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders, as the audit committee (or the chairperson of the audit committee) determines in good faith. All approvals made by chairperson of the audit committee will be ratified by the full audit committee at the next regularly scheduled meeting or within 120 days from approval by chairperson.

 

We expect that our audit committee will determine that that the following transactions, even if the amount exceeds the applicable dollar threshold set forth under Item 404 of Regulation S-K in the aggregate, will be deemed to be pre-approved by the audit committee:

 

· any employment of certain named executive officers that would be publicly disclosed;

 

· director compensation that would be publicly disclosed;

 

· transactions with other companies where the related person’s only relationship is as a director or owner of less than ten percent of such company (other than a general partnership), if the aggregate amount involved does not exceed the greater of $200,000 or five percent of that company’s consolidated gross revenues;

 

· transactions where all stockholders receive proportional benefits;

 

· transactions involving competitive bids;

 

· transactions with a related person involving the rendering of services at rates or charges fixed in conformity with law or governmental authority; and

 

  91  

 

  

· transactions with a related person involving services as a bank depositary of funds, transfer agent, registrar, trustee under a trust indenture or similar services.

 

In addition, the audit committee will review the policy at least annually and recommend amendments to the policy to the board of directors from time to time.

 

The policy will provide that all related person transactions will be disclosed to the audit committee, and all material related person transactions will be disclosed to the board of directors. Additionally, all related person transactions requiring public disclosure will be properly disclosed, as applicable, on our various public filings.

 

The audit committee will review all relevant information available to it about the related person transaction. The policy will provide that the audit committee may approve or ratify the related person transaction only if the audit committee determines that, under all of the circumstances, the transaction is in, or is not inconsistent with, our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders. The policy will also provide that the audit committee may, in its sole discretion, impose such conditions as it deems appropriate on us or the related person in connection with approval of the related person transaction.

 

  92  

 

  

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

 

The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our common stock as of November 15, 2016 by:

 

· each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our shares of common stock;

 

· each of our directors;

 

· each of our named executive officers; and

 

· all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

 

The table is based on information provided to us by our directors, executive officers and principal stockholders. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and generally means that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he, she or it possesses sole or shared voting or investment power of that security, including stock options and warrants that are exercisable within 60 days of November 15, 2016. To our knowledge, except as indicated by footnote, and subject to community property laws where applicable, the persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock shown as beneficially owned by them. Shares of common stock underlying derivative securities, if any, that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days after November 15, 2016 are deemed to be outstanding in calculating the percentage ownership of the applicable person or group, but are not deemed to be outstanding as to any other person or group.

 

For purposes of computing percentage ownership after our initial public offering, we have assumed that shares of our common stock will be issued by us in our initial public offering. The table below assumes that the initial public offering price for shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering is $7.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the range on the front cover of this prospectus. The precise holdings of shares of our common stock by particular existing owners after the offering would differ from that presented in the table below if the actual initial public offering price per share differs from the assumed price.

 

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o Polar Power, Inc., 249 E. Gardena Boulevard, Gardena, California 90248.

 

  93  

 

  

    Shares of Common Stock 
Beneficially Owned Prior 
to the Offering
    Shares of Common 
Stock Beneficially 
Owned After the 
Offering
 
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner   Number     Percentage
(1)
    Number
(2)
    Percentage
(3)
 
                         
Directors and Named Executive Officers (4)                                
Arthur D. Sams     5,578,176       75.6 %     5,578,176       59.4 %
Rajesh Masina (5)     105,264       1.4 %     105,264       1.1 %
Luis Zavala     47,369       *       47,369       *  
Keith Albrecht     23,334       *       23,334       *  
Matthew Goldman (6)     466,667       6.3 %     466,667       4.9 %
                                 
Greater than 5% stockholders                                
Smartgen Solutions, Inc. (5)     506,150       6.9 %     506,150       5.4 %
Polaris Capital, LLC (6)     466,667       6.3 %     466,667       4.9 %
All directors and executive officers as a group (5 persons)     6,220,810       83.9 %     6,197,476       66.0 %

   

* Less than 1%.

 

(1) Percentage of beneficial ownership prior to the offering is based on 7,383,158 shares of common stock outstanding as of November 15, 2016.

 

(2) Assumes no purchase of shares of common stock in this offering by our directors, executive officers and greater than 5% stockholders.

 

(3) Percentage of beneficial ownership after the offering is based on 9,383,158 shares of common stock, consisting of 7,383,158 shares of common stock outstanding as of November 15, 2016 and an assumed 2,000,000 shares of our common stock that will be issued by us in this offering . The percentage of shares beneficially owned after the offering assumes no exercise of (i) the underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase an additional 300,000 shares of our common stock and (ii) the representatives’ warrants.

 

(4) Messrs. Sams, Albrecht and Goldman are directors of Polar. Messrs. Sams, Masina and Zavala are named executive officers of Polar.

 

(5) Mr. Masina owns 40% of the share capital of Smartgen Solutions, Inc. Mr. Masina disclaims beneficial ownership over the shares of common stock of Polar held by Smartgen Solutions, Inc. Jayamadhuri Penumarthi, the President and Secretary of Smartgen Solutions, Inc., has voting and investment power over such shares of common stock.

 

(6) Includes 466,667 shares of common stock held by Polaris Capital, LLC. Mr. Goldman, the managing member and sole beneficial owner of Polaris Capital, LLC, has voting and investment power over such shares of common stock.

 

  94  

 

 

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

 

The following description summarizes the most important terms of our capital stock, as they are expected to be in effect upon the completion of this offering. We are currently incorporated in California and will reincorporate in Delaware prior to the completion of this offering. We expect to adopt a Delaware certificate of incorporation and bylaws in connection with the completion of this offering, and this description summarizes certain of the provisions that are expected to be included in those documents. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, copies of which have been filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and to the applicable provisions of Delaware law.

 

Immediately following the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 50,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and 5,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share.

 

Common Stock

 

We are authorized to issue up to a total of 50,000,000 shares of common stock, and par value $0.0001 per share. Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders. Holders of our common stock have no cumulative voting rights. Further, holders of our common stock have no preemptive, conversion, redemption or subscription rights and there are no sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, holders of our common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of all liabilities and the liquidation preferences of any of our outstanding shares of preferred stock. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding shares of preferred stock, holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors, or board, out of our assets which are legally available.

 

As of November 15 , 2016, there were 7,383,158 shares of common stock issued and outstanding and there were approximately 22 holders of record of our common stock, assuming the conversion of each  one share of our then outstanding common stock into one share of common stock upon our reincorporation in Delaware, which we expect will occur prior to the completion of this offering.

 

Preferred Stock

 

Our board of directors is authorized to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges, qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, including dividend rights and rates, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, redemption prices, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, without any vote or action by our stockholders. Any preferred stock to be issued could rank prior to our common stock with respect to dividend rights and rights on liquidation. Our board of directors, without stockholder approval, may issue preferred stock with voting and conversion rights which could adversely affect the voting power of holders of our common stock and discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our Company.

 

Qualification and Election of Directors

 

Our bylaws that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering provide that to be eligible to be a nominee for election to our board of directors, a person must submit a written questionnaire regarding his or her background and qualifications and must agree to other representations as set forth in our bylaws. In addition, we have adopted a director resignation policy. The director resignation policy is incorporated into our bylaws and Corporate Governance Guidelines and provides that any nominee for director in an uncontested election who receives a greater number of votes “withheld” from his or her election than votes “for” his or her election must tender his or her resignation to the board of directors for consideration in accordance with the procedures set forth in our Corporate Governance Guidelines. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will then evaluate the best interests of our company and our stockholders and will recommend to the board of directors the action to be taken with respect to the tendered resignation. Following the board of directors’ determination, we will promptly publicly disclose the board of directors’ decision of whether or not to accept the resignation and an explanation of how the decision was reached, including, if applicable, the reasons for rejecting the resignation.

 

  95  

 

  

Anti-Takeover Provisions of Delaware Law, our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws

 

The provisions of Delaware law, our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws that will be in effect upon completion of this offering discussed below could discourage or make it more difficult to accomplish a proxy contest or other change in our management or the acquisition of control by a holder of a substantial amount of our voting stock. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish, or could deter, transactions that stockholders may otherwise consider to be in their best interests or in our best interests. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our board of directors and in the policies formulated by our board of directors and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change of our control. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal and to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. Such provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our management.

 

Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals

 

Our bylaws that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering provide that, for nominations to our board of directors or for other business to be properly brought by a stockholder before a meeting of stockholders, the stockholder must first have given timely notice of the proposal in writing to our Chief Executive Officer. For an annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice generally must be delivered not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the anniversary of the mailing date of the proxy statement for the previous year’s annual meeting. For a special meeting, the notice must generally be delivered not earlier than the 90th day prior to the meeting and not later than the later of (i) the 60th day prior to the meeting or (ii) the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the meeting is first made. Detailed requirements as to the form of the notice and information required in the notice are specified in the restated bylaws. If it is determined that business was not properly brought before a meeting in accordance with our bylaw provisions, such business will not be conducted at the meeting. These provisions may preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our annual meeting of stockholders if the proper procedures are not followed. We expect that these provisions may also discourage our deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

 

Board Vacancies; Removal

 

Our bylaws that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering provide that any vacancy occurring on our board of directors may be filled by a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum. Our certificate of incorporation will provide that directors may be removed only for cause by affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of common stock entitled to vote. Furthermore, any vacancy on our board of directors, however occurring, including a vacancy resulting from an increase in the size of board, may only be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors then in office even if less than a quorum. In addition, the number of directors constituting our board of directors will be permitted to be set only by a resolution adopted by our board of directors. These provisions would prevent a stockholder from increasing the size our or board of directors and then gaining control of our board of directors by filling the resulting vacancies with its own nominees. This makes it more difficult to change the composition of our board of directors but promotes continuity of management.

 

  96  

 

  

Special Meetings of Stockholders

 

Our bylaws and certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering provide that only our board of directors may call a special meeting, and that stockholders may only conduct business at special meetings of stockholders that was specified in the notice of the meeting. This provision will limit the ability of a stockholder to call a special meeting of the stockholders.

 

Issuance of Undesignated Shares of Preferred Stock

 

Our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock with rights, preferences and privileges, including voting rights, designated from time to time by our board of directors. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock would enable our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of our company by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or other means.

 

Exclusive Forum

 

Our certificate of incorporation that will be effective upon the completion of this offering provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us governed by the internal affairs doctrine. This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees.

 

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

Upon the completion of this offering, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will contain provisions that eliminate, to the maximum extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or the DGCL, the personal liability of our directors and executive officers for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors or officers. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that we must indemnify our directors and executive officers and may indemnify our employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL.

 

Sections 145(a) and 102(b)(7) of the DGCL empowers a corporation to indemnify any director, officer, employee or agent, or former director, officer, employee or agent, who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), by reason of such person’s service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or such person’s service, at the corporation's request, as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding; provided that such director, officer employee or agent acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation; and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, provided that such director, officer employee or agent had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

 

  97  

 

 

Section 145(b) of the DGCL empowers a corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit; provided that such director, officer, employee or agent acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification may be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such director, officer, employee or agent shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such director, officer, employee or agent is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses that the court shall deem proper.

 

Prior to the completion of this offering we will enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers, in addition to the indemnification provided for in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with any new directors and executive officers in the future.

 

We have purchased and currently intend to maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

 

Listing

 

There is currently no established public trading market for our common stock, and a liquid public trading market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained after this offering. We have applied to have our shares of common stock listed for trading on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “POLA”. No assurance can be given that such listing will be approved.

 

Transfer Agent

 

VStock Transfer, LLC, will serve as transfer agent and registrar for our common stock.

 

  98  

 

 

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

Immediately prior to this offering, there has been no established public trading market for our common stock, and a liquid public trading market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained after this offering. Future sales of significant amounts of our common stock, including shares issued under our 2016 Plan, in the public market after this offering, or the anticipation of those sales, could adversely affect the public market prices prevailing from time to time and could impair our ability to raise capital through sales of our equity securities. We have applied to have our common stock listed on NASDAQ under the symbol “POLA”.

 

Based on 7,383,158 shares of common stock outstanding as of November 15, 2016, after giving effect to the issuance of the shares of our common stock offered in this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of 9,383,158 shares of common stock (or 9,683,158 shares of common stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock). Also, upon completion of this offering, 115,000 shares of our common stock will be issuable upon the exercise of the representatives’ warrants.

 

The 2,000,000 shares of common stock sold by us in this offering (or 2,300,000 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock) will be freely tradable without further restriction or registration under the Securities Act, except that any shares purchased by our “affiliates,” as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or Rule 144, may generally only be sold in compliance with Rule 144, which is described below.

 

Of the remaining shares of common stock, approximately 213,056 shares will not be “restricted securities,” and 7,170,102 shares will be deemed “restricted securities,” as defined in Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or any other applicable exemption.

 

Rule 144

 

All shares of our common stock held by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144, generally may be sold in the public market only in compliance with Rule 144. Rule 144 defines an affiliate as any person who directly or indirectly controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the issuer, which generally includes our directors, executive officers, 10% stockholders and certain other related persons.

 

Under Rule 144, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is deemed to be an “affiliate” of ours at any time during the preceding three months would be entitled to sell within any three month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus a number of shares of our common stock that does not exceed the greater of (i) 1% of the then outstanding shares of our capital stock, or (ii) an amount equal to the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on NASDAQ during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale. Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to a six-month holding period and requirements relating to manner of sale, notice and the availability of current public information about us.

 

Rule 144 also provides that a person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has for at least six months beneficially owned shares of our common stock that are restricted securities, will be entitled to freely sell such shares of our common stock without regard to the volume limitations manner of sale or notice conditions of Rule 144, subject to our compliance with Exchange Act reporting obligations for at least 90 days prior to the sale, and provided that such sales comply with the current public information requirements of Rule 144. A person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned for at least one year shares of our common stock that are restricted securities, will be entitled to freely sell such shares of our common stock under Rule 144.

 

  99  

 

 

Rule 701

 

In general, under Rule 701 under the Securities Act, any of an issuer’s employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchases shares from the issuer in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of a registration statement under the Securities Act is entitled to sell such shares 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with some of the restrictions, including the holding period restriction, contained in Rule 144.

 

Lock-up Agreements

 

We, all of our directors and officers and all of our stockholders have agreed not to sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any common stock for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus in the case of us and our principal stockholders and 12 months from the date of this prospectus in the case of our offices and directors, subject to certain exceptions and extensions. See “Underwriting” for a description of these lock-up provisions.

 

Registration Statement on Form S-8  

 

We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 covering the shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2016 Plan. That registration statement is expected to be filed and become effective as soon as practicable after the closing of this offering. Upon effectiveness, the shares of common stock covered by that registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public market, subject to the lock-up agreements and Rule 144 restrictions described above.

 

  100  

 

 

UNDERWRITING

 

We have entered into an underwriting agreement with Roth Capital Partners, LLC and Joseph Gunnar & Co., LLC acting as the representatives for the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, the underwriters named below have agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, the number of shares of common stock at the public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and as indicated below:

 

Underwriter   Number
of Shares
 
Roth Capital Partners, LLC        
Joseph Gunnar & Co., LLC        
Feltl and Company, Inc.        
         
Total     2,000,000  

 

All of the shares to be purchased by the underwriters will be purchased from us.

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to various conditions and representations and warranties, including the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and other conditions specified in the underwriting agreement. The shares of common stock are offered by the underwriters, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify the offer to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares of common stock are taken, other than those shares of common stock and warrants covered by the over-allotment option described below.

 

Over-Allotment Option

 

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable no later than 45 calendar days after the closing of this offering, to purchase up to an additional 300,000 shares of common stock (15% of the shares of common stock sold in this offering) from us to cover over-allotments, if any, at a price per share of common stock of $7.50 (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), less the underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option only to cover over-allotments made in connection with this offering. If the underwriters exercise this option in whole or in part, then the underwriters will be severally committed, subject to the conditions described in the underwriting agreement, to purchase these additional shares of common stock. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares of common stock on the same terms as those on which the shares of common stock are being offered hereby.

 

Discounts and Commissions

 

The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock to the public at the initial public offering price per share set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The underwriters may offer shares to securities dealers at that price less a concession of not more than $            per share, of which up to $            per share may be re-allowed to other dealers. After the initial offering to the public, the public offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the representative.

 

  101  

 

 

The following table summarizes the public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions and proceeds before expenses to us assuming both no exercise and full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option:

 

    Per Share    

Total
Without
Over-

Allotment

    Total
With
Over-
Allotment
 
Public offering price                                           
Underwriting discounts and commissions (7%)                        
Non-accountable expense allowance (1%)(1)                        
Proceeds, before expenses, to us                        

 

(1) The non-accountable expense allowance of 1% is not payable with respect to the shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

 

We have paid an expense deposit of $50,000 to Joseph Gunner & Co., LLC (“Joseph Gunner”), which will be applied against the out-of-pocket accountable expenses that will be paid by us to the underwriters in connection with this offering, and will be reimbursed to us to the extent not incurred.

 

In addition, we have also agreed to pay the following expenses of the underwriters relating to the offering: (a) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to background checks of our officers and directors in an amount not to exceed $15,000 in the aggregate; (b) all filing fees and communication expenses associated with the review of this offering by FINRA; (c) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to the registration, qualification or exemption of securities offered under the securities laws of foreign jurisdictions designated by the underwriter, including the reasonable fees and expenses of the underwriter’s blue sky counsel up to $15,000; (d) $29,500 for the underwriters’ use of Ipreo’s book-building, prospectus tracking and compliance software for this offering; (e) the underwriters’ legal fees incurred in connection with this offering in an amount up to $75,000; (f) $20,000 of the representatives’ actual accountable road show expenses for the offering; and (g) the costs associated with bound volumes of the public offering materials as well as commemorative mementos and Lucite tombstones in an amount not to exceed $2,500.

 

We estimate the expenses of this offering payable by us, not including underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $630,000

 

Representatives’ Warrants

 

Upon closing of this offering, we have agreed to issue to the representatives as compensation warrants to purchase a number of shares of common stock equal to 5% of the aggregate number of shares of common stock sold in this initial public offering, or the Representatives’ Warrants. The Representatives’ Warrants will be exercisable at a per share exercise price equal to 125% of the public offering price per share of the shares of common stock sold in this offering. The Representatives’ Warrants are exercisable at any time and from time to time, in whole or in part, during the four year period commencing one year from the effective date of the registration statement related to this offering. The Representatives’ Warrants also provide for one demand registration of the shares of common stock underlying the Representatives’ Warrants, and unlimited “piggyback” registration rights with respect to the registration of the shares of common stock underlying the Representatives’ Warrants. The demand registration right provided will not be greater than five years from the effective date of the registration statement related to this offering in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(G). The piggyback registration rights provided will not be greater than seven years from the effective date of the registration statement related to this offering in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(G).

 

  102  

 

 

The Representatives’ Warrants and the shares of common stock underlying the Representatives’ Warrants have been deemed compensation by FINRA and are, therefore, subject to a 180-day lock-up pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110(g)(1). The representative, or permitted assignees under such rule, may not sell, transfer, assign, pledge, or hypothecate the Representatives’ Warrants or the securities underlying the Representatives’ Warrants, nor will the representative engage in any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of the Representatives’ Warrants or the underlying shares of common stock for a period of 180 days from the effective date of the registration statement. Additionally, the Representatives’ Warrants may not be sold transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated for a 180-day period following the effective date of the registration statement except to any underwriter and selected dealer participating in the offering and their bona fide officers or partners. The Representatives’ Warrants will provide for adjustment in the number and price of the Representatives’ Warrants and the shares of common stock underlying such Representatives’ Warrants in the event of recapitalization, merger, stock split or other structural transaction, or a future financing undertaken by us.

 

Right of First Refusal

 

Until 24 months from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, Joseph Gunnar shall have an irrevocable right of first refusal to act as sole investment banker, sole book-runner and/or sole placement agent, at Joseph Gunnar’s discretion, for each and every future public and private equity and debt offerings for the Company, or any successor to or any subsidiary of the Company, including all equity linked financings, on terms customary for Joseph Gunnar. Joseph Gunnar shall have the sole right to determine whether or not any other broker-dealer shall have the right to participate in any such offering and the economic terms of any such participation. Joseph Gunnar will not have more than one opportunity to waive or terminate the right of first refusal in consideration of any payment or fee.

 

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. The initial public offering price has been negotiated among us and the representatives. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares of common stock, in addition to prevailing market conditions, were the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representative; our history and prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete; estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects; an assessment of our management; recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

 

Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common stock, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

 

We have applied to list the shares of our common stock on NASDAQ under the symbol “POLA.”

 

The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose to offer the shares directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. After the offering to the public, the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the representatives without changing our proceeds from the underwriters’ purchase of the shares.

 

The underwriters and their affiliates may in the future provide various investment banking and other financial services for us, for which they may receive, in the future, customary fees.

 

  103  

 

 

Lock-Up Agreements

 

We, each of our directors and officers and all of our stockholders, have agreed for a period of (i) 12 months after the date of this prospectus in the case of our directors and officers and (ii) 180 days after the date of this prospectus in the case of the Company and any other holder of our outstanding securities, without the prior written consent of the representatives, not to directly or indirectly:

 

· issue (in the case of us), offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of any shares of our common stock or other capital stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock or other capital stock; or

 

· in the case of us, file or cause the filing of any registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any shares of our common stock or other capital stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock or other capital stock; or

 

· complete any offering of our debt securities, other than entering into a line of credit with a traditional bank; or

 

· enter into any swap or other agreement, arrangement, hedge or transaction that transfers to another, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock or other capital stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock or other capital stock, whether any transaction described in any of the foregoing bullet points is to be settled by delivery of our common stock or other capital stock, other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly announce an intention to do any of the foregoing.

 

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

 

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may over-allot in connection with this offering by selling more shares than are set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. This creates a short position in our common stock for its own account. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares of common stock over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of shares of common stock that they may purchase in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of shares of common stock involved is greater than the number of shares common stock in the over-allotment option. To close out a short position, the underwriters may elect to exercise all or part of the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also elect to stabilize the price of our common stock or reduce any short position by bidding for, and purchasing, common stock in the open market.

 

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter or dealer repays selling concessions allowed to it for distributing shares of common stock in this offering because the underwriter repurchases the shares of common stock in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

 

Finally, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of our common stock in market making transactions, including “passive” market making transactions as described below.

 

  104  

 

 

These activities may stabilize or maintain the market price of our common stock at a price that is higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the absence of these activities. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities, and may discontinue any of these activities at any time without notice. These transactions may be effected on NASDAQ, in the over-the-counter market, or otherwise.

  

In connection with this offering, the underwriters and selling group members, if any, or their affiliates may engage in passive market making transactions in our common stock immediately prior to the commencement of sales in this offering, in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M under the Exchange Act. Rule 103 generally provides that:

 

· a passive market maker may not effect transactions or display bids for our common stock in excess of the highest independent bid price by persons who are not passive market makers;

 

· net purchases by a passive market maker on each day are generally limited to 30% of the passive market maker’s average daily trading volume in our common stock during a specified two-month prior period or 200 shares, whichever is greater, and must be discontinued when that limit is reached; and

 

· passive market making bids must be identified as such.

 

Indemnification

 

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against liabilities relating to the offering arising under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, liabilities arising from breaches of some or all of the representations and warranties contained in the underwriting agreement, and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make for these liabilities.

 

Electronic Distribution

 

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on a website maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representative of the underwriters to underwriters and selling group members that may make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations. In connection with the offering, the underwriters or syndicate members may distribute prospectuses electronically. No forms of electronic prospectus other than prospectuses that are printable as Adobe® PDF will be used in connection with this offering.

 

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend to confirm sales to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority in excess of five percent of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them.

 

Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s website and any information contained in any other website maintained by an underwriter is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or any underwriter in its capacity as underwriter and should not be relied upon by investors.

 

  105  

 

 

Selling Restrictions

 

No action has been taken in any jurisdiction (except in the United States) that would permit a public offering of our common stock, or the possession, circulation or distribution of this prospectus supplement, the accompanying prospectus or any other material relating to us or our common stock in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. Accordingly, our common stock may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, and none of this prospectus supplement, the accompanying prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with our common stock may be distributed or published, in or from any country or jurisdiction, except in compliance with any applicable rules and regulations of any such country or jurisdiction.

 

European Economic Area

 

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each a “Relevant Member State”, with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, or the “Relevant Implementation Date”, our securities will not be offered to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to our securities that has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, an offer of our securities may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

 

· to any legal entity that is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

· to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the manager for any such offer; or

 

· in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

 

provided that no such offer of the securities shall require the issuer or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

 

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of securities to the public” in relation to any securities in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe securities, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

 

    106  

 

 

United Kingdom

 

In the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19 (5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the Order), and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together, the relevant persons). This document must not be acted on or relied on in the United Kingdom by persons who are not relevant persons. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is only available to, and will be engaged in with, relevant persons.

 

Canada

 

The offering of our common stock in Canada is being made on a private placement basis in reliance on exemptions from the prospectus requirements under the securities laws of each applicable Canadian province and territory where our common stock may be offered and sold, and therein may only be made with investors that are purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal and that qualify as both an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario) and as a “permitted client” as such term is defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any offer and sale of our common stock in any province or territory of Canada may only be made through a dealer that is properly registered under the securities legislation of the applicable province or territory wherein our common stock is offered and/or sold or, alternatively, where such registration is not required.

 

Any resale of our common stock by an investor resident in Canada must be made in accordance with applicable Canadian securities laws, which require resales to be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, prospectus requirements under applicable Canadian securities laws. These resale restrictions may under certain circumstances apply to resales of the common stock outside of Canada.

 

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

 

Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (“NI 33-105”), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

 

Upon receipt of this prospectus, each Québec investor hereby confirms that it has expressly requested that all documents evidencing or relating in any way to the sale of the securities described herein (including for greater certainty any purchase confirmation or any notice) be drawn up in the English language only. Par la réception de ce document, chaque investisseur québecois confirme par les présentes qu'il a expressément exigé que tous les documents faisant foi ou se rapportant de quelque manière que ce soit à la vente des valeurs mobilières décrites aux présentes (incluant, pour plus de certitude, toute confirmation d'achat ou tout avis) soient rédigés en anglais seulement .

 

    107  

 

 

LEGAL MATTERS

 

The validity of the securities offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Troutman Sanders LLP, Irvine, California. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Loeb & Loeb LLP, New York, New York.

 

EXPERTS

 

The financial statements as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2015 included in this prospectus and in the registration statement have been audited by Weinberg & Company, P.A., an independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

 

This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. Accordingly, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules thereto, for further information about us and the shares of common stock to be sold in this offering. Statements or summaries in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to in this prospectus are not necessarily complete and, where that contract or document is filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, each statement or summary is qualified in all respects by reference to the exhibit to which the reference relates. You may read and copy the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement, without charge at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Information about the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. Our filings with the SEC, including the registration statement, are also available to you for free on the SEC’s internet website at www.sec.gov.

 

Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the informational and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with those requirements, will file periodic reports, proxy and information statements and other information with the SEC. You will be able to inspect and copy these periodic reports, proxy and information statements and other information at the addresses set forth above. In addition, you will be able to request a copy of any of our periodic reports filed with the SEC at no cost, by writing or telephoning us at the following address:

 

Investor Relations

Polar Power, Inc.

249 E. Gardena Boulevard

Gardena, California 90248

(310) 830-9153

 

We also currently intend to maintain an internet website at www.polarpower.com following the completion of this offering. Information contained on or accessible through our website is not part of this prospectus.

 

    108  

 

 

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm F-2
Balance Sheets as at December 31, 2015 and 2014, and September 30, 2016 (unaudited) F-3
Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015 (unaudited) F-4
Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 (unaudited) F-5
Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 and for nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015 (unaudited) F-6
Notes to Financial Statements F-7

 

  F- 1  

 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders

Polar Power, Inc.

 

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Polar Power, Inc. as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly in all material respects, the financial position of Polar Power, Inc. as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Weinberg & Company, P.A.  
   
Los Angeles, California  
September 9, 2016  

 

  F- 2  

 

 

POLAR POWER, INC.
BALANCE SHEETS

 

   

September 30,

2016
(Unaudited)

    December 31,
2015
    December 31,
2014
 
ASSETS                        
Current assets                        
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 130,860     $ 263,418     $ 553,492  
Accounts receivable     5,195,090       1,496,654       628,238  
Inventories, net     3,578,378       2,093,099       900,272  
Prepaid expenses     134,403       93,125       108,302  
Total current assets     9,038,731       3,946,296       2,190,304  
                         
Other assets:                        
Property and equipment, net     783,982       542,892       434,996  
Deposits     66,796       88,944       102,699  
Deferred financing costs     300,348              
Deferred tax assets     268,887       205,000       190,000  
                         
Total assets   $ 10,458,744     $ 4,783,132     $ 2,917,999  
                         
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY                        
Current liabilities                        
Accounts payable   $ 999,028     $ 182,884     $ 78,061  
Customer deposits     293,981       229,602       240,347  
Income Taxes payable     1,612,616       295,778       38,405  
Accrued liabilities and other current liabilities     665,053       268,636       69,621  
Current portion of notes payable     131,878       327,693       777,031  
Line of credit     1,489,701       965,150        
Payable for acquired technology           131,215       311,215  
Total current liabilities     5,192,257       2,400,958       1,514,680  
Notes payable, net of current portion     254,645       127,840       197,541  
                         
Total liabilities     5,446,902       2,528,798       1,712,221  
                         
Commitments and Contingencies                        
                         
Shareholders’ Equity                        
Preferred stock, no par value, 5,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding                  
Common stock, no par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized, 7,383,158, 7,365,614, 6,724,569 shares issued and outstanding, respectively     2,286,395       2,248,895       1,167,000  
Retained earnings     2,725,447       5,439       38,778  
Total shareholders’ equity     5,011,842       2,254,334       1,205,778  
                         
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 10,458,744     $ 4,783,132     $ 2,917,999  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

  F- 3  

 

 

POLAR POWER, INC.
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Years Ended
December 31,
 
    2016     2015     2015     2014  
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)              
Net sales   $ 15,525,231     $ 4,374,571     $ 6,846,759     $ 5,201,304  
Cost of sales     9,105,701       2,986,693       4,433,494       3,287,625  
Gross profit     6,419,530       1,387,878       2,413,265       1,913,679  
Operating Expenses                                
General and administrative     1,475,775       529,591       1,454,563       553,105  
Research and development     147,744       88,454       116,297       108,559  
Sales and Marketing     281,412       318,236       392,306       191,791  
Depreciation and amortization     154,010       117,678       143,573       94,999  
Total operating expenses     2,058,941       1,053,959       2,106,739       948,454  
Income from operations     4,360,589       333,919       306,526       965,225  
Other expense                                
Interest expense     (96,426 )     (62,813 )     (50,971 )     (44,927 )
Other expense     4,573       (87,459 )     (15,325 )     (54,712 )
Total other expense     (91,853 )     (150,272 )     (66,296 )     (99,639 )
Income before income taxes     4,268,736       183,647       240,230       865,586  
Income tax provision     (1,548,728 )     (24,697 )     (273,569 )     (290,338 )
Net Income (loss)   $ 2,720,008     $ 158,950     $ (33,339 )   $ 575,248  
                                 
Net Income (loss) per share – basic and diluted   $ 0.37     $ 0.03     $ (0.01 )   $ 0.09  
Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted     7,380,145       6,724,569       6,832,329       6,435,116  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

  F- 4  

 

 

POLAR POWER, INC.
STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

    Common Stock,
No Par Value
    Retained     Total
Shareholders’
 
    Number     Amount     Earnings     Equity  
Balances, December 31, 2013     6,315,797     $ 2,000     $ (536,470 )   $ (534,470 )
Common shares issued for cash     408,772       1,165,000             1,165,000  
Net income                 575,248       575,248  
Balances, December 31, 2014     6,724,569       1,167,000       38,778       1,205,778  
Common shares issued for cash to related party     506,150       500,000             500,000  
Additional cost of shares issued to related party             581,895             581,895  
Additional shares issued to investors     134,895                    
Net loss                 (33,339 )     (33,339 )
Balances, December 31, 2015     7,365,614       2,248,895       5,439       2,254,334  
Common shares issued for services     17,544       37,500             37,500  
Net income                 2,720,008       2,720,008  
Balances, September 30, 2016 (Unaudited)     7,383,158     $ 2,286,395     $ 2,725,447     $ 5,011,842  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

  F- 5  

 

 

POLAR POWER, INC.
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Years Ended
December 31,
 
    2016     2015     2015     2014  
    ( Unaudited )     ( Unaudited )              
Cash flows from operating activities:                                
Net Income (loss)   $ 2,720,008     $ 158,950     $ (33,339 )   $ 575,248  
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used in operating activities:                                
Common shares issued for services     37,500                    
Additional costs of shares issues to related party                 581,895        
Depreciation and amortization     154,010       117,678       143,573       94,999  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities                                
Accounts receivable     (3,698,436 )     (1,744,571 )     (868,416 )     (489,125 )
Inventories     (1,485,279 )     (547,877 )     (1,192,827 )     150,881  
Prepaid expenses     (41,278 )     66,669       15,177       (47,049 )
Deposits     22,148       13,755       13,755       (75,665 )
Deferred tax assets     (63,887 )      —       (15,000 )     235,000  
Deferred financing cost     (300,348 )                  
Accounts payable     816,144       625,514       104,823       (120,558 )
Income taxes payable     1,316,838       17,577       257,373       38,405  
Customer deposits     64,379       173,452       173,244       (727,691 )
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities     396,417       84,943       199,015       28,557  
Net cash used in operating activities     (61,784 )     (1,033,910 )     (620,727 )     (336,998 )
                                 
Cash flows from investing activities:                                
Acquisition of property and equipment     (157,637 )     (201,852 )     (223,423 )     (85,140 )
Payable for acquired technology     (131,215 )     (135,000 )     (180,000 )     (133,000 )
Net cash used in investing activities     (288,852 )     (336,852 )     (403,423 )     (218,140 )
                                 
Cash flows from financing activities:                                
Advances from credit line     12,700,000       1,000,000       4,900,000        
Repayment of credit line     12,175,449     (254,197 )     (3,934,850 )      
Repayment of notes     (306,473 )     (124,868 )     (731,074 )     (152,149 )
Proceeds from notes           200,000              
Proceeds from issuance of common stock                 500,000       1,165,000  
Net cash provided by financing activities     218,078       820,935       734,076       1,012,851  
                                 
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents     (132,558 )     (549,827 )     (290,074 )     457,713  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period     263,418       553,492       553,492       95,779  
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period   $ 130,860     $ 3,665     $ 263,418     $ 553,492  
                                 
Supplemental Cash Flow Information:                                
Interest paid   $ 96,426     $ 62,813     $ 50,971     $ 44,927  
Taxes paid   $ 124,846     $ 7,120     $ 31,197     $ 16,933  
                                 
Supplemental non-cash investing and financing activities:                                
Assets acquired under notes payable     237,463       28,046       28,046       321,392  
Transfer of customer deposit to notes payable                 183,989        

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

  F- 6  

 

 

POLAR POWER INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014 AND FOR

THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2016 AND 2015 (UNAUDITED)

 

NOTE 1 – NATURE OF BUSINESS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

The Company

 

Polar Power Inc., a California corporation (the “Company”), was incorporated on October 9, 1991. In 1979, the Company was incorporated in the State of Washington as Polar Products Inc. and in 1991 reincorporated in the State of California under the name Polar Power, Inc. The Company designs, manufactures and sells direct current, or DC, power systems to supply reliable and low-cost energy to off-grid, bad-grid and back-up power applications. The Company’s products integrate DC generator and proprietary automated controls, lithium batteries and solar systems to provide low operating cost and lower emissions alternative power needs in telecommunications, defense, automotive and industrial markets.

 

On November 14, 2016, the Company effected a 1-for-2.85 reverse split of its common shares.  All share and per share amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the split as if it had occurred as of the earliest period presented.

 

Basis of Presentation of Unaudited Financial Information

 

The unaudited financial statements of the Company for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015 have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and, in the opinion of management, reflect all normal and recurring adjustments necessary to fairly present the interim periods of unaudited financial results of operations and cash flows of the Company for the periods presented. Operating results for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of operating results for the entire fiscal year or any other future periods.

 

Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Material estimates relate to the assumptions made in determining reserves for uncollectible receivables, inventory reserves and returns, income tax accruals, accruals for potential liabilities and assumptions made in valuing the fair market value of equity transactions. Actual results may differ from those estimates.

 

Revenue

 

The Company recognizes revenue from the sale of completed production units and parts when there is persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists, delivery of the product has occurred and title has passed, the selling price is both fixed and determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured, all of which occurs upon shipment of the Company’s product or delivery of the product to the destination specified by the customer. Once a product is delivered, the Company does not have a post-delivery obligation to provide additional services to the customer.

 

  F- 7  

 

 

POLAR POWER INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014 AND FOR

THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2016 AND 2015 (UNAUDITED)

 

The Company determines whether delivery has occurred based on when title transfers and the risks and rewards of ownership have transferred to the buyer, which usually occurs when the Company places the product with the buyer’s carrier or delivers the product to a customer’s location. The Company regularly reviews its customers’ financial positions to ensure that collectability is reasonably assured. Except for warranties, the Company has no post-sales obligations.

 

Inventories

 

Inventories consist mainly of raw materials and are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined principally on a first-in-first-out average cost basis. Inventory quantities on hand are reviewed regularly and write-downs for obsolete inventory is recorded based on an estimated forecast of the inventory item demand in the near future. As of September 30, 2016, December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company has established inventory reserves of $250,000, $250,000 and $200,000, respectively, for obsolete inventory.

 

Product Warranties

 

The Company provides limited warranties for parts and labor at no cost to its customers within a specified time period after the sale. The warranty terms are typically from one to five years. Provisions for estimated expenses related to product warranties are made at the time products are sold. These estimates are established using historical information about the nature, frequency and average cost of warranty claim settlements as well as product manufacturing and recovery from suppliers. Management actively studies trends of warranty claims and takes action to improve product quality and minimize warranty costs. The Company estimates the actual historical warranty claims coupled with an analysis of unfulfilled claims to record a liability for specific warranty purposes. The Company’s product warranty obligations are included in other accrued liabilities in the balance sheets. As of September 30, 2016, December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company had accrued a liability for warranty reserve of $175,000, $25,000 and $25,000, respectively. Management believes that the warranty accrual is appropriate; however actual claims incurred could differ from original estimates, requiring adjustments to the accrual. The product warranty accrual is included in current liabilities in the accompanying balance sheets.

 

The following is a tabular reconciliation of the product warranty liability, excluding the deferred revenue related to the Company’s warranty coverage:

 

    Nine Months
Ended
    Year End December 31,  
Changes in estimates for warranties   September 30, 2016     2015     2014  
Balance at beginning of the period   $ 25,000     $ 25,000     $ 25,000  
Payments     -       -       -  
Provision for warranties     150,000       -       -  
                         
Balance at end of the period   $ 175,000     $ 25,000     $ 25,000  

 

  F- 8  

 

 

POLAR POWER INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014 AND FOR

THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2016 AND 2015 (UNAUDITED)

 

Accounts Receivable

 

Trade receivables are recorded at net realizable value consisting of the carrying amount less an allowance for uncollectible accounts, as needed. The Company uses the allowance method to account for uncollectible trade receivable balances. Under the allowance method, if needed, an estimate of uncollectible customer balances is made based upon specific account balances that are considered uncollectible. Factors used to establish an allowance include the credit quality and payment history of the customer. The Company did not deem it necessary to provide an allowance for doubtful accounts as of September 30, 2016, and as of December 31, 2015 and 2014.  

 

Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life. Maintenance and repairs that do not improve or extend the useful life of the respective assets are expensed. Estimated useful lives of the principal classes of assets are as follows:

 

 

Estimated life

Production tooling, jigs, fixtures 3-5 years
Shop equipment and machinery 5 years
Vehicles 3-5 years
Leasehold improvements Shorter of the lease term or estimated useful life
Office equipment 5 years
Software 5 years

 

Management regularly reviews property, equipment and other long-lived assets for possible impairment. This review occurs annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. Based upon management’s annual assessment, there were no indicators of impairment of the Company’s property and equipment and other long-lived assets as of September 30, 2016, December 31, 2015 or December 31, 2014.

 

Income Taxes

 

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method whereby deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences, and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences. Temporary differences are the differences between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized before the Company is able to realize their benefits, or that future deductibility is uncertain.

 

Tax benefits from an uncertain tax position are recognized only if it more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities based on technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate resolution. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment.

 

  F- 9  

 

 

POLAR POWER INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014 AND FOR

THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2016 AND 2015 (UNAUDITED)

 

Financial Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value

 

The Company uses various inputs in determining the fair value of its investments and measures these assets on a recurring basis. Financial assets recorded at fair value in the balance sheets are categorized by the level of objectivity associated with the inputs used to measure their fair value.

 

Authoritative guidance provided by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) defines the following levels directly related to the amount of subjectivity associated with the inputs to fair valuation of these financial assets:

 

Level 1 Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

Level 2 Inputs, other than the quoted prices in active markets, that is observable either directly or indirectly.

 

Level 3 Unobservable inputs based on the Company’s assumptions.

 

The carrying amounts of financial assets and liabilities, such as cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable, approximate their fair values because of the short maturity of these instruments. The carrying values of the line of credit, notes payable and long-term financing obligations approximate their fair values due to the fact that the interest rates on these obligations are based on prevailing market interest rates.

 

Concentrations

 

Cash. The Company maintains cash balances at one bank. At times, the amount on deposit exceeds the federally insured limits. Management believes that the financial institution that holds the Company’s cash is financially sound and, accordingly, minimal credit risk exists.

 

Revenues . For the nine months ended September 30, 2016, 88% of revenues were from one customer. For the nine months ended September 30, 2015, 79% of revenues were generated by one customer. For the year ended December 31, 2015, 81% of revenues were from one customer. For the year ended December 31, 2014, 37% of revenues were from one customer, while 23% of revenues were generated by another customer. In 2015 and 2014, sales to international customers accounted for 2% and 27%, respectively, of total revenue. Sales to international customers for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015 represented 0% and 5%, respectively, of total sales.

 

Accounts receivable . At September 30, 2016, 99% of accounts receivable were from one customer. At December 31, 2015, 81% of accounts receivable were from one customer. At December 31, 2014, 64% of accounts receivable were from one customer, while 22% of accounts receivable were from another customer

 

Accounts payable . As of September 30, 2015, accounts payable to the largest vendor represented 12%, while accounts payable to the other two largest vendors represented 13% and 8% respectively. On December 31, 2015, accounts payable to the Company’s largest vendor represented 17%, while the other two largest vendors represented 8% each. On December 31, 2014, accounts payable to the Company’s largest vendor represented 31%, while the other two largest vendors represented 18% and 16% respectively.

 

  F- 10  

 

 

POLAR POWER INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014 AND FOR

THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2016 AND 2015 (UNAUDITED)

 

Purchases . The Company has established relationships with third party engine suppliers and other key suppliers from which the Company sources components for its power systems. The Company is substantially dependent on its three key engine suppliers, Isuzu Motors, Yanmar Engines Company and Kubota Corporation. Cost of sales of its power systems, incorporating engines purchased from Isuzu, Yanmar and Kubota, represented approximately 10%, 0% and 2% of the Company’s total cost of sales for 2014, respectively, and represented approximately 6%, 9% and 15% of the Company’s total cost of sales for 2015, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, purchases from major suppliers represented 13% and 12%, respectively.

 

Net Income (Loss) Per Share

 

Basic net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing the net income applicable to common stock holders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding plus the number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding if all dilutive potential common shares had been issued using the treasury stock method. Potential common shares are excluded from the computation when their effect is antidilutive. The dilutive effect of potentially dilutive securities is reflected in diluted net income per share if the exercise prices were lower than the average fair market value of common shares during the reporting period.

 

Basic and diluted net income (loss) per common share is the same for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the nine months ended September 2015 because the exercise price of the warrants were higher than the average fair market value of common shares during the reporting period. Basic and diluted net income for the period ending September 30, 2016 is the same as these were no potentially dilutive shares outstanding.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers . ASU 2014-09 is a comprehensive revenue recognition standard that will supersede nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under current GAAP and replace it with a principle based approach for determining revenue recognition. ASU 2014-09 will require that companies recognize revenue based on the value of transferred goods or services as they occur in the contract. The ASU also will require additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. ASU 2014-09 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted only in annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods therein. Entities will be able to transition to the standard either retrospectively or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact of ASU 2014-09 on the Company’s financial statements and disclosures.

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2016-02, Leases . ASU 2016-02 requires a lessee to record a right of use asset and a corresponding lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with terms longer than 12 months. ASU 2016-02 is effective for all interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted. A modified retrospective transition approach is required for lessees for capital and operating leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements, with certain practical expedients available. The Company is currently evaluating the expected impact that the standard could have on its financial statements and related disclosures.

 

  F- 11  

 

 

POLAR POWER INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014 AND FOR

THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2016 AND 2015 (UNAUDITED)

 

Other recent accounting pronouncements issued by the FASB, including its Emerging Issues Task Force, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, and the SEC did not or are not believed by management to have a material impact on the Company’s present or future consolidated financial statements.

 

NOTE 2 – PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

 

Property and equipment consist of the following:

 

    September 30,
2016
(Unaudited)
    December 31,
2015
    December 31,
2014
 
Production tooling, jigs, fixtures   $ 70,749     $ 70,749     $ 70,749  
Shop equipment and machinery     1,182,702       842,698       710,209  
Vehicles     51,883       58,683       54,983  
Leasehold improvements     42,173       42,173        
Office equipment     100,245       98,811       34,428  
Software     97,533       40,810       32,086  
Total property and equipment, cost     1,545,285       1,153,924       902,455  
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization     (761,303 )     (611,032 )     (467,459 )
Property and equipment, net   $ 783,982     $ 542,892     $ 434,996  

 

Depreciation and amortization expense on property and equipment for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015 was $154,010 and $117,678, respectively. Depreciation and amortization expense on property and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 was $143,573 and $94,999, respectively.

 

NOTE 3 – NOTES PAYABLE

 

Notes payable consist of the following:

 

        September 30,
2016
(Unaudited)
    December 31,
2015
    December 31,
2014
 
                             
Note payable, individual   (a)   $ 20,000     $ 110,000     $ 205,000  
Equipment notes   (b)     366,523       207,541       267,572  
Customer note   (c)           137,992       -  
Note payable, individual   (d)                 500,000  
Note payable, other                     2,000  
                             
Total Notes Payable         386,523       455,533       974,572  
Current Portion         131,878       327,693       777,031  
                             
Notes Payable, Long term       $ 254,645     $ 127,840     $ 197,541  

 

  F- 12  

 

 

POLAR POWER INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014 AND FOR

THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2016 AND 2015 (UNAUDITED)

 

(a) In August 1997, an individual loaned the Company the principal sum of $200,000. Unpaid interest of $100,000 accrued from August 1997 through April 2014. On April 17, 2014, the Company entered into a Promissory Note Agreement with the lender, which superseded all previously executed note agreements to make payment arrangements to settle the total payable amount to the lender of $300,000. The principal balance due under the note was $20,000, $110,000 and $205,000 as of September 30, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. The remaining principal as of September 30, 2016 is due in monthly payments of $10,000 to November 15, 2016.

 

(b) The Company has entered into several financing agreements for the purchase of equipment. The terms of these financing arrangements are for a term of 2 years to 5 years, with interest rates ranging from 1.9% to 6.9% per annum, secured by the purchased equipment. Aggregate monthly payments of principal and interest of approximately $10,000 are due through 2019.

 

(c) In 2013, the Company received $202,559 as a customer deposit for an order of the Company’s DC power system. In 2015, the customer cancelled the order and requested a refund of the deposit. As such, the Company and the customer agreed to a refund of $183,989, which was to be paid down in 4 equal installments of approximately $45,997 on or before August 2016. As of December 31, 2015, $137,992 was due to the customer. As of September 30, 2016, the remaining balance due has been paid in full.

 

(d) On July 30, 2013, the Company entered into Promissory Note agreement with an individual for an unsecured loan in the amount of $500,000 (the “Note”). The Note accrued interest at an annual rate of 8% per annum, and was due on October 15, 2015, as amended. The Company had the option to convert the principal sum of the Note into 7% of the outstanding common shares of the Company, however the conversion offer expired on January 15, 2015. The principal balance outstanding as of December 31, 2014 was $500,000. On October 1, 2015, the principal balance of the Note, as well as any outstanding accrued interest, was paid in full.

 

Annual future principal payments under the outstanding note agreements as of September 30, 2016 are as follows:

 

Years ending December 31:      
Remainder of 2016   $ 63,412  
2017     108,154  
2018     93,618  
2019     60,140  
2020 and thereafter     61,199  
Total   $ 386,523  

 

  F- 13  

 

 

POLAR POWER INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014 AND FOR

THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2016 AND 2015 (UNAUDITED)

 

NOTE 4 – LINE OF CREDIT

 

In August 2015, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with Gibraltar Business Capital to secure a revolving credit facility for an aggregate amount of up to $2.0 million. The credit facility expires on September 1, 2017, subject to the continuing right of Gibraltar to demand payment at any time and an optional extension of one year. Interest accrues on the principal amount of revolving loans outstanding under the credit facility at a rate equal to the greater of (i) the floating per annum rate of interest as published in The Wall Street Journal’s “Bonds, Rates and Yields Table” plus 4.75% or (ii) 8.0%. Interest on the credit facility is payable monthly. The credit facility is also subject to a monthly collateral management fee of $1,500 and an exit fee of up to $20,000. The credit facility is secured by a continuing first priority security interest in all of our assets (excluding our equipment and its products and proceeds). The line of credit has certain covenants and restrictions with which the Company was in compliance as of September 30, 2016. Upon the demand of Gibraltar Business Capital or in the event of a default under the credit facility, Gibraltar Business Capital may accelerate the payment of the principal balance requiring us to pay the entire indebtedness outstanding on that date.

 

The available borrowing base under the credit facility at any time may not exceed 85% of the net amount of (i) eligible accounts receivable, plus (ii) 50% of the lower of cost or market value of eligible inventory, subject to a $750,000 cap on advances made against eligible inventory. The terms of the credit facility requires the Company, without notice or demand of any kind from Gibraltar, to make immediate payments or take such other actions to eliminate any excess of the aggregate principal amount outstanding over the available borrowing base. The balance due under the line of credit at September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015 was $1,489,701 and $965,150, respectively. As of September 30, 2016, the Company had availability under the line of credit of $510,299.

 

The Company’s credit facility contains a negative covenant prohibiting it from incurring any additional indebtedness (including purchase money indebtedness). However, the Company has the ability to refinance and prepay all amounts owed under the credit facility at anytime provided that in connection with any such prepayment the Company pays to Gibraltar Business Capital an exit fee equal to $10,000.

 

NOTE 5 – PAYABLE FOR ACQUIRED TECHNOLOGY

 

On July 7, 2012, the Company entered into an agreement to purchase intellectual property assets from its former Vice President of Engineering, Richard Ulinski. Under this agreement as amended on December 30, 2014, Mr. Ulinski transferred to the Company the exclusive right, title and interest to 27 products and technologies developed for use in the Company’s DC power systems from 2004 to 2012 for $600,000 in cash, payable in monthly installments of $15,000. As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $131,215 and $311,215 were due under this agreement, respectively. As of September 30, 2016, the amount was paid in full.

 

The Company initially recorded as an intangible asset the cost of the acquired technology of $600,000, however such amount was impaired in 2013 when it was determined by management that such technology would not be used in future products and no longer had any recoverable value to the Company.

 

  F- 14  

 

 

POLAR POWER INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014 AND FOR

THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2016 AND 2015 (UNAUDITED)

 

NOTE 6 – SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

Common Stock

 

The Company is authorized to issue up to a total of 50,000,000 shares of common stock, no par value per share. Holders of common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders. Holders of common stock have cumulative voting rights. Further, holders of common stock have no preemptive, conversion, redemption or subscription rights and there are no sinking fund provisions applicable to the Company’s common stock. Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of all liabilities and the liquidation preferences of any outstanding shares of preferred stock. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding shares of preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the Company’s board of directors, out of the Company’s assets which are legally available.

 

As of November 15 , 2016, there were 7,383,158 shares of common stock issued and outstanding and there were approximately 22 holders of record of the Company’s common stock, assuming the conversion of each  one share of the then outstanding common stock into one share of common stock upon the Company’s reincorporation in Delaware, which is expected to occur prior to the completion of this offering.

 

Preferred Stock

 

The Company’s board of directors is authorized to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges, qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, including dividend rights and rates, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, redemption prices, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, without any vote or action by the Company’s shareholders. Any preferred stock to be issued could rank prior to the Company’s common stock with respect to dividend rights and rights on liquidation. The Company’s board of directors, without shareholder approval, may issue preferred stock with voting and conversion rights which could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of the Company.

 

Sale of common shares to investors

 

Between July 2014 and September 2014, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with certain investors identified therein providing for the issuance and sale by the Company to the investors, in a private placement, of units consisting of an aggregate of 408,772 shares of the Company’s common stock and warrants to purchase an additional 408,772 shares of common stock at a price of $2.85 per unit, resulting in aggregate gross proceeds to the Company of $1,165,000. The warrants to purchase the additional shares had an exercise price at $2.85 each and expired on May 30, 2015 without having been exercised.

 

Additionally, under the terms of the Securities Purchase Agreement, if the Company either (i) failed to cause a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (or any successor form) to be filed with the SEC covering shares of the Company’s common stock by March 31, 2015 (first issue date), or (ii) failed to list the Company’s common stock on NASDAQ, the OTCBB or any other similar exchange or public trading market by December 31, 2015 (second issue date); the investors will be entitled to receive on either the first issue date or second issue date, as applicable, an additional number of shares of the Company's common stock equal to 33% of the initial shares issued to the investors. As of December 31, 2015 the Company failed to meet either of these requirements, and accordingly, issued an additional of 134,895 additional shares of common stock to the investors. As such, the Company issued an aggregate total of 543,667 shares of its common stock at an average price of $2.14 per share under the private placement.

 

  F- 15  

 

 

POLAR POWER INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014 AND FOR

THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2016 AND 2015 (UNAUDITED)

 

Certain current members of the Company’s board of directors participated in the private placement that commenced in July 2014 and purchased an aggregate of 368,421 shares of the Company’s common stock out of the 408,772 total shares sold for an aggregate consideration equal to $1,050,000 in cash. When the Company failed to meet the registration requirements contained in the offering described above on December 31, 2015 and pursuant to the terms of the offering, the Company issued an additional 121,579 shares of common stock to these directors, out of the 134,895 total additional shares issued.

 

Sale of common shares to related entity

 

On October 1, 2015, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with Smartgen Solutions, Inc. (“Smartgen”) for the sale of 506,150 shares of the Company’s common stock at a price of approximately $0.99 per share, for a total purchase price of $500,000. Rajesh Masina, the Company's Vice President of Operations, owns 40% of Smartgen, and 30% is owned by his brother. The Company, in recognition of the fact that the shares of common stock sold to Smartgen had a lower price per share than the shares of common stock sold to prior investors for $2.14 per share under a private placement between July and September 2014, recorded a compensation charge of $581,895 on the Company’s December 31, 2015 income statement, representing the difference between the sales price to Smartgen and the price sold to other investors.

 

Shares issued for services

 

In February 2016, the Company issued 17,544 shares of its common stock valued at $37,500 ($2.14 per share) to an employee in exchange for $37,500 in wages payables due to the employee. The Company’s estimate of the fair value of the shares of $2.14 per share was based on the per-share price paid by outside investors in a private placement conducted between July 2014 and September 2014.

 

Options

 

Effective July 8, 2016 the Company’s board of directors approved the Polar Power 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2016 Plan”), authorizing the issuance of up to 1,754,386 shares of common stock as incentives to employees and consultants to the Company with awards limited to a maximum of 350,877 shares in a given calendar year. As of September 30, 2016, there were no options issued or outstanding under the 2016 Plan.

 

Under our 2016 Plan, the Company may grant equity awards covering up to 1,754,385 shares of its common stock. As of the date of this offering, the company has not granted any options to purchase shares of common stock under the 2016 Plan or otherwise. The Company plans to register the number of shares available for issuance under its 2016 Plan. Sales of shares issued upon exercise of options or granted under its 2016 Plan may result in material dilution to its existing stockholders, which could cause the Company’s share price to fall.

 

Warrants

 

Between July 2014 and September 2014, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with certain accredited investors identified in a private placement of an aggregate of 408,772 shares of the Company’s common stock, and warrants to purchase an additional 408,772 shares of the Company’s common stock at a price of $2.85 per unit of one share of common stock and warrant to purchase one share of common stock, resulting in aggregate gross proceeds of $1,165,000. The warrants to purchase the additional shares of common stock had an exercise price of $2.85 each and expired on May 30, 2015 without having been exercised.

 

  F- 16  

 

 

POLAR POWER INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014 AND FOR

THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2016 AND 2015 (UNAUDITED)

 

The following table summarizes warrant activity:

 

    Number of
Warrants
    Weighted Average
Exercise Price
 
Outstanding, December 31, 2013            
Issued     408,772     $ 2.85  
Exercised            
Expired            
Outstanding, December 31, 2014     408,772     $ 2.85  
Exercised                
Expired     (408,772 )   $ 2.85  
Outstanding, December 31, 2015            
Outstanding, September 30, 2016            

 

NOTE 7 – DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT WITH A RELATED ENTITY

 

On March 1, 2014, the Company entered into a subcontractor installer agreement with Smartgen, a related entity that is engaged in business of equipment rental and provider of maintenance, repair and installation services to mobile telecommunications towers in California. Under the terms of the agreement, Smartgen has been appointed as a non-exclusive, authorized service provider for the installation, repair and service of the Company’s products in Southern California. The agreement has a term of three years from the date of execution and automatically renews for additional one year periods if not terminated.

 

During the nine month periods ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, Smartgen performed $61,756 and $80,555, respectively, in field services. During the year ended December 31, 2015, Smartgen performed $96,590 in field services. Smartgen did not perform any services for the Company during the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2014, Smartgen purchased $273,087 in goods, parts and services from the Company and $17,650 in goods, parts and services during the year ended December 31, 2015. During the nine month periods ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, Smartgen purchased $89 and $14,725, respectively, in goods, parts and services from the Company.

 

NOTE 8 – INCOME TAXES

 

The provision for income taxes consists of the following for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
    2015     2014  
Current                
Federal   $ 219,496     $ 38,520  
State     69,073       15,370  
Deferred                
Federal     (10,540 )     193,275  
State     (4,460 )     43,173  
Provision for income tax expense   $ 273,569     $ 290,338  

 

  F- 17  

 

 

POLAR POWER INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014 AND FOR

THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2016 AND 2015 (UNAUDITED)

 

The reconciliation of the effective income tax rate to the federal statutory rate is as follows:

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
    2015     2014  
Federal income tax rate     34 %     34 %
State tax, net of federal benefit     6 %     6 %
Permanent differences     84 %     (7 )%
Change in accrued liabilities     15 %     (5 )%
Change in allowances and reserves     (22 )%     (44 )%
Other     (3 )%     50 %
Effective income tax rate     114 %     34 %

 

The provision for income taxes consists of the following for the periods ended September 30, 2016 and 2015:

 

    Period Ended September 30,  
    2016     2015  
Current                
Federal   $ 1,284,181     $ 19,993  
State     328,435       4,704  
Deferred                
Federal     (51,719 )      
State     (12,169 )      
Provision for income tax expense   $ 1,548,728     $ 24,697  

 

The reconciliation of the effective income tax rate to the federal statutory rate is as follows:

 

    Period Ended September 30,  
    2016     2015  
Federal income tax rate     34 %     34 %
State tax, net of federal benefit     6 %     6 %
Permanent differences     -        
Change in accrued liabilities     3 %     (15 )%
Change in allowances and reserves     (7 )%     (11 )%
Other              
Effective income tax rate     36 %     14

 

  F- 18  

 

 

POLAR POWER INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014 AND FOR

THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2016 AND 2015 (UNAUDITED)

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial statement purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities at September 30, 2016 and as of December 31, 2015 are as follows:

 

   

September 30,

2016

   

December 31,

2015

 
Deferred tax assets:                
Inventory reserves   $ 105,000       136,995  
Accrued liabilities     178,266       136,723  
Other     137,943       4,427  
Total deferred tax assets     421,209       278,145  
Deferred tax liability                
Accumulated depreciation     (152,322 )     (73,145 )
Net deferred tax assets   $ 268,887     $ 205,000  

 

Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted FASB guidelines that address the determination of whether tax benefits claimed or expected to be claimed on a tax return should be recorded in the financial statements. Under this guidance, the Company may recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position should be measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. This guidance also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties on income taxes, accounting in interim periods and requires increased disclosures. At the date of adoption, and as of September 30, 2015 and 2014, the Company did not have a liability for unrecognized tax benefits, and no adjustment was required at adoption.

 

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various states. The Company is subject to U.S. federal or state income tax examinations by tax authorities for tax years after 2010.

 

The Company’s policy is to record interest and penalties on uncertain tax provisions as income tax expense. As of September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company has no accrued interest or penalties related to uncertain tax positions. Additionally, tax years 2010 through 2015 remain open to examination by the major taxing jurisdictions to which the Company is subject.

 

NOTE 9 – COMMITMENT AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Employment Agreements

 

The Company’s Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement with Arthur D. Sams, dated as of July 8, 2016, provides for at-will employment as the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Sams’ current annual base salary is $200,000. Mr. Sams is eligible to receive an annual discretionary cash bonus to be paid based upon performance criteria set by the Company’s board of directors and is eligible to participate in all of the Company’s employee benefit programs including the 2016 Plan. During the nine months ended September 30, 2016, Mr. Sams received a bonus of $120,000. During the year ended December 31, 2015, Mr. Sams received a bonus of $7,500.

 

The Company’s Executive Employment Agreement with Rajesh Masina, dated as of July 8, 2016, provides for at-will employment as the Company’s Vice President Operations. Mr. Masina’s current annual base salary is $120,000. Mr. Masina is eligible to receive an annual discretionary cash bonus to be paid based upon performance criteria set by the Company’s board of directors and is eligible to participate in all of the Company’s employee benefit programs including the 2016 Plan. During the nine months ended September 30, 2016, Mr. Masina received a bonus of $40,000. During the year ended December 31, 2015, Mr. Masina received a bonus of $5,750.

 

  F- 19  

 

 

POLAR POWER INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014 AND FOR

THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2016 AND 2015 (UNAUDITED)

 

The Company’s Executive Employment Agreement with Luis Zavala, dated as of July 8, 2016, provides for at-will employment as the Company’s Vice President Finance. The terms of Mr. Zavala’s Executive Employment Agreement are identical to the terms of Mr. Masina’s Executive Employment Agreement. During the nine months ended September 30,2016, Mr. Zavala received a bonus of $40,000. During the year ended December 31, 2015, Mr. Zavala received a bonus of $5,750.

 

Leases

 

The Company entered into a non-cancellable operating lease of a manufacturing facility located in Gardena, CA commencing January 1, 2015 and ending on February 28, 2019. The base rent of the facility is $29,648 per month. Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 was $352,145 and $99,198, respectively. Rent expense for the periods ended September 30, 2016 and 2015 was 273,947 and $215,450, respectively.

 

The future minimum annual rental payments required under the non-cancelable operating leases described above as of September 30, 2016 are as follows:

 

Years ending December 31      
Remainder of 2016   $ 91,612  
2017     377,443  
2018     388,766  
2019     66,738  
Total   $ 924,559  

 

Legal Proceedings

 

From time to time, the Company may be involved in general commercial disputes arising in the ordinary course of our business. The Company is not currently involved in legal proceedings that could reasonably be expected to have material adverse effect on its business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.

 

Sales Backlog

 

As of September 30, 2016, the Company had a backlog of $6,906,851. The amount of backlog represents revenue that the Company anticipates to recognize in the future, as evidenced by purchase orders and other purchase commitments received from customers, but on which work has not yet been initiated or with respect to which work is currently in progress. The Company’s backlog consists of $6,614,029 in purchases of its DC power systems by telecommunications customers, of which $6,170,100 is from the Company’s single largest telecommunications customer. In addition, the Company’s backlog includes $43,659 in purchases from military contractors, $80,655 from customers related to marine markets and $168,508 from other miscellaneous customers. The Company believes the majority of its backlog will be shipped within the next six months. However, there can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in fulfilling such orders and commitments in a timely manner or that the Company will ultimately recognize as revenue the amounts reflected in its backlog.

 

  F- 20  

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,000,000 SHARES

COMMON STOCK

 

PROSPECTUS

 

________________

 

Joint Book – Running Managers

 

Roth Capital Partners Joseph Gunnar & Co.

 

Co - Manager

 

Feltl and Company

 

________________

 

The date of this prospectus is              , 2016.

  

 

 

 

PART II

 

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

 

Expenses of the registrant in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities being registered are estimated as follows:

 

SEC Registration Fee   $ 2,240  
FINRA Filing Fee   $ 3,250  
NASDAQ Filing Fee   $ 50,000  
Printing and Engraving Expenses   $ 15,000  
Transfer Agent Fees and Expenses   $ 2,500  
Legal Fees and Expenses   $ 450,000  
Accountants’ Fees and Expenses   $ 150,000  
Miscellaneous Costs   $ 213,500  
Total   $ 886,490  

 

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

Upon completion of this offering, the registrant’s certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that eliminate, to the maximum extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or the DGCL, the personal liability of the registrant’s directors and executive officers for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors or officers. The registrant’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that the registrant must indemnify its directors and executive officers and may indemnify its employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL.

 

Sections 145(a) and 102(b)(7) of the DGCL empowers a corporation to indemnify any director, officer, employee or agent, or former director, officer, employee or agent, who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), by reason of such person’s service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or such person’s service, at the corporation's request, as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding; provided that such director, officer employee or agent acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation; and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, provided that such director, officer employee or agent had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

 

Section 145(b) of the DGCL empowers a corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit; provided that such director, officer, employee or agent acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification may be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such director, officer, employee or agent shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such director, officer, employee or agent is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses that the court shall deem proper.

 

  II- 1  

 

  

Prior to the completion of this offering, the registrant will enter into indemnification agreements with its directors and executive officers, in addition to the indemnification provided for in its certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and intends to enter into indemnification agreement, with any new directors and executive officers in the future.

 

The registrant has purchased and currently intends to maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

 

The proposed form of Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for indemnification of the registrant’s directors and officers by the underwriters against certain liabilities.

 

See also the undertakings set out in response to Item 17 herein.

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

 

Since January 1, 2013, the registrant has made sales of the following unregistered securities (the share amounts and per share amounts included in this Item 15 give effect to the registrant’s 900-for-1 forward stock split effected on July 1, 2014, its 2-for-1 forward stock split effected on July 2, 2014 and its 1-for-2.85 reverse split effective on November 14, 2016) and does not give effect to the registrant’s reincorporation in the State of Delaware prior to completion of this offering:

 

Between July 25, 2014 and September 26, 2014, the registrant sold in a private placement offering an aggregate of 408,772 units for $1,165,000, with each unit consisting of (i) one share of common stock and (ii) a warrant to purchase one share of common stock at an exercise price of $2.85 per share, subject to adjustment. The units were sold to 8 accredited investors pursuant to a private placement offering at $2.85 per unit. The private placement offering also provided that in the event that the registrant failed to file a registration statement on Form S-1 with the SEC on or prior to March 31, 2015, or if the registrant failed to list the registrant’s common stock on NASDAQ or the OTCBB by December 31, 2015, purchasers of the units would be entitled to receive an additional number of shares of common stock equal to the product of (A) the number of shares of common stock initially purchased by such purchaser, and (B) 0.33. Effective December 31, 2015, pursuant to the terms of the private placement offering, the registrant issued 134,895 additional shares of common stock to such purchasers. Effective May 30, 2015, all warrants issued in the above private placement expired without having been exercised.

 

On October 1, 2015, the registrant sold 506,150 shares of common stock to Smartgen Solutions, Inc., a related party, at approximately $0.99 per share for an aggregate investment of $500,000.

 

On February 1, 2016, the registrant issued 17,544 shares of common stock to Adam Szczepanek at $2.14 per share in exchange for services rendered to the registrant.

 

  II- 2  

 

 

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering. The registrant believes that the offers, sales and issuances of the above securities were exempt from registration under the Securities Act by virtue of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D promulgated thereunder as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions. The registrant believes all recipients had adequate information about the registrant or had adequate access, through their relationships with the registrant, to information about the registrant.

  

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a) Exhibits.

 

See the Exhibit Index immediately following the Signature Pages.

 

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

 

All schedules have been omitted because they are either inapplicable or the required information has been given in the financial statements or notes thereto.

 

Item 17. Undertakings

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

The undersigned registrant hereby further undertakes that:

 

For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

  II- 3  

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Gardena, State of California, on this 18th day of November, 2016.

     

  POLAR POWER, INC.
   
  By: /s/ Arthur D. Sams
    Arthur D. Sams,
    President, Chief Executive Officer and Secretary

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on November 18, 2016.

 

Signature   Title
     
/s/ Arthur D. Sams   Chief Executive Officer, President, Secretary and
Arthur D. Sams  

Chairman of the Board of Directors

(principal executive officer)

     
*   Vice President Finance and Acting Chief
Luis Zavala  

Financial Officer

(principal financial and accounting officer)

     
*   Director
Matthew Goldman    
     
*   Director
Keith Albrecht    

 

* Pursuant to Power of Attorney  
   
By: /s/ Arthur D. Sams       
  Arthur D. Sams  
  Attorney-in-Fact  

     

 

 

         

EXHIBIT INDEX

     

Exhibit
number
  Description
1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement
2.1   Form of Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of           , 2016, between the Registrant and Polar Power, Inc., a California corporation
3.1*   Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Polar Power, Inc., a California corporation
3.2*   Amended and Restated Bylaws of Polar Power, Inc., a California corporation
3.3   Form of Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant to be effective upon the Registrant’s reincorporation in the State of Delaware upon completion of this offering
3.4   Form of Bylaws of the Registrant to be effective upon the Registrant’s reincorporation in the State of Delaware upon completion of this offering
4.1   Specimen stock certificate of the Registrant
4.2   Form of representatives’ warrants to purchase shares of common stock (contained in Exhibit 1.1)
5.1   Opinion of Troutman Sanders LLP
10.1*#   Polar Power, Inc. 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan and forms of agreements thereunder
10.2*#   Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement, dated July 8, 2016, between the Registrant and Arthur D. Sams
10.3*#   Executive Employment Agreement, dated July 8, 2016, between the Registrant and Rajesh Masina
10.4*#   Executive Employment Agreement, dated July 8, 2016, between the Registrant and Luis Zavala
10.5   Form of Indemnification Agreement
10.6*   Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of August 14, 2015, between the Registrant and Gibraltar Business Capital, LLC
10.7*   Memorandum of Understanding, dated as of December 30, 2014, between the Registrant and Richard J. Ulinski
10.8*   Lease Agreement, dated November 7, 2014, between the Registrant and Two Bros L.P.
23.1   Consent of Weinberg & Company, P.A.
23.2   Consent of Troutman Sanders LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1*   Powers of Attorney (included on the signature page to this Registration Statement)
________    
     
*   Previously filed.
#   Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan.

 

 

 

Exhibit 1.1

 

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

between

     

POLAR POWER, INC.

 

and

 

JOSEPH GUNNAR & CO., LLC

 

and

 

ROTH CAPITAL PARTNERS, LLC

 

as Representatives of the Several Underwriters

 

 

 

 

POLAR POWER, INC.

     

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

New York, New York
[•], 2016

 

Joseph Gunnar & Co., LLC

30 Broad Street, 11th Floor

New York, NY 10004

 

And

 

Roth Capital Partners, LLC
888 San Clemente Drive
Newport Beach, CA 92660

 

As Representatives of the several Underwriters named on Schedule 1 attached hereto
30 Broad Street, 11th Floor

New York, NY 10004

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

      

The undersigned, Polar Power, Inc., a corporation formed under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Company ”), hereby confirms its agreement (this “ Agreement ”) with Joseph Gunnar & Co., LLC and Roth Capital Partners, LLC (hereinafter collectively referred to as “you” (including their correlatives) or the “ Representatives ”) and with the other underwriters named on Schedule 1 hereto for which the Representatives are acting as representatives (the Representatives and such other underwriters being collectively called the “ Underwriters ” or, individually, an “ Underwriter ”) as follows:

 

1.           Purchase and Sale of Shares .

 

1.1          Firm Shares .

 

1.1.1.       Nature and Purchase of Firm Shares .

 

(i)           On the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to issue and sell to the several Underwriters, an aggregate of [•] shares (“ Firm Shares ”) of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”).

 

(ii)          The Underwriters, severally and not jointly, agree to purchase from the Company the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite their respective names on Schedule 1 attached hereto and made a part hereof at a purchase price of $[•] per share (93% of the per Firm Share offering price). The Firm Shares are to be offered initially to the public at the offering price set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus (as defined in Section 2.1.1 hereof).

 

1.1.2.      Shares Payment and Delivery .

 

(i)           Delivery and payment for the Firm Shares shall be made at 10:00 a.m., Eastern time, on the third (3 rd ) Business Day following the effective date (the “Effective Date”) of the Registration Statement (as defined in Section 2.1.1 below) (or the fourth (4 th ) Business Day following the Effective Date if the Registration Statement is declared effective after 4:01 p.m., Eastern time) or at such earlier time as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company, at the offices of Loeb & Loeb LLP, 345 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10154 (“ Representatives Counsel ”), or at such other place (or remotely by facsimile or other electronic transmission) as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company. The hour and date of delivery and payment for the Firm Shares is called the “ Closing Date .”

 

 

 

 

(ii)          Payment for the Firm Shares shall be made on the Closing Date by wire transfer in Federal (same day) funds, payable to the order of the Company upon delivery of the certificates (in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters) representing the Firm Shares (or through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”)) for the account of the Underwriters. The Firm Shares shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denominations as the Representatives may request in writing at least two (2) full Business Days prior to the Closing Date. The Company shall not be obligated to sell or deliver the Firm Shares except upon tender of payment by the Representatives for all of the Firm Shares. The term “ Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions are authorized or obligated by law to close in New York, New York.

 

1.2          Over-allotment Option .

 

1.2.1.         Option Shares . For the purposes of covering any over-allotments in connection with the distribution and sale of the Firm Shares, the Company hereby grants to the Underwriters an option to purchase up to [•] additional shares of Common Stock, representing fifteen percent (15%) of the Firm Shares sold in the offering, from the Company (the “ Over-allotment Option ”). Such [•] additional shares of Common Stock, the net proceeds of which will be deposited with the Company’s account, are hereinafter referred to as “ Option Shares .” The purchase price to be paid per Option Share shall be equal to the price per Firm Share set forth in Section 1.1.1 hereof. The Firm Shares and the Option Shares are hereinafter referred to together as the “ Public Securities .” The offering and sale of the Public Securities is hereinafter referred to as the “ Offering .”

 

1.2.2.         Exercise of Option . The Over-allotment Option granted pursuant to Section 1.2.1 hereof may be exercised by the Representatives as to all (at any time) or any part (from time to time) of the Option Shares within 45 days after the Effective Date. The Underwriters shall not be under any obligation to purchase any Option Shares prior to the exercise of the Over-allotment Option. The Over-allotment Option granted hereby may be exercised by the giving of oral notice to the Company from the Representatives, which must be confirmed in writing by overnight mail or facsimile or other electronic transmission setting forth the number of Option Shares to be purchased and the date and time for delivery of and payment for the Option Shares (the “ Option Closing Date ”), which shall not be earlier than the Closing Date nor earlier than the first Business Day after the date on which the option shall have been exercised or such other time as shall be agreed upon by the Company and the Representatives, at the offices of Representatives Counsel or at such other place (including remotely by facsimile or other electronic transmission) as shall be agreed upon by the Company and the Representatives. If such delivery and payment for the Option Shares does not occur on the Closing Date, the Option Closing Date will be as set forth in the notice. Upon exercise of the Over-allotment Option with respect to all or any portion of the Option Shares, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (i) the Company shall become obligated to sell to the Underwriters the number of Option Shares specified in such notice and (ii) each of the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, shall purchase that portion of the total number of Option Shares then being purchased as set forth in Schedule 1 opposite the name of such Underwriter.

 

1.2.3.         Payment and Delivery . Payment for the Option Shares shall be made on the Option Closing Date by wire transfer in Federal (same day) funds, payable to the order of the Company upon delivery to you of certificates (in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters) representing the Option Shares (or through the facilities of DTC) for the account of the Underwriters. The Option Shares shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denominations as the Representatives may request in writing at least one (1) full Business Day prior to the Option Closing Date. The Company shall not be obligated to sell or deliver the Option Shares except upon tender of payment by the Representatives for applicable Option Shares.

 

- 2 -  

 

 

1.3          Representatives’ Warrants .

 

1.3.1.           Purchase Warrants . The Company hereby agrees to issue and sell to the Representative (and/or its designees) on the Closing Date an option (“ Representatives’ Warrant ”) for the purchase of an aggregate of [•] shares of Common Stock, representing 5% of the Public Securities, for an aggregate purchase price of $100.00. The Representatives’ Warrant agreement, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Representatives’ Warrant Agreement ”), shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, commencing on a date which is one (1) year after the Effective Date and expiring on the five-year anniversary of the Effective Date at an initial exercise price per share of Common Stock of $[•], which is equal to 125% of the initial public offering price of the Firm Shares. The Representatives’ Warrant Agreement and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise thereof are hereinafter referred to together as the “Representatives’ Securities.” The Representatives understand and agree that there are significant restrictions pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110 against transferring the Representative’s Warrant Agreement and the underlying shares of Common Stock during the one hundred eighty (180) days after the Effective Date and by their acceptance thereof shall agree that they will not sell, transfer, assign, pledge or hypothecate the Representatives’ Warrant Agreement, or any portion thereof, or be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of such securities for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the Effective Date to anyone other than (i) an Underwriter or a selected dealer in connection with the Offering, or (ii) a bona fide officer or partner of the Representatives or of any such Underwriter or selected dealer; and only if any such transferee agrees to the foregoing lock-up restrictions.

 

1.3.2.           Delivery . Delivery of the Representatives’ Warrant Agreement shall be made on the Closing Date and shall be issued in the name or names and in such authorized denominations as the Representatives may request.

 

2.           Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company represents and warrants to the Underwriters as of the Applicable Time (as defined below), as of the Closing Date and as of the Option Closing Date, if any, as follows:

 

2.1          Filing of Registration Statement .

 

2.1.1.           Pursuant to the Securities Act . The Company has filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) a registration statement, and an amendment or amendments thereto, on Form S-1 (File No. 333-213572), including any related prospectus or prospectuses, for the registration of the Public Securities and the Representatives’ Securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), which registration statement and amendment or amendments have been prepared by the Company in all material respects in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission under the Securities Act (the “ Securities Act Regulations ”) and will contain all material statements that are required to be stated therein in accordance with the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations. Except as the context may otherwise require, such registration statement, as amended, on file with the Commission at the time the registration statement became effective (including the Preliminary Prospectus included in the registration statement, financial statements, schedules, exhibits and all other documents filed as a part thereof or incorporated therein and all information deemed to be a part thereof as of the Effective Date pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 430A of the Securities Act Regulations (the “ Rule 430A Information ”)), is referred to herein as the “Registration Statement.” If the Company files any registration statement pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act Regulations, then after such filing, the term “Registration Statement” shall include such registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b). The Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission on the date hereof.

 

- 3 -  

 

 

Each prospectus used prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and each prospectus that omitted the Rule 430A Information that was used after such effectiveness and prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, is herein called a “ Preliminary Prospectus .” The Preliminary Prospectus, subject to completion, dated [•], 2016, that was included in the Registration Statement immediately prior to the Applicable Time is hereinafter called the “ Pricing Prospectus .” The final prospectus in the form first furnished to the Underwriters for use in the Offering is hereinafter called the “ Prospectus .” Any reference to the “ most recent Preliminary Prospectus ” shall be deemed to refer to the latest Preliminary Prospectus included in the Registration Statement.

 

Applicable Time ” means [TIME] [a.m./p.m.], Eastern time, on the date of this Agreement.

 

Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ” means any “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433 of the Securities Act Regulations (“ Rule 433 ”), including without limitation any “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act Regulations) relating to the Public Securities that is (i) required to be filed with the Commission by the Company, (ii) a “road show that is a written communication” within the meaning of Rule 433(d)(8)(i), whether or not required to be filed with the Commission, or (iii) exempt from filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d)(5)(i) because it contains a description of the Public Securities or of the Offering that does not reflect the final terms, in each case in the form filed or required to be filed with the Commission or, if not required to be filed, in the form retained in the Company’s records pursuant to Rule 433(g).

 

Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectus ” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is intended for general distribution to prospective investors (other than a “ bona fide electronic road show,” as defined in Rule 433 (the “ Bona Fide Electronic Road Show ”)), as evidenced by its being specified in Schedule 2-B hereto.

 

Issuer Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus ” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is not an Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectus.

 

Pricing Disclosure Package ” means any Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectus issued at or prior to the Applicable Time, the Pricing Prospectus and the information included on Schedule 2-A hereto, all considered together.

 

2.1.2.           Pursuant to the Exchange Act . The Company has filed with the Commission a Form 8-A (File Number 000-[•]) providing for the registration pursuant to Section 12(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), of the shares of Common Stock. The registration of the shares of Common Stock under the Exchange Act has been declared effective by the Commission on or prior to the date hereof. The Company has taken no action designed to, or likely to have the effect of, terminating the registration of the shares of Common Stock under the Exchange Act, nor has the Company received any notification that the Commission is contemplating terminating such registration.

 

2.2          Stock Exchange Listing . The shares of Common Stock have been approved for listing on the NASDAQ Capital Market (the “ Exchange ”), and the Company has taken no action designed to, or likely to have the effect of, delisting the shares of Common Stock from the Exchange, nor has the Company received any notification that the Exchange is contemplating terminating such listing except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

- 4 -  

 

 

2.3          No Stop Orders, etc . Neither the Commission nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any state regulatory authority has issued any order preventing or suspending the use of the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or has instituted or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened to institute, any proceedings with respect to such an order. The Company has complied with each request (if any) from the Commission for additional information.

 

2.4          Disclosures in Registration Statement .

 

2.4.1.       Compliance with Securities Act and 10b-5 Representation .

 

(i)           Each of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the time it became effective, complied in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations. Each Preliminary Prospectus, including the prospectus filed as part of the Registration Statement as originally filed or as part of any amendment or supplement thereto, and the Prospectus, at the time each was filed with the Commission, complied in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations. Each Preliminary Prospectus delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with this Offering and the Prospectus was or will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

 

(ii)          Neither the Registration Statement nor any amendment thereto, at its effective time, as of the Applicable Time, at the Closing Date or at any Option Closing Date (if any), contained, contains or will contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

 

(iii)         The Pricing Disclosure Package, as of the Applicable Time, at the Closing Date or at any Option Closing Date (if any), did not, does not and will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and each Issuer Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus hereto does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, and each such Issuer Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus, as supplemented by and taken together with the Pricing Prospectus as of the Applicable Time, did not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to statements made or statements omitted in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company with respect to the Underwriters by the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto. The parties acknowledge and agree that such information provided by or on behalf of any Underwriter consists solely of the following disclosure contained in the “Underwriting” section of the Prospectus: [______________] (the “ Underwriters’ Information ”); and

 

(iv)         Neither the Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement thereto (including any prospectus wrapper), as of its issue date, at the time of any filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b), at the Closing Date or at any Option Closing Date, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to the Underwriters’ Information.

 

- 5 -  

 

 

2.4.2.         Disclosure of Agreements . The agreements and documents described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus conform in all material respects to the descriptions thereof contained therein and there are no agreements or other documents required by the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or to be filed with the Commission as exhibits to the Registration Statement, that have not been so described or filed. Each agreement or other instrument (however characterized or described) to which the Company is a party or by which it is or may be bound or affected and (i) that is referred to in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, or (ii) is material to the Company’s business, has been duly authorized and validly executed by the Company, is in full force and effect in all material respects and is enforceable against the Company and, to the Company’s knowledge, the other parties thereto, in accordance with its terms, except (x) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, (y) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under the federal and state securities laws, and (z) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought. None of such agreements or instruments has been assigned by the Company, and neither the Company nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any other party is in default thereunder and, to the Company’s knowledge, no event has occurred that, with the lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a default thereunder. To the best of the Company’s knowledge, performance by the Company of the material provisions of such agreements or instruments will not result in a violation of any existing applicable law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree of any governmental agency or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its assets or businesses (each, a “Governmental Entity”), including, without limitation, those relating to environmental laws and regulations.

 

2.4.3.         Prior Securities Transactions . No securities of the Company have been sold by the Company or by or on behalf of, or for the benefit of, any person or persons controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Company, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Preliminary Prospectus.

 

2.4.4.         Regulations . The disclosures in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus concerning the effects of federal, state, local and all foreign regulation on the Offering and the Company’s business as currently contemplated are correct in all material respects and no other such regulations are required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus which are not so disclosed.

 

2.5          Changes After Dates in Registration Statement .

 

2.5.1.         No Material Adverse Change . Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except as otherwise specifically stated therein: (i) there has been no material adverse change in the financial position or results of operations of the Company, nor any change or development that, singularly or in the aggregate, would involve a material adverse change or a prospective material adverse change, in or affecting the condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, business, assets or prospects of the Company (a “ Material Adverse Change ”); (ii) there have been no material transactions entered into by the Company, other than as contemplated pursuant to this Agreement; and (iii) no officer or director of the Company has resigned from any position with the Company.

 

2.5.2.         Recent Securities Transactions, etc . Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, and except as may otherwise be indicated or contemplated herein or disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company has not: (i) issued any securities or incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, for borrowed money; or (ii) declared or paid any dividend or made any other distribution on or in respect to its capital stock.

 

- 6 -  

 

 

2.6            Independent Accountants . To the knowledge of the Company, Weinberg & Co., P.A. (the “ Auditor ”), whose report is filed with the Commission as part of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, is an independent registered public accounting firm as required by the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board. The Auditor has not, during the periods covered by the financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, provided to the Company any non-audit services, as such term is used in Section 10A(g) of the Exchange Act.

 

2.7            Financial Statements, etc . The financial statements, including the notes thereto and supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, fairly present the financial position and the results of operations of the Company at the dates and for the periods to which they apply; and such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”), consistently applied throughout the periods involved (provided that unaudited interim financial statements are subject to year-end audit adjustments that are not expected to be material in the aggregate and do not contain all footnotes required by GAAP); and the supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement present fairly the information required to be stated therein. Except as included therein, no historical or pro forma financial statements are required to be included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus under the Securities Act or the Securities Act Regulations. The pro forma and pro forma as adjusted financial information and the related notes, if any, included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus have been properly compiled and prepared in accordance with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations and present fairly the information shown therein, and the assumptions used in the preparation thereof are reasonable and the adjustments used therein are appropriate to give effect to the transactions and circumstances referred to therein. All disclosures contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus regarding “non-GAAP financial measures” (as such term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Commission), if any, comply with Regulation G of the Exchange Act and Item 10 of Regulation S-K of the Securities Act, to the extent applicable. Each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus discloses all material off-balance sheet transactions, arrangements, obligations (including contingent obligations), and other relationships of the Company with unconsolidated entities or other persons that may have a material current or future effect on the Company’s financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures, capital resources, or significant components of revenues or expenses. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (a) the Company has not incurred any material liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, or entered into any material transactions other than in the ordinary course of business, (b) the Company has not declared or paid any dividends or made any distribution of any kind with respect to its capital stock, (c) there has not been any change in the capital stock of the Company, or, other than in the course of business, any grants under any stock compensation plan, and (d) there has not been any material adverse change in the Company’s long-term or short-term debt. The Company has no direct or indirect subsidiaries.

 

2.8            Authorized Capital; Options, etc . The Company had, at the date or dates indicated in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the duly authorized, issued and outstanding capitalization as set forth therein. Based on the assumptions stated in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company will have on the Closing Date the adjusted stock capitalization set forth therein. Except as set forth in, or contemplated by, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, on the Effective Date, as of the Applicable Time and on the Closing Date and any Option Closing Date, there will be no stock options, warrants, or other rights to purchase or otherwise acquire any authorized, but unissued shares of Common Stock of the Company or any security convertible or exercisable into shares of Common Stock of the Company, or any contracts or commitments to issue or sell shares of Common Stock or any such options, warrants, rights or convertible securities.

 

- 7 -  

 

 

2.9          Valid Issuance of Securities, etc.

 

2.9.1.           Outstanding Securities . All issued and outstanding securities of the Company issued prior to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable; the holders thereof have no rights of rescission with respect thereto, and are not subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders; and none of such securities were issued in violation of the preemptive rights of any holders of any security of the Company or similar contractual rights granted by the Company. The authorized shares of Common Stock conform in all material respects to all statements relating thereto contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. The offers and sales of the outstanding shares of Common Stock were at all relevant times either registered under the Securities Act and the applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws or, based in part on the representations and warranties of the purchasers of such Shares, exempt from such registration requirements.

 

2.9.2.           Securities Sold Pursuant to this Agreement . The Public Securities and Representatives’ Securities have been duly authorized for issuance and sale and, when issued and paid for, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable; the holders thereof are not and will not be subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders; the Public Securities and Representatives’ Securities are not and will not be subject to the preemptive rights of any holders of any security of the Company or similar contractual rights granted by the Company; and all corporate action required to be taken for the authorization, issuance and sale of the Public Securities and Representatives’ Securities has been duly and validly taken. The Public Securities and Representatives’ Securities conform in all material respects to all statements with respect thereto contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. All corporate action required to be taken for the authorization, issuance and sale of the Representatives’ Warrant Agreement has been duly and validly taken; the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Representatives’ Warrant have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company and when paid for and issued in accordance with the Representatives’ Warrant and the Representatives’ Warrant Agreement, such shares of Common Stock will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable; the holders thereof are not and will not be subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders; and such shares of Common Stock are not and will not be subject to the preemptive rights of any holders of any security of the Company or similar contractual rights granted by the Company.

 

2.10        Registration Rights of Third Parties . Except as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, no holders of any securities of the Company or any rights exercisable for or convertible or exchangeable into securities of the Company have the right to require the Company to register any such securities of the Company under the Securities Act or to include any such securities in a registration statement to be filed by the Company.

 

2.11        Validity and Binding Effect of Agreements . This Agreement and the Representatives’ Warrant Agreement have been duly and validly authorized by the Company, and, when executed and delivered, will constitute, the valid and binding agreements of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, except: (i) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally; (ii) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under the federal and state securities laws; and (iii) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

 

- 8 -  

 

 

2.12        No Conflicts, etc . The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement, the Representatives’ Warrant Agreement and all ancillary documents, the consummation by the Company of the transactions herein and therein contemplated and the compliance by the Company with the terms hereof and thereof do not and will not, with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both: (i) result in a material breach of, or conflict with any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a material default under, or result in the creation, modification, termination or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company pursuant to the terms of any agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party; (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation (as the same may be amended or restated from time to time, the “ Charter ”) or the Bylaws of the Company; or (iii) violate any existing applicable law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree of any Governmental Entity as of the date hereof.

 

2.13        No Defaults; Violations . No material default exists in the due performance and observance of any term, covenant or condition of any material license, contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, note, loan or credit agreement, or any other agreement or instrument evidencing an obligation for borrowed money, or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company may be bound or to which any of the properties or assets of the Company is subject. The Company is not in violation of any term or provision of its Charter or Bylaws, or in violation of any franchise, license, permit, applicable law, rule, regulation, judgment or decree of any Governmental Entity.

 

2.14        Corporate Power; Licenses; Consents .

 

2.14.1.           Conduct of Business . Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company has all requisite corporate power and authority, and has all necessary authorizations, approvals, orders, licenses, certificates and permits of and from all governmental regulatory officials and bodies that it needs as of the date hereof to conduct its business purpose as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

2.14.2.           Transactions Contemplated Herein . The Company has all corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to carry out the provisions and conditions hereof, and all consents, authorizations, approvals and orders required in connection therewith have been obtained. No consent, authorization or order of, and no filing with, any court, government agency or other body is required for the valid issuance, sale and delivery of the Public Securities and the consummation of the transactions and agreements contemplated by this Agreement and the Representatives’ Warrant Agreement and as contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except with respect to applicable federal and state securities laws and the rules and regulations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”).

 

2.15        D&O Questionnaires . To the Company’s knowledge, all information contained in the questionnaires (the “ Questionnaires ”) completed by each of the Company’s directors and officers immediately prior to the Offering (the “ Insiders ”) as supplemented by all information concerning the Company’s directors, officers and principal shareholders as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, as well as in the Lock-Up Agreement (as defined in Section 2.24 below), provided to the Underwriters, is true and correct in all material respects and the Company has not become aware of any information which would cause the information disclosed in the Questionnaires to become materially inaccurate and incorrect.

 

2.16        Litigation; Governmental Proceedings . There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry, arbitration, investigation, litigation or governmental proceeding pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened against, or involving the Company or, to the Company’s knowledge, any executive officer or director which has not been disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or in connection with the Company’s listing application for the listing of the Public Securities on the Exchange.

 

- 9 -  

 

 

2.17        Good Standing . The Company has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation and is in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware as of the date hereof, and is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of business requires such qualification, except where the failure to qualify, singularly or in the aggregate, would not have or reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

 

2.18         Insurance . The Company carries or is entitled to the benefits of insurance, with reputable insurers, in such amounts and covering such risks which the Company believes are adequate, including, but not limited to, directors and officers insurance coverage at least equal to $5,000,000 and the Company has included each Underwriter as an additional insured party to the directors and officers insurance coverage and all such insurance is in full force and effect. The Company has no reason to believe that it will not be able (i) to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such policies expire or (ii) to obtain comparable coverage from similar institutions as may be necessary or appropriate to conduct its business as now conducted and at a cost that would not result in a Material Adverse Change.

 

2.19        Transactions Affecting Disclosure to FINRA .

 

2.19.1.           Finder’s Fees . Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no claims, payments, arrangements, agreements or understandings relating to the payment of a finder’s, consulting or origination fee by the Company or any Insider with respect to the sale of the Public Securities hereunder or any other arrangements, agreements or understandings of the Company or, to the Company’s knowledge, any of its shareholders that may affect the Underwriters’ compensation, as determined by FINRA.

 

2.19.2.           Payments Within Twelve (12) Months . Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company has not made any direct or indirect payments (in cash, securities or otherwise) to: (i) any person, as a finder’s fee, consulting fee or otherwise, in consideration of such person raising capital for the Company or introducing to the Company persons who raised or provided capital to the Company; (ii) any FINRA member; or (iii)  any person or entity that has any direct or indirect affiliation or association with any FINRA member, within the twelve (12) months prior to the Effective Date, other than the payment to the Underwriters as provided hereunder in connection with the Offering.

 

2.19.3.           Use of Proceeds . None of the net proceeds of the Offering will be paid by the Company to any participating FINRA member or its affiliates, except as specifically authorized herein.

 

2.19.4.           FINRA Affiliation . There is no (i) officer or director of the Company, (ii) beneficial owner of 5% or more of any class of the Company's securities or (iii) beneficial owner of the Company's unregistered equity securities which were acquired during the 180-day period immediately preceding the filing of the Registration Statement that is an affiliate or associated person of a FINRA member participating in the Offering (as determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of FINRA).

 

2.19.5.           Information . All information provided by the Company in its FINRA questionnaire to Representatives Counsel specifically for use by Representatives Counsel in connection with its Public Offering System filings (and related disclosure) with FINRA is true, correct and complete in all material respects.

 

- 10 -  

 

 

2.20        Foreign Corrupt Practices Act . The Company or, to the Company’s knowledge, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Company or any other person acting on behalf of the Company, has not, directly or indirectly, given or agreed to give any money, gift or similar benefit (other than legal price concessions to customers in the ordinary course of business) to any customer, supplier, employee or agent of a customer or supplier, or official or employee of any governmental agency or instrumentality of any government (domestic or foreign) or any political party or candidate for office (domestic or foreign) or other person who was, is, or may be in a position to help or hinder the business of the Company (or assist it in connection with any actual or proposed transaction) that (i) might subject the Company to any damage or penalty in any civil, criminal or governmental litigation or proceeding, (ii) if not given in the past, might have had a Material Adverse Change or (iii) if not continued in the future, might adversely affect the assets, business, operations or prospects of the Company. The Company has taken reasonable steps to ensure that its accounting controls and procedures are sufficient to cause the Company to comply in all material respects with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

 

2.21        Compliance with OFAC . The Company or, to the Company’s knowledge, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Company or any other person acting on behalf of the Company, is not currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“ OFAC ”), and the Company will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the Offering hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

 

2.22        Money Laundering Laws . The operations of the Company are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any Governmental Entity (collectively, the “ Money Laundering Laws ”); and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any Governmental Entity involving the Company with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened.

 

2.23        Officers’ Certificate . Any certificate signed by any duly authorized officer of the Company and delivered to you or to Representatives Counsel shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company to the Underwriters as to the matters covered thereby.

 

2.24        Lock-Up Agreements. Schedule 3 hereto contains a complete and accurate list of the Company’s officers, directors and each owner of the Company’s outstanding shares of Common Stock (or securities convertible or exercisable into shares of Common Stock) (collectively, the “ Lock-Up Parties ”). The Company has caused each of the Lock-Up Parties to deliver to the Representatives an executed Lock-Up Agreement, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “ Lock-Up Agreement ”), prior to the execution of this Agreement.

 

2.25        Subsidiaries . The Company has no direct or indirect subsidiaries.

 

2.26        Related Party Transactions . There are no business relationships or related party transactions involving the Company or any other person required to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus that have not been described as required.

 

- 11 -  

 

 

2.27        Board of Directors . The Board of Directors of the Company is comprised of the persons set forth under the heading of the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus captioned “Management.” The qualifications of the persons serving as board members and the overall composition of the board comply with the Exchange Act, the Exchange Act Regulations, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules promulgated thereunder (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”) applicable to the Company and the listing rules of the Exchange. At least one member of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert,” as such term is defined under Regulation S-K and the listing rules of the Exchange. In addition, at least a majority of the persons serving on the Board of Directors qualify as “independent,” as defined under the listing rules of the Exchange.

 

2.28        Sarbanes-Oxley Compliance .

 

2.28.1.           Disclosure Controls . The Company has developed and currently maintains disclosure controls and procedures that will comply with Rule 13a-15 or 15d-15 under the Exchange Act Regulations, and such controls and procedures are effective to ensure that all material information concerning the Company will be made known on a timely basis to the individuals responsible for the preparation of the Company’s Exchange Act filings and other public disclosure documents.

 

2.28.2.           Compliance . The Company is, or at the Applicable Time and on the Closing Date will be, in material compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act applicable to it, and has implemented or will implement such programs and taken reasonable steps to ensure the Company’s future compliance (not later than the relevant statutory and regulatory deadlines therefor) with all of the material provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

 

2.29        Accounting Controls . The Company maintains systems of “internal control over financial reporting” (as defined under Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act Regulations) that comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act and have been designed by, or under the supervision of, their respective principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP, including, but not limited to, internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company is not aware of any material weaknesses in its internal controls. The Company’s auditors and the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company have been advised of: (i) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which are known to the Company’s management and that have adversely affected or are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’ ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (ii) any fraud known to the Company’s management, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting.

 

2.30        No Investment Company Status . The Company is not and, after giving effect to the Offering and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, will not be, required to register as an “investment company,” as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

2.31        No Labor Disputes . No labor dispute with the employees of the Company exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent.

 

- 12 -  

 

 

2.32        Intellectual Property Rights . The Company owns or possesses or has valid rights to use all patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, trade names, trademark registrations, service mark registrations, copyrights, licenses, inventions, trade secrets and similar rights (“ Intellectual Property Rights ”), if any, necessary for the conduct of the business of the Company as currently carried on and as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. To the knowledge of the Company, no action or use by the Company necessary for the conduct of its business as currently carried on and as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus will involve or give rise to any infringement of, or license or similar fees for, any Intellectual Property Rights of others. The Company has not received any notice alleging any such infringement, fee or conflict with asserted Intellectual Property Rights of others. Except as would not reasonably be expected to result, individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Change (A) to the knowledge of the Company, there is no infringement, misappropriation or violation by third parties of any of the Intellectual Property Rights owned by the Company; (B) there is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the rights of the Company in or to any such Intellectual Property Rights, and the Company is unaware of any facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim, that would, individually or in the aggregate, together with any other claims in this Section 2.32, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change; (C) the Intellectual Property Rights owned by the Company and, to the knowledge of the Company, the Intellectual Property Rights licensed to the Company have not been adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the validity or scope of any such Intellectual Property Rights, and the Company is unaware of any facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim that would, individually or in the aggregate, together with any other claims in this Section 2.32, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change; (D) there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others that the Company infringes, misappropriates or otherwise violates any Intellectual Property Rights or other proprietary rights of others, the Company has not received any written notice of such claim and the Company is unaware of any other facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim that would, individually or in the aggregate, together with any other claims in this Section 2.32, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change; and (E) to the Company’s knowledge, no employee of the Company is in or has ever been in violation in any material respect of any term of any employment contract, patent disclosure agreement, invention assignment agreement, non-competition agreement, non-solicitation agreement, nondisclosure agreement or any restrictive covenant to or with a former employer where the basis of such violation relates to such employee’s employment with the Company, or actions undertaken by the employee while employed with the Company and could reasonably be expected to result, individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Change. To the Company’s knowledge, all material technical information developed by and belonging to the Company which has not been patented has been kept confidential. The Company is not a party to or bound by any options, licenses or agreements with respect to the Intellectual Property Rights of any other person or entity that are required to be set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and are not described therein. The Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus contain in all material respects the same description of the matters set forth in the preceding sentence. None of the technology employed by the Company has been obtained or is being used by the Company in violation of any contractual obligation binding on the Company or, to the Company’s knowledge, any of its officers, directors or employees, or otherwise in violation of the rights of any persons..

 

- 13 -  

 

 

2.33        Taxes . The Company has filed all returns (as hereinafter defined) required to be filed with taxing authorities prior to the date hereof or has duly obtained extensions of time for the filing thereof. The Company has paid all taxes (as hereinafter defined) shown as due on such returns that were filed and has paid all taxes imposed on or assessed against the Company. The provisions for taxes payable, if any, shown on the financial statements filed with or as part of the Registration Statement are sufficient for all accrued and unpaid taxes, whether or not disputed, and for all periods to and including the dates of such financial statements. Except as disclosed in writing to the Underwriters, (i) no issues have been raised (and are currently pending) by any taxing authority in connection with any of the returns or taxes asserted as due from the Company, and (ii) no waivers of statutes of limitation with respect to the returns or collection of taxes have been given by or requested from the Company. The term “ taxes ” means all federal, state, local, foreign and other net income, gross income, gross receipts, sales, use, ad valorem, transfer, franchise, profits, license, lease, service, service use, withholding, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, property, windfall profits, customs, duties or other taxes, fees, assessments or charges of any kind whatever, together with any interest and any penalties, additions to tax or additional amounts with respect thereto. The term “ returns ” means all returns, declarations, reports, statements and other documents required to be filed in respect to taxes.

 

2.34          ERISA Compliance . The Company and any “employee benefit plan” (as defined under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (collectively, “ ERISA ”)) established or maintained by the Company or its “ERISA Affiliates” (as defined below) are in compliance in all material respects with ERISA. “ ERISA Affiliate ” means, with respect to the Company, any member of any group of organizations described in Sections 414(b),(c),(m) or (o) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (the “ Code ”) of which the Company is a member. No “reportable event” (as defined under ERISA) has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur with respect to any “employee benefit plan” established or maintained by the Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates. No “employee benefit plan” established or maintained by the Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates, if such “employee benefit plan” were terminated, would have any “amount of unfunded benefit liabilities” (as defined under ERISA). Neither the Company nor any of its ERISA Affiliates has incurred or reasonably expects to incur any material liability under (i) Title IV of ERISA with respect to termination of, or withdrawal from, any “employee benefit plan” or (ii) Sections 412, 4971, 4975 or 4980B of the Code. Each “employee benefit plan” established or maintained by the Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified and, to the knowledge of the Company, nothing has occurred, whether by action or failure to act, which would cause the loss of such qualification.

 

2.35          Compliance with Laws . The Company: (A) is and at all times has been in compliance with all statutes, rules, or regulations applicable to the ownership, testing, development, manufacture, packaging, processing, use, distribution, marketing, labeling, promotion, sale, offer for sale, storage, import, export or disposal of any product manufactured or distributed by the Company (“Applicable Laws”), except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change; (B) has not received any warning letter, untitled letter or other correspondence or notice from any other governmental authority alleging or asserting noncompliance with any Applicable Laws or any licenses, certificates, approvals, clearances, authorizations, permits and supplements or amendments thereto required by any such Applicable Laws (“Authorizations”); (C) possesses all material Authorizations and such Authorizations are valid and in full force and effect and are not in material violation of any term of any such Authorizations; (D) has not received notice of any claim, action, suit, proceeding, hearing, enforcement, investigation, arbitration or other action from any governmental authority or third party alleging that any product operation or activity is in violation of any Applicable Laws or Authorizations and has no knowledge that any such governmental authority or third party is considering any such claim, litigation, arbitration, action, suit, investigation or proceeding; (E) has not received notice that any governmental authority has taken, is taking or intends to take action to limit, suspend, modify or revoke any Authorizations and has no knowledge that any such governmental authority is considering such action; (F) has filed, obtained, maintained or submitted all material reports, documents, forms, notices, applications, records, claims, submissions and supplements or amendments as required by any Applicable Laws or Authorizations and that all such reports, documents, forms, notices, applications, records, claims, submissions and supplements or amendments were complete and correct on the date filed (or were corrected or supplemented by a subsequent submission); and (G) has not, either voluntarily or involuntarily, initiated, conducted, or issued or caused to be initiated, conducted or issued, any recall, market withdrawal or replacement, safety alert, post-sale warning, or other notice or action relating to the alleged lack of safety of any product or any alleged product defect or violation and, to the Company’s knowledge, no third party has initiated, conducted or intends to initiate any such notice or action.

 

- 14 -  

 

 

2.36        Ineligible Issuer .  At the time of filing the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the time of effectiveness of the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or another offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) of the Securities Act Regulations) of the Public Securities and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405, without taking account of any determination by the Commission pursuant to Rule 405 that it is not necessary that the Company be considered an ineligible issuer.

 

2.37        Real Property . Except as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company has good and marketable title in fee simple to, or have valid rights to lease or otherwise use, all items of real or personal property which are material to the business of the Company, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, security interests, claims and defects that do not, singly or in the aggregate, materially affect the value of such property and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company; and all of the leases and subleases material to the business of the Company, and under which the Company holds properties described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, are in full force and effect, and the Company has not received any notice of any material claim of any sort that has been asserted by anyone adverse to the rights of the Company under any of the leases or subleases mentioned above, or affecting or questioning the rights of the Company to the continued possession of the leased or subleased premises under any such lease or sublease.

 

2.38        Contracts Affecting Capital . There are no transactions, arrangements or other relationships between and/or among the Company, any of its affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act Regulations) and any unconsolidated entity, including, but not limited to, any structured finance, special purpose or limited purpose entity that could reasonably be expected to materially affect the Company’s liquidity or the availability of or requirements for their capital resources required to be described or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus which have not been described or incorporated by reference as required.

 

2.39        Loans to Directors or Officers . There are no outstanding loans, advances (except normal advances for business expenses in the ordinary course of business) or guarantees or indebtedness by the Company to or for the benefit of any of the officers or directors of the Company or any of their respective family members, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

2.40        Smaller Reporting Company .  As of the time of filing of the Registration Statement, the Company was a “smaller reporting company,” as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act Regulations.

 

2.41        Industry Data .  The statistical and market-related data included in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company reasonably and in good faith believes are reliable and accurate or represent the Company’s good faith estimates that are made on the basis of data derived from such sources.

 

2.42        Emerging Growth Company . From the time of the initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly in or through any Person authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the Waters Communication) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act (an “ Emerging Growth Company ”). “ Testing-the-Waters Communication ” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act.

 

- 15 -  

 

 

2.43        Testing-the-Waters Communications . The Company has not (i) alone engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communications, other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the written consent of the Representatives and with entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act and (ii) authorized anyone other than the Representatives to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company confirms that the Representatives have been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company has not distributed any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications other than those listed on Schedule 2-C hereto. “Written Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

 

2.44        Electronic Road Show . The Company has made available a Bona Fide Electronic Road Show in compliance with Rule 433(d)(8)(ii) of the Securities Act Regulations such that no filing of any “road show” (as defined in Rule 433(h) of the Securities Act Regulations) is required in connection with the Offering.

 

2.45        Margin Securities . The Company owns no “margin securities” as that term is defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “ Federal Reserve Board ”), and none of the proceeds of Offering will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin security, for the purpose of reducing or retiring any indebtedness which was originally incurred to purchase or carry any margin security or for any other purpose which might cause any of the shares of Common Stock to be considered a “purpose credit” within the meanings of Regulation T, U or X of the Federal Reserve Board.

 

2.46        Change of Domicile . The Company has taken all necessary corporate action to effectuate a change of domicile from California to Delaware (“ Change of Domicile ”), and such Change of Domicile is effective as of no later than the date hereof. In connection with the Change of Domicile, the Company issued one share of Common Stock for each one share of common stock of the Company’s predecessor corporation, which predecessor corporation was incorporated under the laws of the State of California (“ Polar Power California ”). Prior to the Change of Domicile, Polar Power California effectuated a one-for-[__] reverse split of its outstanding shares of common stock.

 

3.            Covenants of the Company . The Company covenants and agrees as follows:

 

3.1            Amendments to Registration Statement . The Company shall deliver to the Representatives, prior to filing, any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or Prospectus proposed to be filed after the Effective Date and not file any such amendment or supplement to which the Representatives shall reasonably object in writing.

 

- 16 -  

 

 

3.2            Federal Securities Laws .

 

3.2.1.           Compliance . The Company, subject to Section 3.2.2, shall comply with the requirements of Rule 430A of the Securities Act Regulations, and will notify the Representatives promptly, and confirm the notice in writing, (i) when any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement shall become effective or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus shall have been filed; (ii) of the receipt of any comments from the Commission; (iii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or for additional information; (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, or of the suspension of the qualification of the Public Securities and Representatives’ Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes or of any examination pursuant to Section 8(d) or 8(e) of the Securities Act concerning the Registration Statement and (v) if the Company becomes the subject of a proceeding under Section 8A of the Securities Act in connection with the Offering of the Public Securities and Representatives’ Securities. The Company shall effect all filings required under Rule 424(b) of the Securities Act Regulations, in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 424(b) (without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8)), and shall take such steps as it deems necessary to ascertain promptly whether the form of prospectus transmitted for filing under Rule 424(b) was received for filing by the Commission and, in the event that it was not, it will promptly file such prospectus. The Company shall use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order, prevention or suspension and, if any such order is issued, to obtain the lifting thereof at the earliest possible moment.

 

3.2.2.           Continued Compliance . The Company shall comply with the Securities Act, the Securities Act Regulations, the Exchange Act and the Exchange Act Regulations so as to permit the completion of the distribution of the Public Securities as contemplated in this Agreement and in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. If at any time when a prospectus relating to the Public Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172 of the Securities Act Regulations (“ Rule 172 ”), would be) required by the Securities Act to be delivered in connection with sales of the Public Securities, any event shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which it is necessary, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters or for the Company, to (i) amend the Registration Statement in order that the Registration Statement will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; (ii) amend or supplement the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus in order that the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, as the case may be, will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser or (iii) amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, as the case may be, in order to comply with the requirements of the Securities Act or the Securities Act Regulations, the Company will promptly (A) give the Representatives notice of such event; (B) prepare any amendment or supplement as may be necessary to correct such statement or omission or to make the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus comply with such requirements and, a reasonable amount of time prior to any proposed filing or use, furnish the Representatives with copies of any such amendment or supplement and (C) file with the Commission any such amendment or supplement; provided that the Company shall not file or use any such amendment or supplement to which the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably object. The Company will furnish to the Underwriters such number of copies of such amendment or supplement as the Underwriters may reasonably request. The Company has given the Representatives notice of any filings made pursuant to the Exchange Act or the Exchange Act Regulations within 48 hours prior to the Applicable Time. The Company shall give the Representatives notice of its intention to make any such filing from the Applicable Time until the later of the Closing Date and the exercise in full or expiration of the Over-allotment Option specified in Section 1.2 hereof and will furnish the Representatives with copies of the related document(s) a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing, as the case may be, and will not file or use any such document to which the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably object.

 

3.2.3.           Exchange Act Registration . For a period of three (3) years after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall use its best efforts to maintain the registration of the shares of Common Stock under the Exchange Act. The Company shall not deregister the shares of Common Stock under the Exchange Act without the prior written consent of the Representatives.

 

- 17 -  

 

 

3.2.4.        Free Writing Prospectuses . The Company agrees that, unless it obtains the prior written consent of the Representatives, it shall not make any offer relating to the Public Securities that would constitute an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or that would otherwise constitute a “free writing prospectus,” or a portion thereof, required to be filed by the Company with the Commission or retained by the Company under Rule 433; provided that the Representatives shall be deemed to have consented to each Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectus hereto and any “road show that is a written communication” within the meaning of Rule 433(d)(8)(i) that has been reviewed by the Representatives. The Company represents that it has treated or agrees that it will treat each such free writing prospectus consented to, or deemed consented to, by the Underwriters as an “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433, and that it has complied and will comply with the applicable requirements of Rule 433 with respect thereto, including timely filing with the Commission where required, legending and record keeping. If at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus conflicted or would conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify the Underwriters and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to eliminate or correct such conflict, untrue statement or omission.

 

3.2.5.        Testing-the-Waters Communications . If at any time following the distribution of any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company shall promptly notify the Representatives and shall promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication to eliminate or correct such untrue statement or omission.

 

3.3           Delivery to the Underwriters of Registration Statements . The Company has delivered or made available or shall deliver or make available to the Representatives and counsel for the Representatives, without charge, signed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (including exhibits filed therewith) and signed copies of all consents and certificates of experts, and will also deliver to the Underwriters, without charge, a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (without exhibits) for each of the Underwriters. The copies of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

 

3.4           Delivery to the Underwriters of Prospectuses . The Company has delivered or made available or will deliver or make available to each Underwriter, without charge, as many copies of each Preliminary Prospectus as such Underwriter reasonably requested, and the Company hereby consents to the use of such copies for purposes permitted by the Securities Act. The Company will furnish to each Underwriter, without charge, during the period when a prospectus relating to the Public Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172, would be) required to be delivered under the Securities Act, such number of copies of the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) as such Underwriter may reasonably request. The Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

 

- 18 -  

 

 

3.5            Effectiveness and Events Requiring Notice to the Representatives . The Company shall use its best efforts to cause the Registration Statement to remain effective with a current prospectus for at least nine (9) months after the Applicable Time, and shall notify the Representatives immediately and confirm the notice in writing: (i) of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto; (ii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order or of the initiation, or the threatening, of any proceeding for that purpose; (iii) of the issuance by any state securities commission of any proceedings for the suspension of the qualification of the Public Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction or of the initiation, or the threatening, of any proceeding for that purpose; (iv) of the mailing and delivery to the Commission for filing of any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or Prospectus; (v) of the receipt of any comments or request for any additional information from the Commission; and (vi) of the happening of any event during the period described in this Section 3.5 that, in the judgment of the Company, makes any statement of a material fact made in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus untrue or that requires the making of any changes in (a) the Registration Statement in order to make the statements therein not misleading, or (b) in the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. If the Commission or any state securities commission shall enter a stop order or suspend such qualification at any time, the Company shall make every reasonable effort to obtain promptly the lifting of such order.

 

3.6            Review of Financial Statements. For a period of five (5) years after the date of this Agreement, the Company, at its expense, shall cause its regularly engaged independent registered public accounting firm to review (but not audit) the Company’s financial statements for each of the three fiscal quarters immediately preceding the announcement of any quarterly financial information.

 

3.7            Listing . The Company shall use its best efforts to maintain the listing of the shares of Common Stock (including the Public Securities) on the Exchange for at least three years from the date of this Agreement.

 

3.8            Financial Public Relations Firm . As of the Effective Date, the Company shall have retained a financial public relations firm reasonably acceptable to the Representatives and the Company, which shall initially be MZ North America, which firm shall be experienced in assisting issuers in initial public offerings of securities and in their relations with their security holders, and shall retain such firm or another firm reasonably acceptable to the Representatives for a period of not less than two (2) years after the Effective Date.

 

3.9          Reports to the Representatives .

 

3.9.1.           Periodic Reports, etc . For a period of three (3) years after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall furnish or make available to the Representatives copies of such financial statements and other periodic and special reports as the Company from time to time furnishes generally to holders of any class of its securities and also promptly furnish to the Representatives: (i) a copy of each periodic report the Company shall be required to file with the Commission under the Exchange Act and the Exchange Act Regulations; (ii) a copy of every press release and every news item and article with respect to the Company or its affairs which was released by the Company; (iii) a copy of each Form 8-K prepared and filed by the Company; (iv) five copies of each registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act; and (v) such additional documents and information with respect to the Company and the affairs of any future subsidiaries of the Company as the Representatives may from time to time reasonably request; provided the Representatives shall sign, if requested by the Company, a Regulation FD compliant confidentiality agreement which is reasonably acceptable to the Representatives and Representatives Counsel in connection with the Representatives’ receipt of such information. Documents filed with the Commission pursuant to its EDGAR system shall be deemed to have been delivered to the Representatives pursuant to this Section 3.9.1.

 

- 19 -  

 

  

3.9.2.           Transfer Agent; Transfer Sheets . For a period of three (3) years after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall retain a transfer agent and registrar acceptable to the Representatives (the “Transfer Agent”) and shall furnish to the Representatives at the Company’s sole cost and expense such transfer sheets of the Company’s securities as the Representatives may reasonably request, including the daily and monthly consolidated transfer sheets of the Transfer Agent and DTC. VStock Transfer, LLC is acceptable to the Representatives to act as Transfer Agent for the shares of Common Stock.

 

3.9.3.           Trading Reports . During such time as the Public Securities are listed on the Exchange, the Company shall provide to the Representatives, at the Company’s expense, such reports published by Exchange relating to price trading of the Public Securities, as the Representatives shall reasonably request.

 

3.10         Payment of Expenses

 

3.10.1.         General Expenses Related to the Offering . The Company hereby agrees to pay on each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, to the extent not paid at the Closing Date, all expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement, including, but not limited to: (a) all filing fees and communication expenses relating to the registration of the shares of Common Stock to be sold in the Offering (including the Over-allotment Shares) with the Commission; (b) all Public Filing System filing fees associated with the review of the Offering by FINRA; (c) all fees and expenses relating to the listing of such Public Securities on the Exchange and such other stock exchanges as the Company and the Representatives together determine; (d) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to background checks of the Company’s officers and directors in an amount not to exceed $15,000 in the aggregate; (e) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to the registration or qualification of the Public Securities under the “blue sky” securities laws of such states and other jurisdictions as the Representatives may reasonably designate (including, without limitation, all filing and registration fees, it being agreed that if the Offering is commenced on the Exchange, the Company shall make a payment of $5,000 to such counsel at Closing, or if the Offering is commenced on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board, the Company shall make a payment of $15,000 to such counsel upon the commencement of “blue sky” work by such counsel and an additional $5,000 at Closing); (f) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to the registration, qualification or exemption of the Public Securities under the securities laws of such foreign jurisdictions as the Representatives may reasonably designate; (g) the costs of all mailing and printing of the underwriting documents (including, without limitation, the Underwriting Agreement, any Blue Sky Surveys and, if appropriate, any Agreement Among Underwriters, Selected Dealers’ Agreement, Underwriters’ Questionnaire and Power of Attorney), Registration Statements, Prospectuses and all amendments, supplements and exhibits thereto and as many preliminary and final Prospectuses as the Representatives may reasonably deem necessary; (h) the costs and expenses of a public relations firm; (i) the costs of preparing, printing and delivering certificates representing the Public Securities; (j) fees and expenses of the transfer agent for the shares of Common Stock; (k) stock transfer and/or stamp taxes, if any, payable upon the transfer of securities from the Company to the Underwriters; (l) to the extent approved by the Company in writing, the costs associated with post-Closing advertising the Offering in the national editions of the Wall Street Journal and New York Times; (m) the costs associated with one set of bound volumes of the public offering materials as well as commemorative mementos and lucite tombstones, each of which the Company or its designee shall provide within a reasonable time after the Closing Date in such quantities as the Representatives may reasonably request, provided that such items do not exceed $2,500 in the aggregate; (n) the fees and expenses of the Company’s accountants; (o) the fees and expenses of the Company’s legal counsel and other agents and representatives; (p) fees and expenses of the Representatives’ legal counsel not to exceed $75,000; (q) the $29,500 cost associated with the Underwriter’s use of Ipreo’s book-building, prospectus tracking and compliance software for the Offering; and (r) up to $20,000 of the Underwriters’ actual accountable “road show” expenses for the Offering. The Representatives may deduct from the net proceeds of the Offering payable to the Company on the Closing Date, or the Option Closing Date, if any, the expenses set forth herein to be paid by the Company to the Underwriters.

 

- 20 -  

 

 

3.10.2.         Non-accountable Expenses . The Company further agrees that, in addition to the expenses payable pursuant to Section 3.10.1, on the Closing Date it shall pay to the Representatives, by deduction from the net proceeds of the Offering contemplated herein, a non-accountable expense allowance equal to one percent (1%) of the gross proceeds received by the Company from the sale of the Firm Shares (excluding the Option Shares), less the Advance (as such term is defined in Section 8.3 hereof), provided, however, that in the event that the Offering is terminated, the Company agrees to reimburse the Underwriters pursuant to Section 8.3 hereof.

 

3.11          Application of Net Proceeds . The Company shall apply the net proceeds from the Offering received by it in a manner consistent with the application thereof described under the caption “Use of Proceeds” in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

3.12          Delivery of Earnings Statements to Security Holders . The Company shall make generally available to its security holders as soon as practicable, but not later than the first day of the fifteenth (15 th ) full calendar month following the date of this Agreement, an earnings statement (which need not be certified by independent registered public accounting firm unless required by the Securities Act or the Securities Act Regulations, but which shall satisfy the provisions of Rule 158(a) under Section 11(a) of the Securities Act) covering a period of at least twelve (12) consecutive months beginning after the date of this Agreement.

 

3.13          Stabilization . Neither the Company nor, to its knowledge, any of its employees, directors or shareholders (without the consent of the Representatives) has taken or shall take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that has constituted or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, under Regulation M of the Exchange Act, or otherwise, stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Public Securities.

 

3.14          Internal Controls . The Company shall maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that: (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary in order to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP and to maintain accountability for assets; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

 

3.15          Accountants . As of the date of this Agreement, the Company shall retain an independent registered public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to the Representatives, and the Company shall continue to retain a nationally recognized independent registered public accounting firm for a period of at least three (3) years after the date of this Agreement. The Representatives acknowledges that the Auditor is acceptable to the Representatives.

 

3.16          FINRA . The Company shall advise the Representatives (who shall make an appropriate filing with FINRA) if it is or becomes aware that (i) any officer or director of the Company, (ii) any beneficial owner of 5% or more of any class of the Company's securities or (iii) any beneficial owner of the Company's unregistered equity securities which were acquired during the 180 days immediately preceding the filing of the Registration Statement is or becomes an affiliate or associated person of a FINRA member participating in the Offering (as determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of FINRA).

 

- 21 -  

 

 

3.17          No Fiduciary Duties . The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Underwriters’ responsibility to the Company is solely contractual in nature and that none of the Underwriters or their affiliates or any selling agent shall be deemed to be acting in a fiduciary capacity, or otherwise owes any fiduciary duty to the Company or any of its affiliates in connection with the Offering and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

3.18         Company Lock-Up Agreements .

 

3.18.1.         Restriction on Sales of Capital Stock . The Company, on behalf of itself and any successor entity, agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, it will not, for a period of 180 days after the date of this Agreement (the “ Lock-Up Period ”), (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of capital stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of the Company; (ii) file or caused to be filed any registration statement with the Commission relating to the offering of any shares of capital stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of the Company; (iii) complete any offering of debt securities of the Company, other than entering into a line of credit with a traditional bank or (iv) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of capital stock of the Company, whether any such transaction described in clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) above is to be settled by delivery of shares of capital stock of the Company or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

 

The restrictions contained in this Section 3.18.1 shall not apply to (i) the shares of Common Stock to be sold hereunder, (ii) the issuance by the Company of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of a stock option or warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date hereof, of which the Representatives have been advised in writing or (iii) the issuance by the Company of stock options or shares of capital stock of the Company under any equity compensation plan of the Company, provided that in each of (ii) and (iii) above, the underlying shares shall be restricted from sale during the entire Lock-Up Period.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) during the last 17 days of the Lock-Up Period, the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs, or (ii) prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results or becomes aware that material news or a material event will occur during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the Lock-Up Period, the restrictions imposed by this Section 3.18.1 shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of such material news or material event, as applicable, unless the Representatives waives, in writing, such extension; provided, however, that this extension of the Lock-Up Period shall not apply to the extent that FINRA has amended or repealed NASD Rule 2711(f)(4), or has otherwise provided written interpretive guidance regarding such rule, in each case, so as to eliminate the prohibition of any broker, dealer, or member of a national securities association from publishing or distributing any research report, with respect to the securities of an Emerging Growth Company prior to or after the expiration of any agreement between the broker, dealer, or member of a national securities association and the Emerging Growth Company or its shareholders that restricts or prohibits the sale of securities held by the Emerging Growth Company or its shareholders after the initial public offering date.

 

3.18.2.         Restriction on Continuous Offerings . Notwithstanding the restrictions contained in Section 3.18.1, the Company, on behalf of itself and any successor entity, agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, it will not, for a period of 12 months after the date of this Agreement, directly or indirectly in any “at-the-market” or continuous equity transaction, offer to sell, sell, contract to sell, grant any option to sell or otherwise dispose of shares of capital stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of the Company.

 

- 22 -  

 

 

3.19          Release of D&O Lock-up Period . If the Representatives, in their sole discretion, agrees to release or waive the restrictions set forth in the Lock-Up Agreements described in Section 2.24 hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provide the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three (3) Business Days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto through a major news service at least two (2) Business Days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

 

3.20          Blue Sky Qualifications . The Company shall use its best efforts, in cooperation with the Underwriters, if necessary, to qualify the Public Securities for offering and sale under the applicable securities laws of such states and other jurisdictions (domestic or foreign) as the Representatives may designate and to maintain such qualifications in effect so long as required to complete the distribution of the Public Securities; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.

 

3.21          Reporting Requirements . The Company, during the period when a prospectus relating to the Public Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172, would be) required to be delivered under the Securities Act, will file all documents required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act within the time periods required by the Exchange Act and Exchange Act Regulations. Additionally, the Company shall report the use of proceeds from the issuance of the Public Securities as may be required under Rule 463 under the Securities Act Regulations.

 

3.22          Emerging Growth Company Status . The Company shall promptly notify the Representatives if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of the Public Securities within the meaning of the Securities Act and (ii) fifteen (15) days following the completion of the Lock-Up Period.

 

4.           Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations . The obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Public Securities, as provided herein, shall be subject to (i) the continuing accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company as of the date hereof and as of each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any; (ii) the accuracy of the statements of officers of the Company made pursuant to the provisions hereof; (iii) the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder; and (iv) the following conditions:

 

4.1           Regulatory Matters .

 

4.1.1.           Effectiveness of Registration Statement; Rule 430A Information . The Registration Statement has become effective not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the date of this Agreement or such later date and time as shall be consented to in writing by you, and, at each of the Closing Date and any Option Closing Date, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has been issued under the Securities Act, no order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted or are pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, contemplated by the Commission. The Company has complied with each request (if any) from the Commission for additional information. The Prospectus containing the Rule 430A Information shall have been filed with the Commission in the manner and within the time frame required by Rule 424(b) (without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8)) or a post-effective amendment providing such information shall have been filed with, and declared effective by, the Commission in accordance with the requirements of Rule 430A.

 

- 23 -  

 

 

4.1.2.           FINRA Clearance . On or before the date of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received clearance from FINRA as to the amount of compensation allowable or payable to the Underwriters as described in the Registration Statement.

 

4.1.3.           Exchange Stock Market Clearance . On the Closing Date, the Company’s shares of Common Stock, including the Firm Shares, shall have been approved for listing on the Exchange, subject only to official notice of issuance. On the first Option Closing Date (if any), the Company’s shares of Common Stock, including the Option Shares, shall have been approved for listing on the Exchange, subject only to official notice of issuance.

 

4.2           Company Counsel Matters .

 

4.2.1.           Closing Date Opinion of Company Counsel . On the Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion of Troutman Sanders LLP, counsel to the Company (“ Company Counsel ”), dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, substantially in the form of Exhibit D attached hereto.

 

4.2.2.          [RESERVED.].

 

4.2.3.           Option Closing Date Opinion of Company Counsel . On the Option Closing Date, if any, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion of Company Counsel, dated the Option Closing Date, addressed to the Representatives and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, confirming as of the Option Closing Date, the statements made by Company Counsel in its opinion delivered on the Closing Date.

 

4.2.4.           Reliance . In rendering its opinion, Company Counsel may rely: (i) as to matters involving the application of laws other than the laws of the United States and jurisdictions in which it is admitted, to the extent Company Counsel deems proper and to the extent specified in such opinion, if at all, upon an opinion or opinions (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives) of other counsel reasonably acceptable to the Representatives, familiar with the applicable laws; and (ii) as to matters of fact, to the extent they deem proper, on certificates or other written statements of officers of the Company and officers of departments of various jurisdictions having custody of documents respecting the corporate existence or good standing of the Company, provided that copies of any such statements or certificates shall be delivered to Representatives Counsel if requested. The opinion of Company Counsel and any opinion relied upon by Company Counsel shall include a statement to the effect that it may be relied upon by Representatives Counsel in its opinion delivered to the Underwriters.

 

4.3           Comfort Letters .

 

4.3.1.           Cold Comfort Letter . At the time this Agreement is executed you shall have received a cold comfort letter containing statements and information of the type customarily included in accountants’ comfort letters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, addressed to the Representatives and in form and substance satisfactory in all respects to you and to the Auditor, dated as of the date of this Agreement.

 

4.3.2.           Bring-down Comfort Letter . At each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, the Representatives shall have received from the Auditor a letter, dated as of the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as applicable, to the effect that the Auditor reaffirms the statements made in the letter furnished pursuant to Section 4.3.1, except that the specified date referred to shall be a date not more than three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as applicable.

 

- 24 -  

 

 

4.4           Officers’ Certificates .

 

4.4.1.           Officers’ Certificate . The Company shall have furnished to the Representatives a certificate, dated the Closing Date and any Option Closing Date (if such date is other than the Closing Date), of its Chief Executive Officer and President and its Acting Chief Financial Officer stating that (i) such officers have carefully examined the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus and, in their opinion, the Registration Statement and each amendment thereto, as of the Applicable Time and as of the Closing Date (or any Option Closing Date if such date is other than the Closing Date) did not include any untrue statement of a material fact and did not omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and the Pricing Disclosure Package, as of the Applicable Time and as of the Closing Date (or any Option Closing Date if such date is other than the Closing Date), any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus as of its date and as of the Closing Date (or any Option Closing Date if such date is other than the Closing Date), the Prospectus and each amendment or supplement thereto, as of the respective date thereof and as of the Closing Date, did not include any untrue statement of a material fact and did not omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading, (ii) since the effective date of the Registration Statement, no event has occurred which should have been set forth in a supplement or amendment to the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, (iii) to the best of their knowledge after reasonable investigation, as of the Closing Date (or any Option Closing Date if such date is other than the Closing Date), the representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct and the Company has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to the Closing Date (or any Option Closing Date if such date is other than the Closing Date), and (iv) there has not been, subsequent to the date of the most recent audited financial statements included or incorporated by reference in the Pricing Disclosure Package, any material adverse change in the financial position or results of operations of the Company, or any change or development that, singularly or in the aggregate, would involve a material adverse change or a prospective material adverse change, in or affecting the condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, business, assets or prospects of the Company, except as set forth in the Prospectus.

 

4.4.2.           Secretary’s Certificate . At each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, the Representatives shall have received a certificate of the Company signed by the Secretary of the Company, dated the Closing Date or the Option Date, as the case may be, respectively, certifying: (i) that each of the Charter and the Company’s bylaws (the “ Bylaws ”) is true and complete, has not been modified and is in full force and effect; (ii) that the resolutions of the Company’s Board of Directors relating to the Offering are in full force and effect and have not been modified; (iii) as to the accuracy and completeness of all correspondence between the Company or its counsel and the Commission; and (iv) as to the incumbency of the officers of the Company. The documents referred to in such certificate shall be attached to such certificate.

 

- 25 -  

 

 

4.5            No Material Changes . Prior to and on each of the Closing Date and each Option Closing Date, if any: (i) there shall have been no material adverse change or development involving a prospective material adverse change in the condition or prospects or the business activities, financial or otherwise, of the Company from the latest dates as of which such condition is set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; (ii) no action, suit or proceeding, at law or in equity, shall have been pending or threatened against the Company or any Insider before or by any court or federal or state commission, board or other administrative agency wherein an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding may materially adversely affect the business, operations, prospects or financial condition or income of the Company, except as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; (iii) no stop order shall have been issued under the Securities Act and no proceedings therefor shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission; and (iv) the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto shall contain all material statements which are required to be stated therein in accordance with the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations and shall conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations, and neither the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package nor the Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement thereto shall contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

4.6           Delivery of Agreements .

 

4.6.1.           Lock-Up Agreements . On or before the date of this Agreement, the Company shall have delivered to the Representatives executed copies of the Lock-Up Agreements from each of the persons listed in Schedule 3 hereto.

 

4.6.2.           Representatives’ Warrant Agreement . On the Closing Date, the Company shall have delivered to the Representatives executed copies of the Representatives’ Warrant Agreement.

 

4.7            Additional Documents . At the Closing Date and at each Option Closing Date (if any) Representatives Counsel shall have been furnished with such documents and opinions as they may require for the purpose of enabling Representatives Counsel to deliver an opinion to the Underwriters, or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations or warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the conditions, herein contained; and all proceedings taken by the Company in connection with the issuance and sale of the Public Securities and the Representatives’ Securities as herein contemplated shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives and Representatives Counsel.

 

4.8            Change of Domicile . On or before the date of this Agreement, the Company shall have effectuated the Change of Domicile.

 

5.           Indemnification .

 

5.1           Indemnification of the Underwriters .

 

5.1.1.           General . Subject to the conditions set forth below, the Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates and each of its and their respective directors, officers, members, employees, representatives, partners, shareholders, affiliates, counsel, and agents and each person, if any, who controls any such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (collectively the “Underwriter Indemnified Parties,” and each an “Underwriter Indemnified Party”), against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever (including but not limited to any and all legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever, whether arising out of any action between any of the Underwriter Indemnified Parties and the Company or between any of the Underwriter Indemnified Parties and any third party, or otherwise) to which they or any of them may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any other statute or at common law or otherwise or under the laws of foreign countries (a “Claim”), (i) arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in (A) the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, or in any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or in any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication (as from time to time each may be amended and supplemented); (B) any materials or information provided to investors by, or with the approval of, the Company in connection with the marketing of the Offering, including any “road show” or investor presentations made to investors by the Company (whether in person or electronically); or (C) any application or other document or written communication (in this Section 5, collectively called “application”) executed by the Company or based upon written information furnished by the Company in any jurisdiction in order to qualify the Public Securities and Representatives’ Securities under the securities laws thereof or filed with the Commission, any state securities commission or agency, the Exchange or any other national securities exchange; or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, unless such statement or omission was made in reliance upon, and in conformity with, the Underwriters’ Information or (ii) otherwise arising in connection with or allegedly in connection with the Offering. The Company also agrees that it will reimburse each Underwriter Indemnified Party for all fees and expenses (including but not limited to any and all legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever, whether arising out of any action between any of the Underwriter Indemnified Parties and the Company or between any of the Underwriter Indemnified Parties and any third party, or otherwise) (collectively, the “Expenses”), and further agrees wherever and whenever possible to advance payment of Expenses as they are incurred by an Underwriter Indemnified Party in investigating, preparing, pursuing or defending any Claim.

 

- 26 -  

 

 

5.1.2.           Procedure . If any action is brought against an Underwriter Indemnified Party in respect of which indemnity may be sought against the Company pursuant to Section 5.1.1, such Underwriter Indemnified Party shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the institution of such action and the Company shall assume the defense of such action, including the employment and fees of counsel (subject to the approval of such Underwriter Indemnified Party) and payment of actual expenses if an Underwriter Indemnified Party requests that the Company do so. Such Underwriter Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ its or their own counsel in any such case, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of the Company, and shall be advanced by the Company. The Company shall not be liable for any settlement of any action effected without its consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld). In addition, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Underwriters, settle, compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment in or otherwise seek to terminate any pending or threatened action in respect of which advancement, reimbursement, indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not such Underwriter Indemnified Party is a party thereto) unless such settlement, compromise, consent or termination (i) includes an unconditional release of each Underwriter Indemnified Party, acceptable to such Underwriter Indemnified Party, from all liabilities, expenses and claims arising out of such action for which indemnification or contribution may be sought and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any Underwriter Indemnified Party.

 

5.2            Indemnification of the Company . Each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, its officers who signed the Registration Statement and persons who control the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the foregoing indemnity from the Company to the several Underwriters, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto or in any application, in reliance upon, and in strict conformity with, the Underwriters’ Information. In case any action shall be brought against the Company or any other person so indemnified based on any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto or any application, and in respect of which indemnity may be sought against any Underwriter, such Underwriter shall have the rights and duties given to the Company, and the Company and each other person so indemnified shall have the rights and duties given to the several Underwriters by the provisions of Section 5.1.2. The Company agrees promptly to notify the Representatives of the commencement of any litigation or proceedings against the Company or any of its officers, directors or any person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, in connection with the issuance and sale of the Public Securities or in connection with the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication.

 

- 27 -  

 

 

5.3           Contribution .

 

5.3.1.           Contribution Rights . If the indemnification provided for in this Section 5 shall for any reason be unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under Section 5.1 or 5.2 in respect of any loss, claim, damage or liability, or any action in respect thereof, referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, (i) in such proportion as shall be appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, from the Offering of the Public Securities, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, with respect to the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, with respect to such Offering shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the Offering of the Public Securities purchased under this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Company, as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus, on the one hand, and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters with respect to the shares of the Common Stock purchased under this Agreement, as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus, on the other hand. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Underwriters, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Section 5.3.1 were to be determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to herein. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, referred to above in this Section 5.3.1 shall be deemed to include, for purposes of this Section 5.3.1, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5.3.1 in no event shall an Underwriter be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by such Underwriter with respect to the Offering of the Public Securities exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

5.3.2.           Contribution Procedure . Within fifteen (15) days after receipt by any party to this Agreement (or its representative) of notice of the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding, such party will, if a claim for contribution in respect thereof is to be made against another party (“contributing party”), notify the contributing party of the commencement thereof, but the failure to so notify the contributing party will not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any other party other than for contribution hereunder. In case any such action, suit or proceeding is brought against any party, and such party notifies a contributing party or its representative of the commencement thereof within the aforesaid 15 days, the contributing party will be entitled to participate therein with the notifying party and any other contributing party similarly notified. Any such contributing party shall not be liable to any party seeking contribution on account of any settlement of any claim, action or proceeding affected by such party seeking contribution on account of any settlement of any claim, action or proceeding affected by such party seeking contribution without the written consent of such contributing party. The contribution provisions contained in this Section 5.3.2 are intended to supersede, to the extent permitted by law, any right to contribution under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise available. Each Underwriter’s obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 5.3 are several and not joint.

 

- 28 -  

 

 

6.           Default by an Underwriter .

 

6.1            Default Not Exceeding 10% of Firm Shares or Option Shares . If any Underwriter or Underwriters shall default in its or their obligations to purchase the Firm Shares or the Option Shares, if the Over-allotment Option is exercised hereunder, and if the number of the Firm Shares or Option Shares with respect to which such default relates does not exceed in the aggregate 10% of the number of Firm Shares or Option Shares that all Underwriters have agreed to purchase hereunder, then such Firm Shares or Option Shares to which the default relates shall be purchased by the non-defaulting Underwriters in proportion to their respective commitments hereunder.

 

6.2            Default Exceeding 10% of Firm Shares or Option Shares . In the event that the default addressed in Section 6.1 relates to more than 10% of the Firm Shares or Option Shares, you may in your discretion arrange for yourself or for another party or parties to purchase such Firm Shares or Option Shares to which such default relates on the terms contained herein. If, within one (1) Business Day after such default relating to more than 10% of the Firm Shares or Option Shares, you do not arrange for the purchase of such Firm Shares or Option Shares, then the Company shall be entitled to a further period of one (1) Business Day within which to procure another party or parties satisfactory to you to purchase said Firm Shares or Option Shares on such terms. In the event that neither you nor the Company arrange for the purchase of the Firm Shares or Option Shares to which a default relates as provided in this Section 6, this Agreement will automatically be terminated by you or the Company without liability on the part of the Company (except as provided in Sections 3.10 and 5 hereof) or the several Underwriters (except as provided in Section 5 hereof); provided, however, that if such default occurs with respect to the Option Shares, this Agreement will not terminate as to the Firm Shares; and provided, further, that nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter of its liability, if any, to the other Underwriters and to the Company for damages occasioned by its default hereunder.

 

6.3            Postponement of Closing Date . In the event that the Firm Shares or Option Shares to which the default relates are to be purchased by the non-defaulting Underwriters, or are to be purchased by another party or parties as aforesaid, you or the Company shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date or Option Closing Date for a reasonable period, but not in any event exceeding five (5) Business Days, in order to effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or in any other documents and arrangements, and the Company agrees to file promptly any amendment to the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus that in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriter may thereby be made necessary. The term “Underwriter” as used in this Agreement shall include any party substituted under this Section 6 with like effect as if it had originally been a party to this Agreement with respect to such shares of Common Stock.

 

- 29 -  

 

 

7.            Additional Covenants .

 

7.1            Board Composition and Board Designations . The Company shall ensure that: (i) the qualifications of the persons serving as members of the Board of Directors and the overall composition of the Board of Directors comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, with the Exchange Act and with the listing rules of the Exchange or any other national securities exchange, as the case may be, in the event the Company seeks to have its Public Securities listed on another exchange or quoted on an automated quotation system, and (ii) if applicable, at least one member of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert,” as such term is defined under Regulation S-K and the listing rules of the Exchange.

 

7.2            Prohibition on Press Releases and Public Announcements . The Company shall not issue press releases or engage in any other publicity, without the Representatives’ prior written consent, for a period ending at 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the first (1 st ) Business Day following the forty-fifth (45 th ) day after the Closing Date, other than normal and customary releases issued in the ordinary course of the Company’s business.

 

7.3            Right of First Refusal . Provided that the Firm Shares are sold in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, Joseph Gunnar & Co., LLC (“Joseph Gunnar”) shall have an irrevocable right of first refusal (the “ Right of First Refusa l”), for a period of twenty-four (24) months after the date the Offering is completed, to act as sole investment banker, sole book-runner, and/or sole placement agent, at Joseph Gunnar’s sole discretion, for each and every future public and private equity and debt offering, including all equity linked financings (each, a “ Subject Transaction ”), during such twenty-four (24) month period, of the Company, or any successor to or future subsidiary of the Company, on terms and conditions customary to Joseph Gunnar for such Subject Transactions. Joseph Gunnar shall have the sole right to determine whether or not any other broker dealer shall have the right to participate in the Subject Transactions and the economic terms of the Subject Transactions. For the avoidance of any doubt, the Company shall not retain, engage or solicit any additional investment banker, book-runner, financial advisor, underwriter and/or placement agent in a Subject Transaction without the express written consent of Joseph Gunnar.

 

The Company shall notify Joseph Gunnar of its intention to pursue a Subject Transaction, including the material terms thereof, by providing written notice thereof by registered mail or overnight courier service addressed to Joseph Gunnar.  If the Representative fails to exercise its Right of First Refusal with respect to any Subject Transaction within ten (10) Business Days after the mailing of such written notice, then the Representative shall have no further claim or right with respect to the Subject Transaction. Joseph Gunnar may elect, in its sole and absolute discretion, not to exercise its Right of First Refusal with respect to any Subject Transaction; provided that any such election by Joseph Gunnar shall not adversely affect Joseph Gunnar’s Right of First Refusal with respect to any other Subject Transaction during the twenty-four (24) month period agreed to above.  

 

8.            Effective Date of this Agreement and Termination Thereof .

 

8.1            Effective Date . This Agreement shall become effective when both the Company and the Representatives have executed the same and delivered counterparts of such signatures to the other party.

 

- 30 -  

 

 

8.2            Termination . The Representatives shall have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time prior to any Closing Date, (i) if any domestic or international event or act or occurrence has materially disrupted, or in your opinion will in the immediate future materially disrupt, general securities markets in the United States; or (ii) if trading on the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC shall have been suspended or materially limited, or minimum or maximum prices for trading shall have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices for securities shall have been required by FINRA or by order of the Commission or any other government authority having jurisdiction; or (iii) if the United States shall have become involved in a new war or an increase in major hostilities; or (iv) if a banking moratorium has been declared by a New York State or federal authority; or (v) if a moratorium on foreign exchange trading has been declared which materially adversely impacts the United States securities markets; or (vi) if the Company shall have sustained a material loss by fire, flood, accident, hurricane, earthquake, theft, sabotage or other calamity or malicious act which, whether or not such loss shall have been insured, will, in your opinion, make it inadvisable to proceed with the delivery of the Firm Shares or Option Shares; or (vii) if the Company is in material breach of any of its representations, warranties or covenants hereunder; or (viii) if the Representatives shall have become aware after the date hereof of such a material adverse change in the conditions or prospects of the Company, or such adverse material change in general market conditions as in the Representatives’ judgment would make it impracticable to proceed with the offering, sale and/or delivery of the Public Securities or to enforce contracts made by the Underwriters for the sale of the Public Securities.

 

8.3            Expenses . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, except in the case of a default by the Underwriters, pursuant to Section 6.2 above, in the event that this Agreement shall not be carried out for any reason whatsoever, within the time specified herein or any extensions thereof pursuant to the terms herein, the Company shall be obligated to pay to the Underwriters their actual and accountable out-of-pocket expenses related to the transactions contemplated herein then due and payable (including the fees and disbursements of Representatives Counsel) up to $200,000, inclusive of the $50,000 advance for expenses previously paid by the Company to the Representatives (the “Advance”) and upon demand the Company shall pay the full amount thereof to the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters; provided, however, that such expense cap in no way limits or impairs the indemnification and contribution provisions of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any advance received by the Representatives will be reimbursed to the Company to the extent not actually incurred in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(C).

 

8.4            Indemnification . Notwithstanding any contrary provision contained in this Agreement, any election hereunder or any termination of this Agreement, and whether or not this Agreement is otherwise carried out, the provisions of Section 5 shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be in any way affected by, such election or termination or failure to carry out the terms of this Agreement or any part hereof.

 

8.5            Representations, Warranties, Agreements to Survive . All representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement or in certificates of officers of the Company submitted pursuant hereto, shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or its Affiliates or selling agents, any person controlling any Underwriter, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company or (ii) delivery of and payment for the Public Securities.

 

9.            Miscellaneous .

 

9.1            Notices . All communications hereunder, except as herein otherwise specifically provided, shall be in writing and shall be mailed (registered or certified mail, return receipt requested), personally delivered or sent by facsimile transmission and confirmed and shall be deemed given when so delivered or faxed and confirmed or if mailed, two (2) days after such mailing.

 

- 31 -  

 

 

If to the Representatives:

 

Joseph Gunnar & Co., LLC

30 Broad Street, 11th Fl

New York, NY 10004
Attn: Mr. Eric Lord, Head of Investment Banking/Underwritings

Fax No.: (646) 461-2729

 

And

 

Roth Capital Partners, LLC

888 San Clemente Drive

Newport Beach, CA 92660

Attn:

Fax No.:

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Loeb & Loeb LLP

345 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10154

Attn: Mitchell S. Nussbaum, Office Managing Partner

Fax No.: (212) 407-4990   

 

If to the Company:

 

Polar Power, Inc.

249 E. Gardena Boulevard

Gardena, CA 90248

Attention: Arthur D. Sams, President and Chief Executive Officer

Fax No:

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Troutman Sanders LLP

5 Park Plaza, Suite 1400

Irvine, CA 92614

Attention: Larry A. Cerutti

Fax No: (949) 622-2739

 

9.2            Headings . The headings contained herein are for the sole purpose of convenience of reference, and shall not in any way limit or affect the meaning or interpretation of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement.

 

9.3            Amendment . This Agreement may only be amended by a written instrument executed by each of the parties hereto.

 

9.4            Entire Agreement . This Agreement (together with the other agreements and documents being delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement) constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings of the parties, oral and written, with respect to the subject matter hereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, it is understood and agreed by the parties hereto that all other terms and conditions of that certain engagement letter between the Company and Joseph Gunnar & Co., LLC., dated April 22, 2016, shall remain in full force and effect.

 

- 32 -  

 

 

9.5            Binding Effect . This Agreement shall inure solely to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the Representatives, the Underwriters, the Company and the controlling persons, directors and officers referred to in Section 5 hereof, and their respective successors, legal representatives, heirs and assigns, and no other person shall have or be construed to have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of or by virtue of this Agreement or any provisions herein contained. The term “successors and assigns” shall not include a purchaser, in its capacity as such, of securities from any of the Underwriters.

 

9.6            Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction; Trial by Jury . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflict of laws principles thereof. The Company hereby agrees that any action, proceeding or claim against it arising out of, or relating in any way to this Agreement shall be brought and enforced in the New York Supreme Court, County of New York, or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and irrevocably submits to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be exclusive. The Company hereby waives any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum. Any such process or summons to be served upon the Company may be served by transmitting a copy thereof by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to it at the address set forth in Section 9.1 hereof. Such mailing shall be deemed personal service and shall be legal and binding upon the Company in any action, proceeding or claim. The Company agrees that the prevailing party(ies) in any such action shall be entitled to recover from the other party(ies) all of its reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses relating to such action or proceeding and/or incurred in connection with the preparation therefor. The Company (on its behalf and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on behalf of its stockholders and affiliates) and each of the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

9.7            Execution in Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more counterparts has been signed by each of the parties hereto and delivered to each of the other parties hereto. Delivery of a signed counterpart of this Agreement by facsimile or email/pdf transmission shall constitute valid and sufficient delivery thereof.

 

9.8            Waiver, etc . The failure of any of the parties hereto to at any time enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed or construed to be a waiver of any such provision, nor to in any way effect the validity of this Agreement or any provision hereof or the right of any of the parties hereto to thereafter enforce each and every provision of this Agreement. No waiver of any breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be effective unless set forth in a written instrument executed by the party or parties against whom or which enforcement of such waiver is sought; and no waiver of any such breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment shall be construed or deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

- 33 -  

 

 

If the foregoing correctly sets forth the understanding between the Underwriters and the Company, please so indicate in the space provided below for that purpose, whereupon this letter shall constitute a binding agreement between us.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  POLAR POWER, INC.
   
  By:  
    Name: Arthur D. Sams
    Title: President and CEO

 

Confirmed as of the date first written above mentioned, on behalf of itself and as Representatives of the several Underwriters named on Schedule 1 hereto:  
   
JOSEPH GUNNAR & CO., LLC.  

 

By:    
  Name: Eric Lord  
  Title: Head of Investment Banking/Underwritings  

 

ROTH CAPITAL PARTNERS, LLC  

 

By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

[Signature Page]

[ISSUER] – Underwriting Agreement

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 1

 

Underwriter   Total Number of
Firm Shares to be
Purchased
    Number of Additional
Shares to be Purchased if
the Over-Allotment Option
is Fully Exercised
 
Joseph Gunnar & Co., LLC            
Roth Capital Partners, LLC                
Feltl and Company                
                 
TOTAL                

 

 

  Sch. 1 -1  

 

 

SCHEDULE 2-A

 

Pricing Information

 

Number of Firm Shares: [•]

 

Number of Option Shares: [•]

 

Public Offering Price per Share: $[•]

 

Underwriting Discount per Share: $[•]

 

Underwriting Non-accountable expense allowance per Share: $[•]

 

Proceeds to Company per Share (before expenses): $[•]

 

SCHEDULE 2-B

 

Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectuses

 

[None.]

 

SCHEDULE 2-C

 

Written Testing-the-Waters Communications

 

[None.]

 

  Sch. 2 -1  

 

 

SCHEDULE 3

 

List of Lock-Up Parties

 

Arthur D. Sams

 

Rajesh Masina

 

Luis Zavala

 

Keith Albrecht

 

Matthew Goldman

 

Smartgen Solutions, Inc.

 

Polaris Capital, LLC

 

Richard Ulinski

 

Adam Szczepanek

 

5 Hole LLC

 

Aida Barreiro

 

Tai Nguyen

 

Scott Fusco

 

Arthur Henry Sams

 

Verbeke Trust

 

Ronald C.V. Smith

 

Nicolette Barreiro

 

Austin Barreiro

 

Sandeep Alluri

 

Rajesh Mallipeddi

 

Manohar Malapati

 

David Chamberlain

 

Olaf Lesky

 

  Sch. 3 -1  

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK

 

POLAR POWER, INC.

 

Warrant Shares: _______

Initial Exercise Date: ______, 2016

 

THIS WARRANT TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK (the “ Warrant ”) certifies that, for value received, _____________ or its assigns (the “ Holder ”) is entitled, upon the terms and subject to the limitations on exercise and the conditions hereinafter set forth, at any time on or after ____, 2017 (the “ Initial Exercise Date ”) and, in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(G)(i), prior to at 5:00 p.m. (New York time) on the date that is five (5) years following the Effective Date (the “ Termination Date ”) but not thereafter, to subscribe for and purchase from Polar Power, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), up to ______ shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), of the Company (the “ Warrant Shares ”), as subject to adjustment hereunder. The purchase price of one share of Common Stock under this Warrant shall be equal to the Exercise Price, as defined in Section 2(b).

 

Section 1 . Definitions . In addition to the terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings indicated in this Section 1:

 

Affiliate ” means any Person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with a Person, as such terms are used in and construed under Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

 

Business Day ” means any day except any Saturday, any Sunday, any day which is a federal legal holiday in the United States or any day on which banking institutions in the State of New York are authorized or required by law or other governmental action to close.

 

Commission ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Person ” means an individual or corporation, partnership, trust, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture, limited liability company, joint stock company, government (or an agency or subdivision thereof) or other entity of any kind.

 

Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended or interpreted from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission having substantially the same purpose and effect as such Rule.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Trading Day ” means a day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading.

 

  Ex. A- 1  

 

 

Trading Market ” means any of the following markets or exchanges on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted for trading on the date in question: the NYSE MKT, the Nasdaq Capital Market, the Nasdaq Global Market, the Nasdaq Global Select Market, or the New York Stock Exchange (or any successors to any of the foregoing).

 

VWAP ” means, for any date, the price determined by the first of the following clauses that applies: (a) if the Common Stock then listed or quoted on a Trading Market, the daily volume weighted average price of the Common Stock for such date (or the nearest preceding date) on the Trading Market on which the Common Stock is then listed or quoted as reported by Bloomberg L.P. (based on a Trading Day from 9:30 a.m. (New York City time) to 4:02 p.m. (New York City time)), (b)  if OTCQB or OTCQX is not a Trading Market, the volume weighted average price of a share of Common Stock for such date (or the nearest preceding date) on the OTCQB or OTCQX as applicable, (c) if Common Stock is not then listed or quoted for trading on the OTCQB or OTCQX and if prices for Common Stock are then reported in the “Pink Sheets” published by OTC Markets Group, Inc. (or a similar organization or agency succeeding to its functions of reporting prices), the most recent bid price per share of Common Stock so reported, or (d) in all other cases, the fair market value of the Common Stock as determined by an independent appraiser selected in good faith by the Holder and reasonably acceptable to the Company, the fees and expenses of which shall be paid by the Company.

  

Section 2 . Exercise .

 

a)                  Exercise of the purchase rights represented by this Warrant may be made, in whole or in part, at any time or times on or after the Initial Exercise Date and on or before the Termination Date by delivery to the Company (or such other office or agency of the Company as it may designate by notice in writing to the registered Holder at the address of the Holder appearing on the books of the Company) of a duly executed facsimile copy (or e-mail attachment) of the Notice of Exercise Form annexed hereto. Within three (3) Trading Days following the date of exercise as aforesaid, the Holder shall deliver the aggregate Exercise Price for the shares specified in the applicable Notice of Exercise by wire transfer or cashier’s check drawn on a United States bank unless the cashless exercise procedure specified in Section 2(c) below is specified in the applicable Notice of Exercise. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Holder shall not be required to physically surrender this Warrant to the Company until the Holder has purchased all of the Warrant Shares available hereunder and the Warrant has been exercised in full, in which case, the Holder shall surrender this Warrant to the Company for cancellation within three (3) Trading Days of the date the final Notice of Exercise is delivered to the Company. Partial exercises of this Warrant resulting in purchases of a portion of the total number of Warrant Shares available hereunder shall have the effect of lowering the outstanding number of Warrant Shares purchasable hereunder in an amount equal to the applicable number of Warrant Shares purchased. The Holder and the Company shall maintain records showing the number of Warrant Shares purchased and the date of such purchases. The Company shall deliver any objection to any Notice of Exercise Form within two (2) Business Days of receipt of such notice. The Holder and any assignee, by acceptance of this Warrant, acknowledge and agree that, by reason of the provisions of this paragraph, following the purchase of a portion of the Warrant Shares hereunder, the number of Warrant Shares available for purchase hereunder at any given time may be less than the amount stated on the face hereof.

 

  Ex. A- 2  

 

   

b)                      Exercise Price . The exercise price per share of the Common Stock under this Warrant shall be $_______ 1 , subject to adjustment hereunder (the “ Exercise Price ”).

 

c)                      Cashless Exercise . If at any time after the 6 month anniversary of the Initial Exercise Date, there is no effective registration statement registering, or the prospectus contained therein is not available for the issuance of the Warrant Shares to the Holder, then this Warrant may also be exercised, in whole or in part, at such time by means of a “cashless exercise” in which the Holder shall be entitled to receive the number of Warrant Shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing [(A-B) (X)] by (A), where:

 

(A) = the VWAP on the Trading Day immediately preceding the date on which Holder elects to exercise this Warrant by means of a “cashless exercise,” as set forth in the applicable Notice of Exercise;

 

(B) = the Exercise Price of this Warrant, as adjusted hereunder; and

 

(X) = the number of Warrant Shares that would be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant in accordance with the terms of this Warrant if such exercise were by means of a cash exercise rather than a cashless exercise.

 

If Warrant Shares are issued in such a “cashless exercise,” the parties acknowledge and agree that in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act, the Warrant Shares shall take on the registered characteristics of the Warrants being exercised, and the holding period of the Warrants being exercised may be tacked on to the holding period of the Warrant Shares.  The Company agrees not to take any position contrary to this Section 2(c).  

 

 Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, on the Termination Date, this Warrant shall be automatically exercised via cashless exercise pursuant to this Section 2(c).

 

 

1 125% of the public offering price per share of common stock in the offering.

 

  Ex. A- 3  
     

 

d)                      Mechanics of Exercise .

 

                                                     i.            Delivery of Warrant Shares Upon Exercise . The Company shall cause the Warrant Shares purchased hereunder to be transmitted by its transfer agent to the Holder by crediting the account of the Holder’s or its designee’s balance account with The Depository Trust Company through its Deposit or Withdrawal at Custodian system (“ DWAC ”) if the Company is then a participant in such system and either (A) there is an effective registration statement permitting the issuance of the Warrant Shares to or resale of the Warrant Shares by Holder, or (B) the Warrant Shares are eligible for resale by the Holder without volume or manner-of-sale limitations pursuant to Rule 144 and, in either case, the Warrant Shares have been sold by the Holder prior to the Warrant Share Delivery Date (as defined below), and otherwise by physical delivery of a certificate, registered in the Company’s share register in the name of the Holder or its designee, for the number of Warrant Shares to which the Holder is entitled pursuant to such exercise to the address specified by the Holder in the Notice of Exercise by the date that is three (3) Trading Days after the delivery to the Company of the Notice of Exercise (such date, the “ Warrant Share Delivery Date ”). If the Warrant Shares can be delivered via DWAC, the transfer agent shall have received from the Company any legal opinions or other documentation required by it to deliver such Warrant Shares without legend (subject to receipt by the Company of reasonable back up documentation from the Holder, including with respect to affiliate status) and, if applicable and requested by the Company prior to the Warrant Share Delivery Date, the transfer agent shall have received from the Holder a confirmation of sale of the Warrant Shares (provided the requirement of the Holder to provide a confirmation as to the sale of Warrant Shares shall not be applicable to the issuance of unlegended Warrant Shares upon a cashless exercise of this Warrant if the Warrant Shares are then eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144(b)(1)). The Warrant Shares shall be deemed to have been issued, and Holder or any other person so designated to be named therein shall be deemed to have become a holder of record of such shares for all purposes, as of the date the Warrant has been exercised, with payment to the Company of the Exercise Price (or by cashless exercise, if permitted) and all taxes required to be paid by the Holder, if any, pursuant to Section 2(d)(vi) prior to the issuance of such shares, having been paid. If the Company fails for any reason to deliver to the Holder the Warrant Shares subject to a Notice of Exercise by the second Trading Day following the Warrant Share Delivery Date, the Company shall pay to the Holder, in cash, as liquidated damages and not as a penalty, for each $1,000 of Warrant Shares subject to such exercise (based on the VWAP of the Common Stock on the date of the applicable Notice of Exercise), $10 per Trading Day (increasing to $20 per Trading Day on the fifth Trading Day after such liquidated damages begin to accrue) for each Trading Day after the second Trading Day following such Warrant Share Delivery Date until such Warrant Shares are delivered or Holder rescinds such exercise.

 

                                                   ii.            Delivery of New Warrants Upon Exercise . If this Warrant shall have been exercised in part, the Company shall, at the request of a Holder and upon surrender of this Warrant certificate, at the time of delivery of the Warrant Shares, deliver to the Holder a new Warrant evidencing the rights of the Holder to purchase the unpurchased Warrant Shares called for by this Warrant, which new Warrant shall in all other respects be identical with this Warrant.

 

                                                  iii.            Rescission Rights . If the Company fails to cause its transfer agent to deliver to the Holder the Warrant Shares pursuant to Section 2(d)(i) by the Warrant Share Delivery Date, then the Holder will have the right to rescind such exercise; provided , however , that the Holder shall be required to return any Warrant Shares or Common Stock subject to any such rescinded exercise notice concurrently with the return to Holder of the aggregate Exercise Price paid to the Company for such Warrant Shares and the restoration of Holder’s right to acquire such Warrant Shares pursuant to this Warrant (including, issuance of a replacement warrant certificate evidencing such restored right).

 

  Ex. A- 4  
     

 

                                                   iv.            Compensation for Buy-In on Failure to Timely Deliver Warrant Shares Upon Exercise . In addition to any other rights available to the Holder, if the Company fails to cause its transfer agent to transmit to the Holder the Warrant Shares pursuant to an exercise on or before the second Trading Day following the Warrant Share Delivery Date, and if after such date the Holder is required by its broker to purchase (in an open market transaction or otherwise) or the Holder’s brokerage firm otherwise purchases, shares of Common Stock to deliver in satisfaction of a sale by the Holder of the Warrant Shares which the Holder anticipated receiving upon such exercise (a “ Buy-In ”), then the Company shall (A) pay in cash to the Holder the amount, if any, by which (x) the Holder’s total purchase price (including brokerage commissions, if any) for the shares of Common Stock so purchased exceeds (y) the amount obtained by multiplying (1) the number of Warrant Shares that the Company was required to deliver to the Holder in connection with the exercise at issue times (2) the price at which the sell order giving rise to such purchase obligation was executed, and (B) at the option of the Holder, either reinstate the portion of the Warrant and equivalent number of Warrant Shares for which such exercise was not honored (in which case such exercise shall be deemed rescinded) or deliver to the Holder the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued had the Company timely complied with its exercise and delivery obligations hereunder. For example, if the Holder purchases Common Stock having a total purchase price of $11,000 to cover a Buy-In with respect to an attempted exercise of shares of Common Stock with an aggregate sale price giving rise to such purchase obligation of $10,000, under clause (A) of the immediately preceding sentence the Company shall be required to pay the Holder $1,000. The Holder shall provide the Company written notice indicating the amounts payable to the Holder in respect of the Buy-In and, upon request of the Company, evidence of the amount of such loss. Nothing herein shall limit a Holder’s right to pursue any other remedies available to it hereunder, at law or in equity including, without limitation, a decree of specific performance and/or injunctive relief with respect to the Company’s failure to timely deliver shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Warrant as required pursuant to the terms hereof.

  

                                                   v.            No Fractional Shares or Scrip . No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant. As to any fraction of a share which the Holder would otherwise be entitled to purchase upon such exercise, the Company shall, at its election, either pay a cash adjustment in respect of such final fraction in an amount equal to such fraction multiplied by the Exercise Price or round up to the next whole share.

 

                                                  vi.            Charges, Taxes and Expenses . Issuance of Warrant Shares shall be made without charge to the Holder for any issue or transfer tax or other incidental expense in respect of the issuance of such Warrant Shares, all of which taxes and expenses shall be paid by the Company, and such Warrant Shares shall be issued in the name of the Holder or in such name or names as may be directed by the Holder; provided , however , that in the event that Warrant Shares are to be issued in a name other than the name of the Holder, this Warrant when surrendered for exercise shall be accompanied by the Assignment Form attached hereto duly executed by the Holder and the Company may require, as a condition thereto, the payment of a sum sufficient to reimburse it for any transfer tax incidental thereto. The Company shall pay all transfer agent fees required for same-day processing of any Notice of Exercise.

 

  Ex. A- 5  
     

 

                                                 vii.            Closing of Books . The Company will not close its stockholder books or records in any manner which prevents the timely exercise of this Warrant, pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

                                                viii.            Signature . This Section 2 and the exercise form attached hereto set forth the totality of the procedures required of the Holder in order to exercise this Purchase Warrant.  Without limiting the preceding sentences, no ink-original exercise form shall be required, nor shall any medallion guarantee (or other type of guarantee or notarization) of any exercise form be required in order to exercise this Purchase Warrant.  No additional legal opinion, other information or instructions shall be required of the Holder to exercise this Purchase Warrant.  The Company shall honor exercises of this Purchase Warrant and shall deliver Shares underlying this Purchase Warrant in accordance with the terms, conditions and time periods set forth herein.

 

    

e)                       Holder’s Exercise Limitations . The Company shall not effect any exercise of this Warrant, and a Holder shall not have the right to exercise any portion of this Warrant, pursuant to Section 2 or otherwise, to the extent that after giving effect to such issuance after exercise as set forth on the applicable Notice of Exercise, the Holder (together with the Holder’s Affiliates, and any other Persons acting as a group together with the Holder or any of the Holder’s Affiliates), would beneficially own in excess of the Beneficial Ownership Limitation (as defined below).  For purposes of the foregoing sentence, the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by the Holder and its Affiliates shall include the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant with respect to which such determination is being made, but shall exclude the number of shares of Common Stock which would be issuable upon (i) exercise of the remaining, nonexercised portion of this Warrant beneficially owned by the Holder or any of its Affiliates and (ii) exercise or conversion of the unexercised or nonconverted portion of any other securities of the Company (including, without limitation, any other Common Stock Equivalents) subject to a limitation on conversion or exercise analogous to the limitation contained herein beneficially owned by the Holder or any of its Affiliates.  Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, for purposes of this Section 2(e), beneficial ownership shall be calculated in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, it being acknowledged by the Holder that the Company is not representing to the Holder that such calculation is in compliance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and the Holder is solely responsible for any schedules required to be filed in accordance therewith. To the extent that the limitation contained in this Section 2(e) applies, the determination of whether this Warrant is exercisable (in relation to other securities owned by the Holder together with any Affiliates) and of which portion of this Warrant is exercisable shall be in the sole discretion of the Holder, and the submission of a Notice of Exercise shall be deemed to be the Holder’s determination of whether this Warrant is exercisable (in relation to other securities owned by the Holder together with any Affiliates) and of which portion of this Warrant is exercisable, in each case subject to the Beneficial Ownership Limitation, and the Company shall have no obligation to verify or confirm the accuracy of such determination. In addition, a determination as to any group status as contemplated above shall be determined in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. For purposes of this Section 2(e), in determining the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock, a Holder may rely on the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock as reflected in (A) the Company’s most recent periodic or annual report filed with the Commission, as the case may be, (B) a more recent public announcement by the Company or (C) a more recent written notice by the Company or the Company’s transfer agent setting forth the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding.  Upon the written or oral request of a Holder, the Company shall within two Trading Days confirm orally and in writing to the Holder the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding.  In any case, the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be determined after giving effect to the conversion or exercise of securities of the Company, including this Warrant, by the Holder or its Affiliates since the date as of which such number of outstanding shares of Common Stock was reported. The “ Beneficial Ownership Limitation ” shall be 9.99% of the number of shares of the Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant. The Holder, upon notice to the Company, may increase or decrease the Beneficial Ownership Limitation provisions of this Section 2(e), provided that the Beneficial Ownership Limitation in no event exceeds 9.99% of the number of shares of the Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon exercise of this Warrant held by the Holder and the provisions of this Section 2(e) shall continue to apply. Any increase in the Beneficial Ownership Limitation will not be effective until the 61 st day after such notice is delivered to the Company. The provisions of this paragraph shall be construed and implemented in a manner otherwise than in strict conformity with the terms of this Section 2(e) to correct this paragraph (or any portion hereof) which may be defective or inconsistent with the intended Beneficial Ownership Limitation herein contained or to make changes or supplements necessary or desirable to properly give effect to such limitation. The limitations contained in this paragraph shall apply to a successor holder of this Warrant. 

  

  Ex. A- 6  
     

 

Section 3 . Certain Adjustments .

 

a)                       Stock Dividends and Splits . If the Company, at any time while this Warrant is outstanding: (i) pays a stock dividend or otherwise makes a distribution or distributions on shares of its Common Stock or any other equity or equity equivalent securities payable in shares of Common Stock (which, for avoidance of doubt, shall not include any shares of Common Stock issued by the Company upon exercise of this Warrant), (ii) subdivides outstanding shares of Common Stock into a larger number of shares, (iii) combines (including by way of reverse stock split) outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, or (iv) issues by reclassification of shares of the Common Stock any shares of capital stock of the Company, then in each case the Exercise Price shall be multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock (excluding treasury shares, if any) outstanding immediately before such event and of which the denominator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event, and the number of shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be proportionately adjusted such that the aggregate Exercise Price of this Warrant shall remain unchanged. Any adjustment made pursuant to this Section 3(a) shall become effective immediately after the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such dividend or distribution and shall become effective immediately after the effective date in the case of a subdivision, combination or re-classification. For the purposes of clarification, the Exercise Price of this Warrant will not be adjusted in the event that the Company or any future subsidiary of the Company sells or grants any option to purchase, or sell or grant any right to reprice, or otherwise dispose of or issue (or announce any offer, sale, grant or any option to purchase or other disposition) any Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents, at an effective price per share less than the Exercise Price then in effect.

 

b)                      [RESERVED]

  

  Ex. A- 7  
     

 

c)                       Subsequent Rights Offerings . In addition to any adjustments pursuant to Section 3(a) above, if at any time the Company grants, issues or sells any Common Stock Equivalents or rights to purchase stock, warrants, securities or other property pro rata to the record holders of any class of shares of Common Stock (the “ Purchase Rights ”), then the Holder will be entitled to acquire, upon the terms applicable to such Purchase Rights, the aggregate Purchase Rights which the Holder could have acquired if the Holder had held the number of shares of Common Stock acquirable upon complete exercise of this Warrant (without regard to any limitations on exercise hereof, including without limitation, the Beneficial Ownership Limitation) immediately before the date on which a record is taken for the grant, issuance or sale of such Purchase Rights, or, if no such record is taken, the date as of which the record holders of shares of Common Stock are to be determined for the grant, issue or sale of such Purchase Rights (provided, however, to the extent that the Holder’s right to participate in any such Purchase Right would result in the Holder exceeding the Beneficial Ownership Limitation, then the Holder shall not be entitled to participate in such Purchase Right to such extent (or beneficial ownership of such shares of Common Stock as a result of such Purchase Right to such extent) and such Purchase Right to such extent shall be held in abeyance for the Holder until such time, if ever, as its right thereto would not result in the Holder exceeding the Beneficial Ownership Limitation).

 

d)                      Pro Rata Distributions . During such time as this Warrant is outstanding, if the Company shall declare or make any dividend (other than cash dividends) or other distribution of its assets (or rights to acquire its assets) to holders of shares of Common Stock, by way of return of capital or otherwise (including, without limitation, any distribution of shares or other securities, property or options by way of a dividend, spin off, reclassification, corporate rearrangement, scheme of arrangement or other similar transaction) (a " Distribution "), at any time after the issuance of this Warrant, then, in each such case, the Holder shall be entitled to participate in such Distribution to the same extent that the Holder would have participated therein if the Holder had held the number of shares of Common Stock acquirable upon complete exercise of this Warrant (without regard to any limitations on exercise hereof, including without limitation, the Beneficial Ownership Limitation) immediately before the date of which a record is taken for such Distribution, or, if no such record is taken, the date as of which the record holders of shares of Common Stock are to be determined for the participation in such Distribution ( provided , however , to the extent that the Holder's right to participate in any such Distribution would result in the Holder exceeding the Beneficial Ownership Limitation, then the Holder shall not be entitled to participate in such Distribution to such extent (or in the beneficial ownership of any shares of Common Stock as a result of such Distribution to such extent) and the portion of such Distribution shall be held in abeyance for the benefit of the Holder until such time, if ever, as its right thereto would not result in the Holder exceeding the Beneficial Ownership Limitation). To the extent that this Warrant has not been partially or completely exercised at the time of such Distribution, such portion of the Distribution shall be held in abeyance for the benefit of the Holder until the Holder has exercised this Warrant.

  

  Ex. A- 8  
     

 

e)                      Fundamental Transaction . If, at any time while this Warrant is outstanding, (i) the Company, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions effects any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another Person, (ii) the Company, directly or indirectly, effects any sale, lease, license, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of its assets in one or a series of related transactions, (iii) any, direct or indirect, purchase offer, tender offer or exchange offer (whether by the Company or another Person) is completed pursuant to which holders of Common Stock are permitted to sell, tender or exchange their shares for other securities, cash or property and has been accepted by the holders of 50% or more of the outstanding Common Stock, (iv) the Company, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions effects any reclassification, reorganization or recapitalization of the Common Stock or any compulsory share exchange pursuant to which the Common Stock is effectively converted into or exchanged for other securities, cash or property, or (v) the Company, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions consummates a stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination (including, without limitation, a reorganization, recapitalization, spin-off or scheme of arrangement) with another Person or group of Persons whereby such other Person or group acquires more than 50% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (not including any shares of Common Stock held by the other Person or other Persons making or party to, or associated or affiliated with the other Persons making or party to, such stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination) (each a “ Fundamental Transaction ”), then, upon any subsequent exercise of this Warrant, the Holder shall have the right to receive, for each Warrant Share that would have been issuable upon such exercise immediately prior to the occurrence of such Fundamental Transaction, at the option of the Holder (without regard to any limitation in Section 2(e) on the exercise of this Warrant), the number of shares of Common Stock of the successor or acquiring corporation or of the Company, if it is the surviving corporation, and any additional consideration (the “ Alternate Consideration ”) receivable by holders of Common Stock as a result of such Fundamental Transaction for each share of Common Stock for which this Warrant is exercisable immediately prior to such Fundamental Transaction (without regard to any limitation in Section 2(e) on the exercise of this Warrant). For purposes of any such exercise, the determination of the Exercise Price shall be appropriately adjusted to apply to such Alternate Consideration based on the amount of Alternate Consideration issuable in respect of one share of Common Stock in such Fundamental Transaction, and the Company shall apportion the Exercise Price among the Alternate Consideration in a reasonable manner reflecting the relative value of any different components of the Alternate Consideration. If holders of Common Stock are given any choice as to the securities, cash or property to be received in a Fundamental Transaction, then the Holder shall be given the same choice as to the Alternate Consideration it receives upon any exercise of this Warrant following such Fundamental Transaction. The Company shall cause any successor entity in a Fundamental Transaction in which the Company is not the survivor (the “ Successor Entity ”) to assume in writing all of the obligations of the Company under this Warrant in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3(e) pursuant to written agreements in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Holder and approved by the Holder (without unreasonable delay) prior to such Fundamental Transaction and shall, at the option of the Holder, deliver to the Holder in exchange for this Warrant a security of the Successor Entity evidenced by a written instrument substantially similar in form and substance to this Warrant which is exercisable for a corresponding number of shares of capital stock of such Successor Entity (or its parent entity) equivalent to the shares of Common Stock acquirable and receivable upon exercise of this Warrant (without regard to any limitations on the exercise of this Warrant) prior to such Fundamental Transaction, and with an exercise price which applies the exercise price hereunder to such shares of capital stock (but taking into account the relative value of the shares of Common Stock pursuant to such Fundamental Transaction and the value of such shares of capital stock, such number of shares of capital stock and such exercise price being for the purpose of protecting the economic value of this Warrant immediately prior to the consummation of such Fundamental Transaction), and which is reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Holder. Upon the occurrence of any such Fundamental Transaction, the Successor Entity shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such Fundamental Transaction, the provisions of this Warrant referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the Successor Entity), and may exercise every right and power of the Company and shall assume all of the obligations of the Company under this Warrant with the same effect as if such Successor Entity had been named as the Company herein.

  

f)                       Calculations . All calculations under this Section 3 shall be made to the nearest cent or the nearest 1/100th of a share, as the case may be. For purposes of this Section 3, the number of shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued and outstanding as of a given date shall be the sum of the number of shares of Common Stock (excluding treasury shares, if any) issued and outstanding.

 

  Ex. A- 9  
     

 

g)                       Notice to Holder .

 

                                                                                            i.            Adjustment to Exercise Price . Whenever the Exercise Price is adjusted pursuant to any provision of this Section 3, the Company shall promptly mail to the Holder a notice setting forth the Exercise Price after such adjustment and any resulting adjustment to the number of Warrant Shares and setting forth a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment.

 

                                                                                            ii.            Notice to Allow Exercise by Holder . If (A) the Company shall declare a dividend (or any other distribution in whatever form) on the Common Stock, (B) the Company shall declare a special nonrecurring cash dividend on or a redemption of the Common Stock, (C) the Company shall authorize the granting to all holders of the Common Stock rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital stock of any class or of any rights, (D) the approval of any stockholders of the Company shall be required in connection with any reclassification of the Common Stock, any consolidation or merger to which the Company is a party, any sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or any compulsory share exchange whereby the Common Stock is converted into other securities, cash or property, or (E) the Company shall authorize the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Company, then, in each case, the Company shall cause to be mailed a notice to the Holder at its last address as it shall appear upon the Warrant Register of the Company, at least 20 calendar days prior to the applicable record or effective date hereinafter specified, stating (x) the date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution, redemption, rights or warrants, or if a record is not to be taken, the date as of which the holders of the Common Stock of record to be entitled to such dividend, distributions, redemption, rights or warrants are to be determined or (y) the date on which such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer or share exchange is expected to become effective or close, and the date as of which it is expected that holders of the Common Stock of record shall be entitled to exchange their shares of the Common Stock for securities, cash or other property deliverable upon such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer or share exchange; provided that the failure to provide such notice or any defect therein shall not affect the validity of the corporate action required to be specified in such notice. To the extent that any notice provided hereunder constitutes, or contains, material, non-public information regarding the Company or any future subsidiaries of the Company, the Company shall simultaneously file such notice with the Commission pursuant to a Current Report on Form 8-K. The Holder shall remain entitled to exercise this Warrant during the period commencing on the date of such notice to the effective date of the event triggering such notice except as may otherwise be expressly set forth herein.

  

  Ex. A- 10  
     

 

Section 4 . Transfer of Warrant .

 

a)                      Transferability . Pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110(g)(1), neither this Warrant nor any Warrant Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant shall be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, or hypothecated, or be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of the securities by any person for a period of 180 days immediately following the date of effectiveness or commencement of sales of the offering pursuant to which this Warrant is being issued, except the transfer of any security:

 

                                                             i.                        by operation of law or by reason of reorganization of the Company;

 

                                                             ii.                       to any FINRA member firm participating in the offering and the officers or partners thereof, if all securities so transferred remain subject to the lock-up restriction in this Section 4(a) for the remainder of the time period;

 

                                                             iii.                      if the aggregate amount of securities of the Company held by the Holder or related person do not exceed 1% of the securities being offered;

 

                                                             iv.                     that is beneficially owned on a pro-rata basis by all equity owners of an investment fund, provided that no participating member manages or otherwise directs investments by the fund, and participating members in the aggregate do not own more than 10% of the equity in the fund; or

 

                                                             v.                      the exercise or conversion of any security, if all securities received remain subject to the lock-up restriction in this Section 4(a) for the remainder of the time period.

   

Subject to the foregoing restriction, any applicable securities laws and the conditions set forth in Section 4(d), this Warrant and all rights hereunder (including, without limitation, any registration rights) are transferable, in whole or in part, upon surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company or its designated agent, together with a written assignment of this Warrant substantially in the form attached hereto duly executed by the Holder or its agent or attorney and funds sufficient to pay any transfer taxes payable upon the making of such transfer. Upon such surrender and, if required, such payment, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Warrant or Warrants in the name of the assignee or assignees, as applicable, and in the denomination or denominations specified in such instrument of assignment, and shall issue to the assignor a new Warrant evidencing the portion of this Warrant not so assigned, and this Warrant shall promptly be cancelled. The Warrant, if properly assigned in accordance herewith, may be exercised by a new holder for the purchase of Warrant Shares without having a new Warrant issued.

 

b)                     New Warrants . This Warrant may be divided or combined with other Warrants upon presentation hereof at the aforesaid office of the Company, together with a written notice specifying the names and denominations in which new Warrants are to be issued, signed by the Holder or its agent or attorney. Subject to compliance with Section 4(a), as to any transfer which may be involved in such division or combination, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Warrant or Warrants in exchange for the Warrant or Warrants to be divided or combined in accordance with such notice. All Warrants issued on transfers or exchanges shall be dated the initial issuance date of this Warrant and shall be identical with this Warrant except as to the number of Warrant Shares issuable pursuant thereto.

 

  Ex. A- 11  
     

 

c)                      Warrant Register . The Company shall register this Warrant, upon records to be maintained by the Company for that purpose (the “ Warrant Register ”), in the name of the record Holder hereof from time to time. The Company may deem and treat the registered Holder of this Warrant as the absolute owner hereof for the purpose of any exercise hereof or any distribution to the Holder, and for all other purposes, absent actual notice to the contrary.

 

d)                      Representation by the Holder . The Holder, by the acceptance hereof, represents and warrants that it is acquiring this Warrant and, upon any exercise hereof, will acquire the Warrant Shares issuable upon such exercise, for its own account and not with a view to or for distributing or reselling such Warrant Shares or any part thereof in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable state securities law, except pursuant to sales registered or exempted under the Securities Act.

  

Section 5 . Miscellaneous .

 

a)                      No Rights as Stockholder Until Exercise . This Warrant does not entitle the Holder to any voting rights, dividends or other rights as a stockholder of the Company prior to the exercise hereof as set forth in Section 2(d)(i).

 

b)                      Loss, Theft, Destruction or Mutilation of Warrant . The Company covenants that upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant or any certificate relating to the Warrant Shares, and in case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it (which, in the case of the Warrant, shall not include the posting of any bond), and upon surrender and cancellation of such Warrant or stock certificate, if mutilated, the Company will make and deliver a new Warrant or stock certificate of like tenor and dated as of such cancellation, in lieu of such Warrant or stock certificate.

 

c)                       Saturdays, Sundays, Holidays, etc . If the last or appointed day for the taking of any action or the expiration of any right required or granted herein shall not be a Business Day, then, such action may be taken or such right may be exercised on the next succeeding Business Day.

 

d)                      Authorized Shares .

 

The Company covenants that, during the period the Warrant is outstanding, it will reserve from its authorized and unissued Common Stock a sufficient number of shares to provide for the issuance of the Warrant Shares upon the exercise of any purchase rights under this Warrant. The Company further covenants that its issuance of this Warrant shall constitute full authority to its officers who are charged with the duty of executing stock certificates to execute and issue the necessary Warrant Shares upon the exercise of the purchase rights under this Warrant. The Company will take all such reasonable action as may be necessary to assure that such Warrant Shares may be issued as provided herein without violation of any applicable law or regulation, or of any requirements of the Trading Market upon which the Common Stock may be listed. The Company covenants that all Warrant Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase rights represented by this Warrant will, upon exercise of the purchase rights represented by this Warrant and payment for such Warrant Shares in accordance herewith, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens and charges created by the Company in respect of the issue thereof (other than taxes in respect of any transfer occurring contemporaneously with such issue).

  

  Ex. A- 12  
     

 

Except and to the extent as waived or consented to by the Holder, the Company shall not by any action, including, without limitation, amending its certificate of incorporation or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to protect the rights of Holder as set forth in this Warrant against impairment. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company will (i) not increase the par value of any Warrant Shares above the amount payable therefor upon such exercise immediately prior to such increase in par value, (ii) take all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order that the Company may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable Warrant Shares upon the exercise of this Warrant and (iii) use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all such authorizations, exemptions or consents from any public regulatory body having jurisdiction thereof, as may be, necessary to enable the Company to perform its obligations under this Warrant.

 

Before taking any action which would result in an adjustment in the number of Warrant Shares for which this Warrant is exercisable or in the Exercise Price, the Company shall obtain all such authorizations or exemptions thereof, or consents thereto, as may be necessary from any public regulatory body or bodies having jurisdiction thereof.

 

e)                    Jurisdiction . All questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Warrant shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of the underwriting agreement, dated ___, 2016, by and between the Company, Joseph Gunnar & Co., LLC and Roth Capital Partners, LLC as representatives of the underwriters set forth therein (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”).

 

f)                      Restrictions . The Holder acknowledges that the Warrant Shares acquired upon the exercise of this Warrant, if not registered, and the Holder does not utilize cashless exercise, will have restrictions upon resale imposed by state and federal securities laws.

 

g)                     Nonwaiver and Expenses . No course of dealing or any delay or failure to exercise any right hereunder on the part of Holder shall operate as a waiver of such right or otherwise prejudice the Holder’s rights, powers or remedies. Without limiting any other provision of this Warrant or the Underwriting Agreement, if the Company willfully and knowingly fails to comply with any provision of this Warrant, which results in any material damages to the Holder, the Company shall pay to the Holder such amounts as shall be sufficient to cover any costs and expenses including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees, including those of appellate proceedings, incurred by the Holder in collecting any amounts due pursuant hereto or in otherwise enforcing any of its rights, powers or remedies hereunder.

 

h)                      Notices . Any notice, request or other document required or permitted to be given or delivered to the Holder by the Company shall be delivered in accordance with the notice provisions of the Underwriting Agreement.

  

i)                       Limitation of Liability . No provision hereof, in the absence of any affirmative action by the Holder to exercise this Warrant to purchase Warrant Shares, and no enumeration herein of the rights or privileges of the Holder, shall give rise to any liability of the Holder for the purchase price of any Common Stock or as a stockholder of the Company, whether such liability is asserted by the Company or by creditors of the Company.

 

  Ex. A- 13  
     

 

j)                       Remedies . The Holder, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights granted by law, including recovery of damages, will be entitled to specific performance of its rights under this Warrant. The Company agrees that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the provisions of this Warrant and hereby agrees to waive and not to assert the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate.

 

k)                      Successors and Assigns . Subject to applicable securities laws, this Warrant and the rights and obligations evidenced hereby shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and permitted assigns of the Company and the successors and permitted assigns of Holder. The provisions of this Warrant are intended to be for the benefit of any Holder from time to time of this Warrant and shall be enforceable by the Holder or holder of Warrant Shares.

 

l)                        Amendment . This Warrant may be modified or amended or the provisions hereof waived with the written consent of the Company and the Holder.

 

m)                     Severability . Wherever possible, each provision of this Warrant shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Warrant shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provisions or the remaining provisions of this Warrant.

 

n)                      Headings . The headings used in this Warrant are for the convenience of reference only and shall not, for any purpose, be deemed a part of this Warrant.

 

********************

 

(Signature Page Follows)

 

  Ex. A- 14  
     

  

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be executed by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above indicated.

 

  POLAR POWER, INC.
     
  By:  
    Name: Arthur D. Sams
    Title: President and CEO

 

  Ex. A- 15  
     

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

TO:                  POLAR POWER, INC.

_________________________

 

(1)   The undersigned hereby elects to purchase ________ Warrant Shares of the Company pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant (only if exercised in full), and tenders herewith payment of the exercise price in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

 

(2)   Payment shall take the form of (check applicable box):

 

☐    in lawful money of the United States; or

 

☐    if permitted the cancellation of such number of Warrant Shares as is necessary, in accordance with the formula set forth in subsection 2(c), to exercise this Warrant with respect to the maximum number of Warrant Shares purchasable pursuant to the cashless exercise procedure set forth in subsection 2(c).

 

(3)   Please register and issue said Warrant Shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

_______________________________

 

 

The Warrant Shares shall be delivered to the following DWAC Account Number or by physical delivery of a certificate to:

 

_______________________________

 

_______________________________

 

_______________________________

 

(4)   Accredited Investor . If the Warrant is being exercised via cash exercise, the undersigned is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended

 

 

[SIGNATURE OF HOLDER]

 

Name of Investing Entity:  

 

Signature of Authorized Signatory of Investing Entity :  

 

Name of Authorized Signatory:  

 

Title of Authorized Signatory:  

 

Date:  

 

  Ex. A- 16  
     

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

(To assign the foregoing warrant, execute
this form and supply required information.
Do not use this form to exercise the warrant.)

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, [____] all of or [_______] shares of the foregoing Warrant and all rights evidenced thereby are hereby assigned to

 

 

_______________________________________________ whose address is

 

_______________________________________________________________.

 

 

 

_______________________________________________________________

 

Dated: ______________, _______

 

 

Holder’s Signature: _____________________________

 

Holder’s Address: _____________________________

 

_____________________________

  

NOTE: The signature to this Assignment Form must correspond with the name as it appears on the face of the Warrant, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever. Officers of corporations and those acting in a fiduciary or other representative capacity should file proper evidence of authority to assign the foregoing Warrant.

 

  Ex. A- 17  
     

 

EXHIBIT B

 

Form of Lock-Up Agreement

[•], 2016

 

Joseph Gunnar & Co., LLC
30 Broad Street, 11th Fl

New York, NY 10004

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

The undersigned understands that Joseph Gunnar & Co., LLC and Roth Capital Partners, LLC (the “ Representatives ”) proposes to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) with Polar Power, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), providing for the public offering (the “ Public Offering ”) of shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company (the “ Shares ”).

 

To induce the Representatives to continue its efforts in connection with the Public Offering, the undersigned hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, the undersigned will not, during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending [180 or 365 if a director or officer] days after the date of the final prospectus (the “ Prospectus ”) relating to the Public Offering (the “ Lock-Up Period ”), (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, grant, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Shares, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned or with respect to which the undersigned has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition (collectively, the “ Lock-Up Securities ”); (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Lock-Up Securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Lock-Up Securities, in cash or otherwise; (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any Lock-Up Securities; or (4) publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement relating to any Lock-Up Securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject to the conditions below, the undersigned may transfer Lock-Up Securities without the prior written consent of the Representatives in connection with (a) transactions relating to Lock-Up Securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the Public Offering; provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales of Lock-Up Securities acquired in such open market transactions; (b) transfers of Lock-Up Securities as a bona fide gift, by will or intestacy or to a family member or trust for the benefit of a family member (for purposes of this lock-up agreement, “family member” means any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin); (c) transfers of Lock-Up Securities to a charity or educational institution; or (d) if the undersigned, directly or indirectly, controls a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, any transfers of Lock-Up Securities to any shareholder, partner or member of, or owner of similar equity interests in, the undersigned, as the case may be; provided that in the case of any transfer pursuant to the foregoing clauses (b), (c) or (d), (i) any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, (ii) each transferee shall sign and deliver to the Representatives a lock-up agreement substantially in the form of this lock-up agreement and (iii) no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made. The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the undersigned’s Lock-Up Securities except in compliance with this lock-up agreement.

 

  Ex. B- 1  
     

 

If (i) during the last 17 days of the Lock-Up Period, the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs, or (ii) prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results or becomes aware that material news or a material event will occur during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the Lock-Up Period, the restrictions imposed by this lock-up agreement shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of such material news or material event, as applicable, unless the Representatives waive, in writing, such extension[; provided, however, that this extension of the Lock-Up Period shall not apply to the extent that FINRA has amended or repealed NASD Rule 2711(f)(4), or has otherwise provided written interpretive guidance regarding such rule, in each case, so as to eliminate the prohibition of any broker, dealer, or member of a national securities association from publishing or distributing any research report, with respect to the securities of an Emerging Growth Company prior to or after the expiration of any agreement between the broker, dealer, or member of a national securities association and the Emerging Growth Company or its shareholders that restricts or prohibits the sale of securities held by the Emerging Growth Company or its shareholders after the initial public offering date.

 

The undersigned agrees that, prior to engaging in any transaction or taking any other action that is subject to the terms of this lock-up agreement during the period from the date hereof to and including the 34 th day following the expiration of the initial Lock-Up Period, the undersigned will give notice thereof to the Company and will not consummate any such transaction or take any such action unless it has received written confirmation from the Company that the Lock-Up Period (as may have been extended pursuant to the previous paragraph) has expired.

 

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) the undersigned agrees that the foregoing restrictions shall be equally applicable to any issuer-directed or “friends and family” Shares that the undersigned may purchase in the Public Offering; (ii) the Representatives agree that, at least three (3) business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of Lock-Up Securities, the Representatives will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver; and (iii) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two (2) business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by the Representatives hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two (2) business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer of Lock-Up Securities not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this lock-up agreement to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of such transfer.

 

No provision in this agreement shall be deemed to restrict or prohibit the exercise, exchange or conversion by the undersigned of any securities exercisable or exchangeable for or convertible into Shares, as applicable; provided that the undersigned does not transfer the Shares acquired on such exercise, exchange or conversion during the Lock-Up Period, unless otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of this lock-up agreement. In addition, no provision herein shall be deemed to restrict or prohibit the entry into or modification of a so-called “10b5-1” plan at any time (other than the entry into or modification of such a plan in such a manner as to cause the sale of any Lock-Up Securities within the Lock-Up Period).

 

The undersigned understands that the Company and the Representatives are relying upon this lock-up agreement in proceeding toward consummation of the Public Offering. The undersigned further understands that this lock-up agreement is irrevocable and shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

 

  Ex. B- 2  
     

 

 

The undersigned understands that, if the Underwriting Agreement is not executed by [•], 2017, or if the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) shall terminate or be terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the Shares to be sold thereunder, then this lock-up agreement shall be void and of no further force or effect.

 

Whether or not the Public Offering actually occurs depends on a number of factors, including market conditions. Any Public Offering will only be made pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement, the terms of which are subject to negotiation between the Company and the Representatives.

 

 

Very truly yours,
   
  (Name - Please Print)
   
   (Signature)
   
  (Name of Signatory, in the case of entities - Please Print)
   
  (Title of Signatory, in the case of entities - Please Print)

 

  Address:  
     
     
     
     

 

  Ex. B- 3  
     

 

EXHIBIT C

 

Form of Press Release

 

POLAR POWER, INC.


[Date]

 

Polar Power, Inc. (the “Company”) announced today that Joseph Gunnar & Co., LLC and Roth Capital partner, LLC, acting as representatives for the underwriters in the Company’s recent public offering of  _______ shares of the Company’s common stock, is [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to _________  shares of the Company’s common stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company.  The [waiver] [release] will take effect on  _________, 20___, and the shares may be sold on or after such date.  

 

This press release is not an offer or sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer or sale is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

  Ex. C- 1  
     

 

EXHIBIT D

 

Form of Opinion of Counsel 2

 

(i)           The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation and is in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware with the requisite corporate power and authority to own or lease, as the case may be, and operate its respective properties, and to conduct its business, as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under the Underwriting Agreement. The Company is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure to so qualify or to be in good standing would not result in a Material Adverse Change.

 

(ii)           All issued and outstanding securities of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and none of such securities were issued in violation of the preemptive rights of any stockholder of the Company arising by operation of law or under the Charter, the Bylaws or, to our knowledge, the Material Contracts. The authorized and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company is as set forth in the Prospectus.

 

(iii)          The Public Securities have been duly authorized for issuance and sale to the Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement and, when issued and paid for pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, will be validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable. The issuance of the Public Securities is not and will not be subject to the preemptive or similar rights of any holders of any security of the Company arising by operation of the Delaware General Corporation Law or under the Charter, the Bylaws or the Material Contracts.

 

(iv)          The Underwriting Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

 

(v)           The Representatives’ Warrant Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes the valid and legally binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms. The shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Representatives’ Warrant Agreement have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company and, when issued in accordance with the terms of the Representatives’ Warrant Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and will not be subject to the preemptive or similar rights of any holders of any security of the Company arising by operation of law or under the Charter, the Bylaws or the Material Contracts.

 

(vi)          The execution, delivery and performance of the Underwriting Agreement and the Representatives’ Warrant Agreement, and compliance by the Company with the terms and provisions thereof and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, and the issuance and sale of the Public Securities, do not and will not, whether with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, (a) violate, conflict with, or result in a breach of, any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or modification of any lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance upon any of the properties or assets of the Company pursuant to the terms of, any agreement or instrument filed or incorporated by reference as an exhibit to the Registration Statement (collectively, the “Material Contracts”), (b) result in any violation of the provisions of the Charter, the Bylaws or any other similar organizational documents of the Company, or (c) to our knowledge, violate any law, statute or any judgment, order or decree, rule or regulation applicable to the Company of any Governmental Entity.

 

 

 

  Ex. D- 1  
     

 

(vii)        The shares of Common Stock offered pursuant to the Prospectus conform in all material respects to the description thereof set forth in the caption “Description of Capital Stock” contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

(viii)       The form of certificate used to evidence the Common Stock complies in all material respects with all applicable Delaware law requirements, with any applicable requirements of the Charter and By-laws and with the requirements of the Exchange.

 

(ix)          The statements in the Registration Statement, Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the heading “Description of Capital Stock,” insofar as such statements purport to summarize legal matters, legal conclusions, the Charter, the By-laws, or other agreements or documents discussed therein, are correct in all material respects.

 

(x)           The Registration Statement has been declared effective under the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations; any required filing of the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act has been made in the manner and within the time period required by the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations; we confirm to you, based solely on our review of the Commission’s “Stop Orders” web page (http://sec.gov/litigation/stoporders.shtml), that no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued; and to our knowledge, no proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Securities Act against the Company or in connection with the Offering is pending or threatened by the Commission.

 

(xi)          The Company is not required and, after giving effect to the Offering and sale of the Public Securities as contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, will not be required, to register as an “investment company,” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

(xii)         From the time of the initial filing of the Registration Statement to the Commission through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act.

 

(xiii)        No approval, order, registration or qualification of or with any Governmental Entity (other than under the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations, which have been obtained, or as may be required under the securities or blue sky laws of the various states, as to which we need express no opinion) is necessary or required for the performance by the Company of its obligations under the Underwriting Agreement, in connection with the offering, issuance or sale of the Public Securities thereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, except such as have been already made or obtained or as may be required under the rules of the Exchange, state securities laws or the rules of FINRA.

 

(xiv)        The Change of Domicile has been authorized by all necessary corporation action of the Company. The Change of Domicile was duly effected by the Company on [•], 2016 in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

  Ex. D- 2  
     

 

(xv)         The Public Securities have been approved for listing on the Exchange, subject only to official notice of issuance.

 

(xvi)        To our knowledge, there are no persons with registration rights or other similar rights to have any securities registered pursuant to the Registrant Statement or otherwise registered for sale by the Company under the Securities Act.

 

(xvii)     To our knowledge, there are not (1) any pending legal proceedings to which the Company is a party or of which the Company’s property is the subject, or (2) any proceedings contemplated by any Governmental Authority, in each case, which are required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement, Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and are not so disclosed.

 

A separate letter shall include the following:

 

Nothing has come to such counsel’s attention that caused such counsel to believe that (1) there are any contracts or other documents of a character which are required under the Securities Act to be described in the Registration Statement, Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement which have not been so described or filed as required, (2) the Registration Statement, as of the time it became effective, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; (3) the Pricing Disclosure Package, as of the Applicable Time, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; or (4 the Prospectus, as of its date and as of the Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as applicable, contained or contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading (except that, in each case, we express no view, and make no statement, with respect to the financial statements and schedules and notes thereto and other financial data derived therefrom that are contained in or omitted from the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus).

 

Each of (1) the Registration Statement, as of the time it became effective, (2) the Pricing Disclosure Package, as of the Applicable Time, and (3) the Prospectus, as of its date (in each case other than the financial statements and supporting schedules included therein, as to which no opinion need be rendered), comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and Securities Act Regulations

 

  Ex. D- 3  

   

Exhibit 2.1

 

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER
OF
POLAR POWER, INC,

A DELAWARE CORPORATION
AND
POLAR POWER, INC.,

A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION

 

THIS AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER (this “ Agreement and Plan of Merger ”), dated as of [●] , 2016, by and between Polar Power, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Polar Power Delaware ”), and Polar Power, Inc., a California corporation (“ Polar Power California ”), pursuant to Section 253 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”) and Section 1108 of the California General Corporation Law (the “ CGCL ”).

 

WITNESSETH

 

WHEREAS, Polar Power Delaware is a corporation duly organized and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware;

 

WHEREAS, Polar Power California is a corporation duly organized and in good standing under the laws of the State of California;

 

WHEREAS, Polar Power Delaware is the wholly-owned subsidiary of Polar Power California; and

 

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of Polar Power Delaware and the Board of Directors of Polar Power California have determined that it is advisable and in the best interests of each of them that Polar Power California merge with and into Polar Power Delaware upon the terms and subject to the conditions herein provided.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements and covenants set forth herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I
MERGER

 

Upon the filing of a Certificate of Ownership and Merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and the Certificate of Merger with the Secretary of the State of California (the “ Effective Time ”), Polar Power California shall be merged with and into Polar Power Delaware (the “ Merger ”), and Polar Power Delaware shall be the corporation surviving the Merger (hereinafter referred to as, the “ Surviving Corporation ”).

 

  1  

 

  

ARTICLE II
DIRECTORS, OFFICERS AND GOVERNING DOCUMENTS

 

The directors of the Surviving Corporation immediately after the Effective Time shall be Arthur D. Sams, Matthew Goldman and Keith Albrecht. The officers of the Surviving Corporation immediately after the Effective Time shall be as follows:

 

Name Position
   
Arthur D. Sams Chairman of the Board, President, Chief Executive Officer and Secretary
   
Rajesh Masina Vice President Operations
   
Luis Zavala Vice President Finance and Acting Chief Financial Officer

 

These officers and directors shall hold office in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation.

 

The Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation as in force and effect at the effective time and date of the Merger will be the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of said Surviving Corporation and will continue in full force and effect until changed, altered, or amended as therein provided and in the manner prescribed by the provisions of the laws of the State of Delaware of said Surviving Corporation.

 

ARTICLE III
NAME

 

The name of the Surviving Corporation shall be: Polar Power, Inc.

 

ARTICLE IV
EFFECT OF MERGER ON SHARES OF STOCK OF POLAR POWER CALIFORNIA

 

At the Effective Time, every one (1) share of common stock, no par value per share, of Polar Power California immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into and become one (1) share of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Surviving Corporation. At the Effective Time, each issued and outstanding share of stock of the Surviving Corporation held by Polar Power California shall be canceled, without the payment of consideration therefor.

 

ARTICLE V
EFFECT OF THE MERGER

 

The Merger shall have the effect set forth in Section 259 of the DGCL.

 

  2  

 

  

ARTICLE VI
APPROVAL

 

This Agreement and Plan of Merger, as made and approved, has been submitted to the shareholders of Polar Power California for their approval or rejection in the manner prescribed by the provisions of the CGCL and shall be approved in the manner prescribed by the DGCL.

 

ARTICLE VII
AUTHORIZATION

 

The Board of Directors and the proper officers of Polar Power California and of the Surviving Corporation are hereby authorized, empowered, and directed to do any and all acts and things, and to make, execute, deliver, file, and/or record any and all instruments, papers, and documents which shall be or become necessary, proper, or convenient to carry out or put into effect any of the provisions of this Agreement and Plan of Merger or of the Merger herein provided for.

 

ARTICLE VIII
FURTHER ASSURANCES

 

From time to time, as and when required by the Surviving Corporation or by its successors and assigns, there shall be executed and delivered on behalf of Polar Power California such deeds and other instruments, and there shall be taken or caused to be taken by the Surviving Corporation all such further and other actions, as shall be appropriate or necessary in order to vest, perfect or confirm in the Surviving Corporation the title to and possession of all property, interests, assets, rights, privileges, immunities, powers and authority of Polar Power California, and otherwise to carry out the purposes of this Agreement and Plan of Merger. The officers and directors of the Surviving Corporation are fully authorized, on behalf of the Surviving Corporation or Polar Power California, to take any and all such actions and to execute and deliver any and all such deeds, documents and other instruments.

 

ARTICLE IX
RESERVATION OF RIGHTS

 

The Board of Directors of Polar Power California reserves the right, notwithstanding shareholder approval and without further action by the shareholders, to elect not to proceed with the Merger, if at any time prior to consummating such Merger, the Board of Directors of Polar Power California, in its sole discretion, determines that it is no longer in the best interests of Polar Power California and its shareholders.

 


ARTICLE X

CAPITALIZATION

 

Polar Power California has issued and outstanding 7,383,158 shares of common stock, no par value per share, and no shares of preferred stock. Except as otherwise provided by the CGCL, the holders of common stock of Polar Power California shall exclusively possess all voting power of such corporation. None of these shares are subject to change prior to the Effective Time of the Merger.

 

  3  

 

  

Polar Power Delaware has issued and outstanding One Hundred (100) shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share. No shares preferred stock are issued and outstanding. Except as otherwise provided by the DGCL, the holders of common stock of Polar Power Delaware shall exclusively possess all voting power of such corporation. None of these shares are subject to change prior to the Effective Time of the Merger.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement and Plan of Merger as of the date first above written.

 

  POLAR POWER, INC.,
  a California corporation
   
  By:  
   
  Name: Arthur D. Sams
   
  Title: Chairman and CEO
   
   
  POLAR POWER, INC.,
  a Delaware corporation
   
  By:  
   
  Name: Arthur D. Sams
   
  Title: Chairman and CEO

 

  4  

 

 

Exhibit 3.3

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF POLAR POWER, INC.

 

ARTICLE I

 

The name of the corporation is Polar Power, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

 

ARTICLE II

 

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 3500 South Dupont Highway in the city of Dover, County of Kent, Delaware 19901. The name of its registered agent of the Corporation at such address is GKL Registered Agents of DE, Inc.

 

ARTICLE III

 

The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“ DGCL ”).

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Section 1. This Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock, to be designated, respectively, “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock.” The total number of shares of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 55,000,000 shares, of which 50,000,000 shares are Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and 5,000,000 shares are Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share.

 

Section 2. Each share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote. Each share of Common Stock shall be equal in all respects to every other share of Common Stock. Each holder of record of issued and outstanding Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote on all matters for each share so held. Subject to the rights and preferences, if any, of the holders of Preferred Stock, each issued and outstanding share of Common Stock shall entitle the record holder thereof to receive dividends and distributions out of funds legally available therefor, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, in such amounts and at such times, if any, as the Board of Directors shall determine, ratably in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by each such record holder. Upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, after there shall have been paid to or set aside for the holders of any class of capital stock having preference over the Common Stock in such circumstances the full preferential amounts to which they are respectively entitled, the holders of the Common Stock, and of any class or series of capital stock entitled to participate in whole or in part therewith as to the distribution of assets, shall be entitled, after payment or provision for the payment of all debts and liabilities of the Corporation, to receive the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution, in cash or in kind, ratably in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by each such holder.

 

  1  

 

 

Section 3. The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series pursuant to a resolution or resolutions providing for such issue duly adopted by the Board of Directors (authority to do so being hereby expressly vested in the Board of Directors). The Board of Directors is further authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by law, to fix by resolution or resolutions the designations, powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of any wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock, including, without limitation, authority to fix by resolution or resolutions the dividend rights, dividend rate, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions), redemption price or prices, and liquidation preferences of any such series, and the number of shares constituting any such series and the designation thereof, or any of the foregoing. The Board of Directors is further authorized to increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares of any such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any series, the number of which was fixed by it, subject to the powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof stated in this Certificate of Incorporation or the resolution of the Board of Directors originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

 

Section 4. The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL (or any successor provision thereto), voting together as a single class, without a separate vote of the holders of shares of the class or classes the number of authorized shares of which are being increased or decreased, unless a vote by any holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock is required by the express terms of any series of Preferred Stock as provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of Section 3 of this Article IV (or any certificate of designation with respect thereto). Except as otherwise required by law or provided in this Section 4 , holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon by law or pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock).

 

ARTICLE V

 

Subject to the rights of holders of Preferred Stock, the number of directors that constitutes the entire Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be fixed solely by resolution of the majority of the Whole Board. For purposes of this Certificate of Incorporation, the term “ Whole Board ” shall mean the total number of authorized directors whether or not there exist any vacancies in the previously authorized directorships. At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors of the Corporation shall be elected to hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until their successors have been duly elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal; except that if any such meeting shall not be so held, such election shall take place at a stockholders’ meeting called and held in accordance with the DGCL or by written consent in lieu of an annual meeting pursuant to Section 211(b) of the DGCL and Article VIII hereof.

 

  2  

 

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Except as otherwise provided for or fixed by or pursuant to the provisions of Article IV hereof in relation to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances or as provided by resolution of the Board of Directors, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors, created in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation, and any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other cause shall be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by a sole remaining director, and not by the stockholders. A person so elected by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Section 1. The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

 

Section 2. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by statute or by this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, the Board of Directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation.

 

Section 3. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, alter, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. The affirmative vote of at least a majority of the Whole Board shall be required in order for the Board of Directors to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Corporation’s Bylaws. The Corporation’s Bylaws may also be adopted, amended, altered or repealed by the stockholders of the Corporation. Notwithstanding the above or any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws of the Corporation may not be amended, altered or repealed except in accordance with Article X of the Bylaws. No Bylaw hereafter legally adopted, amended, altered or repealed shall invalidate any prior act of the directors or officers of the Corporation that would have been valid if such Bylaw had not been adopted, amended, altered or repealed.

 

Section 4. The election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

 

Section 5. No stockholder will be permitted to cumulate votes at any election of directors.

 

  3  

 

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

Section 1. Any action required or permitted to be taken at an annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by holders of record on the record date (established in the manner provided in Section 2 of this Article VIII ) of outstanding shares of the Corporation having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, but only if such action is taken in accordance with the provisions of this Article VIII , the Bylaws of the Corporation and applicable law; provided , however , that in the case of the election or removal of directors by written consent, such consent shall be effective only if signed by the holders of all outstanding shares entitled to vote for the election of directors.

 

Section 2. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. Any stockholder of record seeking to have the stockholders authorize or take corporate action by written consent shall, by written notice to the attention of the Secretary of the Corporation, request the Board of Directors to fix a record date. The Board of Directors shall promptly, but in all events within ten days after the date on which such a request is received, adopt a resolution fixing the record date (unless a record date has previously been fixed by the Board of Directors pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 2 of Article VIII ). If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors within ten days of the date on which such a request is received, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the date on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

Section 1. Special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board, and any power of stockholders to call a special meeting of stockholders is specifically denied. Only such business shall be considered at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been stated in the notice for such meeting.

 

  4  

 

 

Section 2. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner and to the extent provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE X

 

Section 1. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended from time to time, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

 

Section 2. The Corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any director or officer of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a

director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding. The Corporation shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if the Proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 3. The Corporation shall have the power to indemnify, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any employee or agent of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.

 

Section 4. Neither any amendment nor repeal of any Section of this Article X , nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation inconsistent with this Article X , shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article X in respect of any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit, claim or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this Article X , would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or outside of the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

  5  

 

 

ARTICLE XII

 

Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum and to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if such court lacks jurisdiction, any other state or federal court located within the State of Delaware) shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (A) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (B) any action or proceeding asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (C) any action or proceeding asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, or (D) any action or proceeding asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine; in all cases subject to the court’s having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants.

 

ARTICLE XIII

 

The Corporation shall not be governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL.

 

ARTICLE XIV

 

The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation in the manner prescribed by the laws of the State of Delaware and all rights conferred upon stockholders are granted subject to this reservation.

 

  6  

 

 

Exhibit 3.4

 

BYLAWS OF POLAR POWER, INC.

 

ARTICLE I — CORPORATE OFFICES

 

1.1 REGISTERED OFFICE

 

The registered office of Polar Power, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) shall be fixed in the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”). References in these Bylaws (the “ Bylaws ”) to the Certificate of Incorporation shall mean the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended from time to time, including the terms of any certificates of designation of any series of Preferred Stock.

 

1.2 OTHER OFFICES

 

The Corporation may at any time establish other offices at any place or places.

 

ARTICLE II — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

2.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS

 

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the Corporation’s Board of Directors (the “ Board of Directors ”). The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the Corporation’s principal executive office.

 

2.2 ANNUAL MEETING

 

The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held on such date, at such time, and at such place (if any) within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the Corporation’s notice of the meeting. At the annual meeting, directors shall be elected and any other proper business, brought in accordance with Section 2.4 of these Bylaws, may be transacted.

 

2.3 SPECIAL MEETING

 

(i) A special meeting of the stockholders, other than those required by statute, may be called at any time only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Whole Board. A special meeting of the stockholders may not be called by any other person or persons. The Board of Directors, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Whole Board, may cancel, postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special meeting at any time, before or after the notice for such meeting has been sent to the stockholders. For purposes of these Bylaws, the term “ Whole Board ” shall mean the total number of authorized directors whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships.

 

(ii) The notice of a special meeting shall include the purpose for which the

 

1  

 

 

(iii) meeting is called. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors. Nothing contained in this Section 2.3(ii) shall be construed as limiting, fixing or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board of Directors may be held.

 

2.4 ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES

 

(i) Advance Notice of Stockholder Business . At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be brought: (A) pursuant to the Corporation’s proxy materials with respect to such meeting, (B) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (C) by a stockholder of the Corporation who (1) is a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(i) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting and (2) has timely complied in proper written form with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(i) . In addition, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, such business must be a proper matter for stockholder action pursuant to these Bylaws and applicable law. Except for proposals properly made in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the rules and regulations thereunder (as so amended and inclusive of such rules and regulations, the “ 1934 Act ”), clause (C) above shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to bring business before an annual meeting of stockholders.

 

(a) To comply with clause (C) of Section 2.4(i) , a stockholder’s notice must set forth all information required under this Section 2.4(i) and must be timely received by the secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the 45th day nor earlier than the 75th day before the one-year anniversary of the date on which the Corporation first mailed its proxy materials or a notice of availability of proxy materials (whichever is earlier) for the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided , however , that in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or if the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than 30 days prior to or delayed by more than 60 days after the one-year anniversary of the date of the previous year’s annual meeting, then, for notice by the stockholder to be timely, it must be so received by the secretary not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the 90th day prior to such annual meeting, or (ii) the tenth day following the day on which Public Announcement (as defined below) of the date of such annual meeting is first made. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described in this Section 2.4(i)(a) . “ Public Announcement ” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or a comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act.

 

2  

 

 

(b) To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary must set forth as to each matter of business the stockholder intends to bring before the annual meeting: (1) a brief description of the business intended to be brought before the annual meeting, the text of the proposed business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration) and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (2) the name and address, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, of the stockholder proposing such business and any Stockholder Associated Person (as defined below), (3) the class and number of shares of the Corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person and any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person as of the date of delivery of such notice, (4) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any securities of the Corporation, and a description of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, or to manage the risk or benefit from share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any securities of the Corporation, (5) any material interest of the stockholder or a Stockholder Associated Person in such business, and (6) a statement whether either such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the voting power of the Corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal (such information provided and statements made as required by clauses (1) through (6) above, a “ Business Solicitation Statement ”). In addition, to be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary must be supplemented not later than ten days following the record date for notice of the meeting to disclose the information contained in clauses (3) and (4) above as of the record date for notice of the meeting. For purposes of this Section 2.4 , a “ Stockholder Associated Person ” of any stockholder shall mean (i) any person controlling, directly or indirectly, or acting in concert with, such stockholder, (ii) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the Corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder and on whose behalf the proposal or nomination, as the case may be, is being made, or (iii) any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such person referred to in the preceding clauses (i) and (ii).

 

(c) Without exception, no business shall be conducted at any annual meeting except in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Section 2.4(i) and, if applicable, Section 2.4(ii) . In addition, business proposed to be brought by a stockholder may not be brought before the annual meeting if such stockholder or a Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Business Solicitation Statement applicable to such business or if the Business Solicitation Statement applicable to such business contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The chairperson of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the annual meeting that business was not properly brought before the annual meeting and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.4(i) , and, if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the annual meeting that any such business not properly brought before the annual meeting shall not be conducted.

 

3  

 

 

(ii) Advance Notice of Director Nominations at Annual Meetings . Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(ii) shall be eligible for election or re-election as directors at an annual meeting of stockholders. Nominations of persons for election or re-election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only (A) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (B) by a stockholder of the Corporation who (1) was a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(ii) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting and (2) has complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(ii) . In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the secretary of the Corporation.

 

(a) To comply with clause (B) of Section 2.4(ii) , a nomination to be made by a stockholder must set forth all information required under this Section 2.4(ii) and must be received by the secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation at the time set forth in, and in accordance with, the final three sentences of Section 2.4(i)(a) ; provided , however , that in the event the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors is increased and there is no Public Announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased board made by the Corporation at least ten (10) days before the last day a stockholder may deliver notice of nomination pursuant to the foregoing provisions, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 2.4(ii ) shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the date on which such Public Announcement is first made by the Corporation.

 

(b) To be in proper written form, such stockholder’s notice to the secretary must set forth:

 

(1) as to each person (a “ nominee ”) whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director: (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of the nominee, (B) the principal occupation or employment of the nominee, (C) the class and number of shares of the Corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned by the nominee and any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the nominee, (D) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of the nominee with respect to any securities of the Corporation, and a description of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, or to manage the risk or benefit of share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of the nominee, (E) a description of all arrangements or understandings between or among the stockholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nominations are to be made by the stockholder or concerning the nominee’s potential service on the Board of Directors, (F) a written statement executed by the nominee acknowledging that as a director of the Corporation, the nominee will owe fiduciary duties under Delaware law with respect to the Corporation and its stockholders, and (G) any other information relating to the nominee that would be required to be disclosed about such nominee if proxies were being solicited for the election or re-election of the nominee as a director, or that is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the 1934 Act (including without limitation the nominee’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement, if any, as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected or re-elected, as the case may be); and

 

4  

 

 

(2) as to such stockholder giving notice, (A) the information required to be provided pursuant to clauses (2) through (5) of Section 2.4(i)(b) , and the supplement referenced in the second sentence of Section 2.4(i)(b) (except that the references to “business” in such clauses shall instead refer to nominations of directors for purposes of this paragraph), and (B) a statement whether either such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of voting power of the Corporation’s voting shares reasonably believed by such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person to be necessary to elect or re-elect such nominee(s) (such information provided and statements made as required by clauses (A) and (B) above, a “ Nominee Solicitation Statement ”).

 

(c) At the request of the Board of Directors, any person nominated by a stockholder for election or re-election as a director must furnish to the secretary of the Corporation (1) that information required to be set forth in the stockholder’s notice of nomination of such person as a director as of a date subsequent to the date on which the notice of such person’s nomination was given, (2) such other information as may reasonably be required by the Corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director or audit committee financial expert of the Corporation under applicable law, securities exchange rule or regulation, or any publicly disclosed corporate governance guideline or committee charter of the Corporation and (3) such other information that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee; in the absence of the furnishing of any such information of the kind specified in this Section 2.4(ii)(c) if requested, such stockholder’s nomination shall not be considered in proper form pursuant to this Section 2.4(ii) .

 

(d) Without exception, no person shall be eligible for election or re-election as a director of the Corporation at an annual meeting of stockholders unless nominated in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Section 2.4(ii) . In addition, a nominee shall not be eligible for election or re-election if a stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee or if the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The chairperson of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the annual meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the provisions prescribed by these Bylaws, and if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the annual meeting, and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

 

5  

 

 

(iii) Advance Notice of Director Nominations for Special Meetings .

 

(a) If the Board of Directors has authorized in the specific case that stockholders may fill a vacancy or newly created directorship at a special meeting of stockholders, and a special meeting has been properly called for such purpose, nominations of persons for election or appointment to the Board of Directors at such special meeting shall be made only (1) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (2) by any stockholder of the Corporation who (A) is a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(iii) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the special meeting and (B) delivers a timely written notice of the nomination to the secretary of the Corporation that includes the information set forth in Sections 2.4(ii)(b) and (ii)(c) . To be timely, such notice must be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which Public Announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected or appointed at such meeting. A person shall not be eligible for election or appointment as a director at a special meeting unless the person is nominated (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by a stockholder in accordance with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(iii) . In addition, a nominee shall not be eligible for election or appointment if a stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee or if the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. Any person nominated in accordance with this Section 2.4(iii) is subject to, and must comply with, the provisions of Section 2.4(ii)(c) .

 

(b) The chairperson of such special meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the meeting that a nomination or business was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by these Bylaws, and if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the meeting, and the defective nomination or business shall be disregarded.

 

(iv) Other Requirements and Rights . In addition to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.4 , a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of state law and of the 1934 Act with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.4 . Nothing in this Section 2.4 shall be deemed to affect any rights of:

 

(a) (a) a stockholder to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the 1934 Act; or

 

(b) the Corporation to omit a proposal from the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the 1934 Act.

 

2.5 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

 

Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the written notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting.

 

2.6 QUORUM

 

The holders of a majority of the voting power of the stock issued, outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders, unless otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or the rules of any applicable stock exchange. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority of the voting power of the then-issued and outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter, except as otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or the rules of any applicable stock exchange.

 

6  

 

  

If a quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairperson of the meeting, or (ii) the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present or represented. The chairperson of the meeting shall have the authority to adjourn a meeting of the stockholders in all other events. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.

 

2.7 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

 

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these Bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 213(a) of the DGCL and Section 2.11 of these Bylaws, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

 

2.8 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

 

The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business. The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall be designated by the Board of Directors; in the absence of such designation, the chairperson of the Board of Directors, if any, the chief executive officer (in the absence of the chairperson) or the president (in the absence of the chairperson of the Board of Directors and the chief executive officer), or in their absence any other executive officer of the Corporation, shall serve as chairperson of the stockholder meeting.

 

2.9 VOTING

 

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these Bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

 

Except as may be otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

 

7  

 

  

Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or the rules of any applicable stock exchange, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or the rules of any applicable stock exchange, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of the voting power of shares of such class or series or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or series or classes or series, except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or the rules of any applicable stock exchange.

 

2.10 STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

 

Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required by statute to be taken at any annual or special of the stockholders, or any action which may be taken at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be (i) signed by the holders of record on the record date (established in the manner set forth in Section 2.11 below and Article VIII of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation) of outstanding shares of the Corporation having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted; provided , however , that in the case of the election or removal of directors by written consent, such consent shall be effective only if signed by the holders of all outstanding shares entitled to vote for the election of directors, and (ii) delivered to the Corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

 

2.11 RECORD DATES

 

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the Board of Directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board of Directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination.

 

If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

 

8  

 

 

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided , however , that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the provisions of Section 213 of the DGCL and this Section 2.11 at the adjourned meeting.

 

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

2.12 PROXIES

 

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL. A written proxy may be in the form of a telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission which sets forth or is submitted with information from which it can be determined that the telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder.

 

2.13 LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE

 

The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting; provided , however , if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date. The stockholder list shall be arranged in alphabetical order and show the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The Corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the Corporation’s principal place of business. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place (as opposed to solely by means of remote communication), then a list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be examined by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then a list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. The stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the only evidence as to the identity of the stockholders entitled to examine the stock list and vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

 

9  

 

  

2.14 INSPECTORS OF ELECTION

 

Before any meeting of stockholders, the Board of Directors shall appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting or its adjournment. The number of inspectors shall be either one or three. If any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, then the chairperson of the meeting shall appoint a person to fill that vacancy.

 

Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath to execute faithfully the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspector or inspectors so appointed and designated shall (i) ascertain the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding and the voting power of each share, (ii) determine the shares of capital stock of the Corporation represented at the meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots, (iii) count all votes and ballots, (iv) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors, and (v) certify their determination of the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation represented at the meeting and such inspector or inspectors’ count of all votes and ballots.

 

In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots cast at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, the inspector or inspectors may consider such information as is permitted by applicable law. If there are three inspectors of election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all.

 

ARTICLE III — DIRECTORS

 

3.1 POWERS

 

The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided in the DGCL or the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

3.2 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

 

The Board of Directors shall consist of one or more members, each of whom shall be a natural person. Unless the Certificate of Incorporation fixes the number of directors, the number of directors shall be determined from time to time solely by resolution of the Whole Board. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

 

3.3 ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

 

Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these Bylaws, each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws. The Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors.

 

10  

 

 

3.4 RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

 

Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation; provided , however , that if such notice is given by electronic transmission, such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the director. A resignation is effective when the resignation is delivered unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of an event or events. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. A resignation which is conditioned upon the director failing to receive a specified vote for reelection as a director may provide that it is irrevocable. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, when one or more directors resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective.

 

Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws or if authorized by resolution of the Board of Directors, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class shall be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and not by the stockholders. If the directors are divided into classes, a person so elected by the directors then in office to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

 

If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole Board of Directors (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least 10% of the voting power of the capital stock of the Corporation at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the DGCL as far as applicable.

 

3.5 PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

 

The Board of Directors may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

 

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

11  

 

  

3.6 REGULAR MEETINGS

 

Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

3.7 SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

 

Special meetings of the Board of Directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairperson of the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer, the president, the secretary or a majority of the authorized number of directors, at such times and places as he or she or they shall designate.

 

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

 

(i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

 

(ii) sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

 

(iii) sent by facsimile; or

 

(iv) sent by electronic mail,

 

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the Corporation’s records.

 

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or (iii) sent by electronic mail, it shall be delivered or sent at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice may be communicated to the director. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the Corporation’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

 

3.8 QUORUM; VOTING

 

At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the total authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

 

The affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

 

If the Certificate of Incorporation provides that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter, every reference in these Bylaws to a majority or other proportion of the directors shall refer to a majority or other proportion of the votes of the directors.

 

12  

 

  

3.9 BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

 

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or statute, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form. Any person (whether or not then a director) may provide, whether through instruction to an agent or otherwise, that a consent to action will be effective at a future time (including a time determined upon the happening of an event), no later than 60 days after such instruction is given or such provision is made and such consent shall be deemed to have been given for purposes of this Section 3.9 at such effective time so long as such person is then a director and did not revoke the consent prior to such time. Any such consent shall be revocable prior to its becoming effective.

 

3.10 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

 

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or statute, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

 

3.11 REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

 

A director may be removed from office by the stockholders of the Corporation with or without cause.

 

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

 

ARTICLE IV — COMMITTEES

 

4.1 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

 

The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors or in these Bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the Corporation.

 

13  

 

  

4.2 COMMITTEE MINUTES

 

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

 

4.3 MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

 

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

 

(i) Section 3.5 (place of meetings and meetings by telephone);

 

(ii) Section 3.6 (regular meetings);

 

(iii) Section 3.7 (special meetings; notice);

 

(iv) Section 3 .8 (quorum; voting);

 

(v) Section 3.9 (action without a meeting); and

 

(vi) Section 7.5 (waiver of notice)

 

with such changes in the context of those Bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board of Directors and its members. However:

 

(i) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined by resolution of the committee;

 

(ii) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the committee; and

 

(iii) notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The Board of Directors or a committee may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these Bylaws.

 

Any provision in the Certificate of Incorporation providing that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter shall apply to voting in any committee or subcommittee, unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

 

4.4 SUBCOMMITTEES

 

Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or the resolutions of the Board of Directors designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

 

14  

 

 

ARTICLE V — OFFICERS

 

5.1 OFFICERS

 

The officers of the Corporation shall be a president and a secretary. The Corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, a chairperson of the Board of Directors, a vice chairperson of the Board of Directors, a chief executive officer, a chief financial officer or treasurer, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant vice presidents, one or more assistant treasurers, one or more assistant secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

5.2 APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

 

The Board of Directors shall appoint the officers of the Corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these Bylaws, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment. A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled in the manner prescribed in this Article V for the regular election to such office.

 

5.3 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

 

The Board of Directors may appoint, or empower the chief executive officer or, in the absence of a chief executive officer, the president, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the Corporation may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these Bylaws or as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

 

5.4 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

 

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by the Board of Directors or by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board of Directors, except that, unless specifically approved by the Board of Directors, officers may not remove other officers chosen by the Board of Directors.

 

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written or electronic notice to the Corporation; provided , however , that if such notice is given by electronic transmission, such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the officer. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

 

5.5 VACANCIES IN OFFICES

 

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors or as provided in Section 5.3 .

 

15  

 

 

5.6 REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OR INTERESTS OF OTHER CORPORATIONS OR ENTITIES

 

The chairperson of the Board of Directors, the president, any vice president, the treasurer, the secretary or any assistant secretary of this Corporation, or any other person authorized by the Board of Directors or the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of this Corporation all rights incident to any and all shares or equity interests of any other corporation or corporations or entity or entities standing in the name of this Corporation, including the right to act by written consent. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

 

5.7 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

 

All officers of the Corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the Corporation as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE VI — STOCK

 

6.1 STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

 

The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by the chairperson of the Board of Directors or vice-chairperson of the Board of Directors, or the president or a vice-president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. The Corporation shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form.

 

The Corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly-paid shares, or upon the books and records of the Corporation in the case of uncertificated partly-paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully-paid shares, the Corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly-paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

 

16  

 

 

6.2 SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

 

If the Corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided , however , that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the Corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this Section 6.2 or Sections 151, 156, 202(a) or 218(a) of the DGCL or with respect to this Section 6.2 a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated stock and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock of the same class and series shall be identical.

 

6.3 LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES

 

Except as provided in this Section 6.3 , no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the Corporation and cancelled at the same time. The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

6.4 DIVIDENDS

 

The Board of Directors, subject to any restrictions contained in the Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of the Corporation’s capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the Corporation’s capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

The Board of Directors may set apart out of any of the funds of the Corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve.

 

6.5 TRANSFER OF STOCK

 

Transfers of record of shares of stock of the Corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by an attorney duly authorized, and, if such stock is certificated, upon the surrender of a certificate or certificates for a like number of shares, properly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer; provided , however , that such succession, assignment or authority to transfer is not prohibited by the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, applicable law or contract.

 

17  

 

  

6.6 STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

 

The Corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the Corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

 

6.7 REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

 

The Corporation:

 

(i) shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;

 

(ii) shall be entitled (to the fullest extent permitted by law) to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and

 

(iii) shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

 

ARTICLE VII — MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

 

7.1 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

 

Notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the Corporation’s records. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

7.2 NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

 

Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

 

(i) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the Corporation in accordance with such consent; and

 

(ii) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.

 

However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

 

Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

 

18  

 

  

(i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

(ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

(iii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

 

(iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

 

An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

An “ electronic transmission ” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

 

7.3 NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS

 

Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under the provisions of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation. Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the Corporation, within 60 days of having been given written notice by the Corporation of its intention to send the single notice, shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.

 

7.4 NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL

 

Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the Corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful. 

 

19  

 

 

7.5 WAIVER OF NOTICE

 

Whenever notice is required to be given to stockholders, directors or other persons under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders or the Board of Directors, as the case may be, need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

 

ARTICLE VIII — INDEMNIFICATION

 

8.1 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN THIRD PARTY PROCEEDINGS

 

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII , the Corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director of the Corporation or an officer of the Corporation, or while a director of the Corporation or officer of the Corporation is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

 

8.2 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN ACTIONS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION

 

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII , the Corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or while a director or officer of the Corporation is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

20  

 

  

8.3 SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE

 

To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described in Section 8.1 or Section 8.2 , or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

 

8.4 INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS; ADVANCE PAYMENT TO OTHERS

 

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII , the Corporation shall have power to advance expenses to and indemnify its employees and its agents to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law. The Board of Directors shall have the power to delegate the determination of whether employees or agents shall be indemnified or receive an advancement of expenses to such person or persons as the Board of Directors determines.

 

8.5 ADVANCE PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

 

Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director of the Corporation in defending any Proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding upon receipt of a written request therefor (together with documentation reasonably evidencing such expenses) and an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to repay such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VIII or the DGCL. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Corporation deems reasonably appropriate and shall be subject to the Corporation’s expense guidelines. The right to advancement of expenses shall not apply to any claim for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to these Bylaws, but shall apply to any Proceeding referenced in Section 8.6(ii) or 8.6(iii) of these Bylaws prior to a determination that the person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation.

 

8.6 LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION

 

Subject to the requirements in Section 8.3 and the DGCL, the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any person pursuant to this Article VIII in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

 

21  

 

  

(i) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of such person under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;

 

(ii) for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the 1934 Act, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

 

(iii) for any reimbursement of the Corporation by such person of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by such person from the sale of securities of the Corporation, as required in each case under the 1934 Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Corporation pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the Corporation of profits arising from the purchase and sale by such person of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

 

(iv) initiated by such person against the Corporation or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (a) the Board of Directors authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (b) the Corporation provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Corporation under applicable law, (c) otherwise required to be made under Section 8.7 of these Bylaws or (d) otherwise required by applicable law; or

 

(v) if prohibited by applicable law; provided , however , that if any provision or provisions of this Article VIII shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (1) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Article VIII (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph or clause containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (2) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Article VIII (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph or clause containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

 

8.7 DETERMINATION; CLAIM

 

If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article VIII is not paid in full within 90 days after receipt by the Corporation of the written request therefor, the claimant shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of expenses. The Corporation shall indemnify such person against any and all expenses that are incurred by such person in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of expenses from the Corporation under this Article VIII , to the extent such person is successful in such action, and to the extent not prohibited by law. In any such suit, the Corporation shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving that the claimant is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses.

 

22  

 

 

8.8 NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS

 

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the Certificate of Incorporation or any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The Corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advancement of expenses, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law.

 

8.9 INSURANCE

 

The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

 

8.10 SURVIVAL

 

The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Article VIII shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

8.11 EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION

 

Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Article VIII shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal.

 

8.12 CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

 

For purposes of this Article VIII , references to the “ Corporation ” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article VIII , references to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan (excluding any “parachute payments” within the meanings of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended); and references to “ serving at the request of the Corporation ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation ” as referred to in this Article VIII .

 

23  

 

  

ARTICLE IX — GENERAL MATTERS

 

9.1 EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

 

Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any document or instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the Corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

 

9.2 FISCAL YEAR

 

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors and may be changed by the Board of Directors.

 

9.3 SEAL

 

The Corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be adopted and which may be altered by the Board of Directors. The Corporation may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

 

9.4 CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

 

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these Bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “ person ” includes both an entity and a natural person.

 

ARTICLE X — AMENDMENTS

 

These Bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote; provided , however , that the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the total voting power of all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, shall be required for the stockholders of the Corporation to alter, amend or repeal, or adopt any bylaw inconsistent with, the following provisions of these Bylaws: Article II, Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.4 and 3.11 of Article III , Article VIII and this Article X (including, without limitation, any such Article or Section as renumbered as a result of any amendment, alteration, change, repeal, or adoption of any other Bylaw). The Board of Directors, acting by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the Whole Board, shall also have the power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws; provided , however , that a bylaw amendment adopted by stockholders which specifies the votes that shall be necessary for the election of directors shall not be further amended or repealed by the Board of Directors .

 

24  

 

Exhibit 4.1

 

 

NUMBER CERT. XXX Polar Power, Inc. SHARES XXXXXXXXX INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE $0.0001 PAR VALUE COMMON STOCK CUSIP 73102V105 COMMON STOCK THIS CERTIFIES THAT * SPECIMEN * Is The Owner of XXXXXXXXX FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OF Polar Power, Inc. Transferable on the books of the Corporation in person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate is not valid until countersigned by the Transfer Agent and registered by the Registrar. Dated: ********* COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED: VSTOCK TRANSFER, LLC Transfer Agent and Registrar Arthur D. Sams President and Secretary By: AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

 

 

 

 

 

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations. TEN COM - as tenants in common UNIF GIFT MIN ACT Custodian TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties (Cust) (Minor) JT TEN - as joint tenants with the right of Act survivorship and not as tenants (State) in common Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list. For value received, hereby sell, assign and transfer unto PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE: (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE) shares of the capital stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint , Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises. Dated X THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THIS CERTIFICATE. THE SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (Banks, Stockbrokers, Savings and Loan Associations and Credit Unions). SIGNATURE GUARANTEED: TRANSFER FEE WILLAPPLY

 

 

 

Exhibit 5.1

 

   

TROUTMAN SANDERS LLP

Attorneys at Law

5 Park Plaza

Suite 1400

Irvine, California 92614

949.622.2700 telephone

troutmansanders.com

 

November 18, 2016

 

Polar Power, Inc.
249 E. Gardena Blvd.

Gardena, CA 90248

 

Re: Registration Statement on Form S-1

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

This opinion is furnished to you in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-213572), as amended (the “Registration Statement”), filed by Polar Power, Inc. (the “Company”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of (i) 2,300,000 shares (the “Shares”) of the Company’s common stock (including up to 300,000 Shares issuable upon exercise of an option granted to the underwriters by the Company) and (ii) a warrant to purchase up to 115,000 shares of the Company’s common stock issued to the representatives of the underwriters (the “Representatives’ Warrant,” and the shares of the Company’s common stock underlying the Representatives’ Warrant, the “Representatives’ Warrant Shares”). The Shares, the Representatives’ Warrant, and the Representatives’ Warrant Shares shall be referred to herein collectively as the “Securities.” We understand that the Shares are to be sold to the underwriters for resale to the public as described in the Registration Statement and pursuant to an underwriting agreement, substantially in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, to be entered into by and among the Company and the underwriters (the “Underwriting Agreement”).

 

We are acting as counsel for the Company in connection with the sale of the Shares and Representatives’ Warrant and the registration of the Shares and the Representatives’ Warrant (including the Representatives’ Warrant Shares) by the Company. In such capacity, we have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such documents, corporate records, certificates of public officials and other instruments as we have deemed necessary for the purposes of rendering this opinion. In our examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity with the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies, the authenticity of the originals of such documents and the legal competence of all signatories to such documents.

 

We are members of the Bar of the State of California and this opinion is limited solely to the federal laws of the United States of America, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (including the statutory provisions and all applicable judicial decisions interpreting those laws), and, as to the Representatives’ Warrant constituting a valid and legally binding obligation of the Company, solely to the laws of the State of New York.

 

On the basis of the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:

 

1. The Securities have been duly authorized for issuance by all necessary corporate action by the Company.

 

Atlanta   BEIJING   Chicago   Hong Kong   New York   Norfolk   Orange   County   Portland
Raleigh   Richmond   San Diego   Shanghai   Tysons Corner   Virginia Beach   Washington, DC

 

 

 

 

 

 

Polar Power, Inc.

November 18, 2016

Page 2

 

2. The Shares, when issued and sold by the Company in accordance with and in the manner described in the Registration Statement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

3. The Representatives’ Warrant, when issued and sold by the Company in accordance with the Underwriting Agreement, will be validly issued and will constitute a valid and binding agreement of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and equitable principles of general applicability.

 

4. The Representatives’ Warrant Shares, when issued and sold by the Company in accordance with the Representatives’ Warrant, will be validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable.

 

We consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, and we consent to the reference of our name under the caption “Legal Matters” in the prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  /s/ Troutman Sanders LLP
   
  TROUTMAN SANDERS LLP

 

 

 

 

   

Exhibit 10.5

 

POLAR POWER, INC.

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of [●], 2016, is made by and between Polar Power, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and [●] (“ Indemnitee ”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.           The Company desires to attract and retain the services of highly qualified individuals as directors, officers, employees and Agents (as defined below).

 

B.           Sections 145 and 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”), the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”) and the Company’s bylaws (the “ Bylaws ”) authorize the Company to indemnify and advance expenses to its directors, officers, employees and Agents (as defined below) to the extent provided therein.

 

C.           Indemnitee does not regard the protection currently provided by the DGCL, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, the Company’s Bylaws and available insurance as adequate under the present circumstances, and the Company has determined that Indemnitee and other directors, officers, employees and Agents of the Company may not be willing to serve or continue to serve in such capacities without additional protection.

 

D.           The Company desires and has requested Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a director, officer, employee or Agent of the Company, as the case may be, and has proferred this Agreement to Indemnitee as an additional inducement to serve in such capacity.

 

E.           Indemnitee is willing to serve, or to continue to serve, as a director, officer, employee or Agent of the Company, as the case may be, if Indemnitee is furnished the indemnity provided for herein by the Company.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

 

1.            Definitions . In addition to the terms defined elsewhere herein, the following terms have the following meanings when used in this Agreement:

 

Agent ” means any means any person who: (i) is or was a director , officer, employee or other fiduciary of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company; or (ii) is or was serving at the request or for the convenience of, or representing the interests of, the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company, as a director, officer, employee or other fiduciary of a foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

 

  1  

 

 

Expenses ” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, all direct and indirect costs of any type or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, all attorneys’, witness, or other professional fees and related disbursements, and other out-of-pocket costs of whatever nature), actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense or appeal of a Proceeding or establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Agreement, the DGCL or otherwise, and amounts paid in settlement by or on behalf of Indemnitee, but shall not include any judgments, fines or penalties actually levied against Indemnitee for such individual’s violations of law. The term “Expenses” shall also include reasonable compensation for time spent by Indemnitee for which he or she is not compensated by the Company or any Subsidiary or third party (i) for any period during which Indemnitee is not an Agent, in the employment of, or providing services for compensation to, the Company or any Subsidiary; and (ii) if the rate of compensation and estimated time involved is approved by the directors of the Company who are not parties to any action with respect to which Expenses are incurred, for Indemnitee while an Agent of, employed by, or providing services for compensation to, the Company or any Subsidiary.

 

Proceedings ” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, claim, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, and whether formal or informal in any case, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise by reason of: (i) the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company; (ii) the fact that any action taken by Indemnitee or of any action on Indemnitee’s part while acting as director, officer, employee or Agent of the Company; or (iii) the fact that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or Agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, and in any such case described above, whether or not serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement, or advancement of Expenses may be provided under this Agreement.

 

Subsidiary ” means any corporation or limited liability company of which more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities or equity interests are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company and one or more of its subsidiaries, and any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, Agent or fiduciary.

 

Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a partner (or, if applicable, member) of such a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five (5) years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party, or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “independent counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

 

  2  

 

 

2.            Agreement to Serve . Indemnitee will serve, or continue to serve, as a director, officer, employee or Agent of the Company or any Subsidiary, as the case may be, faithfully and to the best of his or her ability, at the will of such corporation (or under separate agreement, if such agreement exists), in the capacity Indemnitee currently serves as a director, officer, employee or Agent of such corporation, so long as Indemnitee is duly appointed or elected and qualified in accordance with the applicable provisions of the bylaws or other applicable charter documents of such corporation, or until such time as Indemnitee tenders his or her resignation in writing; provided , however , that nothing contained in this Agreement is intended as an employment agreement between Indemnitee and the Company or any of its subsidiaries or to create any right to continued employment of Indemnitee with the Company or any of its subsidiaries in any capacity.

 

The Company acknowledges that it has entered into this Agreement and assumes the obligations imposed on it hereby, in addition to and separate from its obligations to Indemnitee under the Bylaws, to induce Indemnitee to serve, or continue to serve, as a director, officer, employee or Agent of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director, officer, employee or Agent of the Company.

 

3.            Indemnification .

 

(a)           Indemnification in Third Party Proceedings . Subject to Section 10 , the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as the same may be amended from time to time (but, only to the extent that such amendment permits Indemnitee to broader indemnification rights than the DGCL permitted prior to adoption of such amendment), if Indemnitee is a party to or threatened to be made a party to or otherwise involved in any Proceeding, for any and all Expenses, actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of such Proceeding.

 

(b)           Indemnification in Derivative Actions and Direct Actions by the Company . Subject to Section 10 , the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as the same may be amended from time to time (but, only to the extent that such amendment permits Indemnitee to broader indemnification rights than the DGCL permitted prior to adoption of such amendment), if Indemnitee is a party to or threatened to be made a party to or otherwise involved in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor, against any and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement, or appeal of such Proceedings.

 

(c)           Limitations . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to indemnify Indemnitee for any acts or omissions or transactions from which a director may not be relieved of liability under applicable law. Notwithstanding any other provisions contained herein, this Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto are subject to the requirements, limitations and prohibitions set forth in state and federal laws, rules, regulations, and orders regarding indemnification and prepayment of expenses, legal or otherwise, and liabilities, including, without limitation, Section 145 of the DGCL.

 

  3  

 

 

4.            Indemnification of Expenses of Successful Party . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, including the dismissal of any action without prejudice, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred in connection with the investigation, defense or appeal of such Proceeding.

 

5.            Partial Indemnification . If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of any Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of a Proceeding, but is precluded by applicable law or the specific terms of this Agreement to indemnification for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled.

 

6.            Advancement of Expenses . To the extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall advance the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding, and such advancement shall be made within twenty (20) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances (which shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditures made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law shall not be included with the invoice) and upon request of the Company, an undertaking to repay the advancement of Expenses if and to the extent that it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment, not subject to appeal, that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. Advances shall be unsecured, interest free and without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the Expenses. Advances shall include any and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee pursuing an action to enforce Indemnitee’s right to indemnification under this Agreement, or otherwise and this right of advancement, including Expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements to the Company to support the advances claimed. Indemnitee acknowledges that the execution and delivery of this Agreement shall constitute an undertaking providing that Indemnitee shall, to the fullest extent required by law, repay the advance if and to the extent that it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment, not subject to appeal, that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The right to advances under this Section 6 shall continue until final disposition of any Proceeding, including any appeal therein. This Section 6 shall not apply to any claim made by Indemnitee for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to Section 10(b) .

 

7.            Notice and Other Indemnification Procedures .

 

(a)           Notification of Proceeding . Indemnitee will notify the Company in writing promptly upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification or advancement of Expenses covered hereunder. The failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise.

 

  4  

 

 

(b)           Request for Indemnification and Indemnification Payments . Indemnitee shall notify the Company promptly in writing upon receiving notice of any demand, judgment or other requirement for payment that Indemnitee reasonably believes to the subject to indemnification under the terms of this Agreement, and shall request payment thereof by the Company. Indemnification payments requested by Indemnitee under Section 3 shall be made by the Company no later than sixty (60) days after receipt of the written request of Indemnitee. Claims for advancement of Expenses shall be made under the provisions of Section 6 .

 

(c)           Application for Enforcement . In the event the Company fails to make timely payments as set forth in Section 6 or Section 7(b) , Indemnitee shall have the right to apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of enforcing Indemnitee’s right to indemnification or advancement of Expenses pursuant to this Agreement. In such an enforcement hearing or Proceeding, the burden of proof shall be on the Company to prove by that indemnification or advancement of Expenses to Indemnitee is not required under this Agreement or permitted by applicable law. Any determination by the Company (including the Company’s board of directors (the “ Board of Directors ”), stockholders or independent counsel) that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification hereunder, shall not be a defense by the Company to the action nor create any presumption that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder.

 

(d)           Indemnification of Certain Expenses . The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses incurred in connection with any hearing or Proceeding under this Section 7 unless the Company prevails in such hearing or Proceeding on the merits in all material respects.

 

8.            Assumption of Defense . In the event the Company shall be requested by Indemnitee to pay the Expenses of any Proceeding, the Company, if appropriate, shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding, or to participate to the extent permissible in such Proceeding, with counsel reasonably acceptable to Indemnitee. Upon assumption of the defense by the Company and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company shall not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding, provided that Indemnitee shall have the right to employ separate counsel in such Proceeding at Indemnitee’s sole cost and expense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Indemnitee’s counsel delivers a written notice to the Company stating that such counsel has reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense or the Company shall not, in fact, have employed counsel or otherwise actively pursued the defense of such Proceeding within a reasonable time, then in any such event the fees and Expenses of Indemnitee’s counsel to defend such Proceeding shall be subject to the indemnification and advancement of Expenses provisions of this Agreement.

 

  5  

 

 

9.            Liability Insurance . The Company shall maintain a policy or policies of insurance with reputable insurance companies providing the directors of the Company with coverage for any liability asserted against, or incurred by, Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was or has agreed to serve as a director of the Company or arising out of the Indemnitee’s status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify Indemnitee against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement; provided , however , that the Company shall have no obligation to obtain or maintain such policies if the Company determines in good faith that such insurance is not reasonably available, the premium costs for such insurance are disproportionate to the amount of coverage provided, the coverage provided by such insurance is limited by exclusions so as to provide an insufficient benefit, or the Indemnitee is covered by similar insurance maintained by a subsidiary of the Company; provided , further , that no discontinuation or significant reduction in the scope or amount of coverage from one policy period to the next, to the extent such reduction affects the coverage of the Indemnitee, shall be effective without the prior approval thereof by a majority vote of the Board of Directors, if the scope or amount of coverage of Indemnitee is not maintained to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any director of the Company, without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). If the Company has such insurance in effect at the time the Company receives from Indemnitee any notice of the commencement of an action, suit or proceeding, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such action, suit or proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the policy. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policy.

 

10.          Exceptions .

 

(a)           Certain Matters . Any provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to indemnify Indemnitee on account of any Proceeding with respect to (i) remuneration paid to Indemnitee if it is determined by final judgment or other final adjudication that such remuneration was in violation of law (and, in this respect, both the Company and Indemnitee have been advised that the Securities and Exchange Commission believes that indemnification for liabilities arising under the federal securities laws is against public policy and is, therefore, unenforceable and that claims for indemnification should be submitted to appropriate courts for adjudication, as indicated in Section 10(d) ); (ii) a final judgment rendered against Indemnitee for an accounting, disgorgement or repayment of profits made from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities of the Company against Indemnitee or in connection with a settlement by or on behalf of Indemnitee to the extent it is acknowledged by Indemnitee and the Company that such amount paid in settlement resulted from Indemnitee’s conduct from which Indemnitee received monetary personal profit, pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or other provisions of any federal, state or local statute or rules and regulations thereunder; (iii) a final judgment or other final adjudication that Indemnitee’s conduct was in bad faith, knowingly fraudulent or deliberately dishonest or constituted willful misconduct (but only to the extent of such specific determination); or (iv) on account of conduct that is established by a final judgment as constituting a breach of Indemnitee’s duty of loyalty to the Company or resulting in any personal profit or advantage to which Indemnitee is not legally entitled. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, a final judgment or other adjudication may be reached in either the underlying Proceeding or action in connection with which indemnification is sought or a separate Proceeding or action to establish rights and liabilities under this Agreement.

 

  6  

 

 

(b)           Claims Initiated by Indemnitee . Any provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify or advance Expenses to Indemnitee with respect to Proceedings or claims initiated or brought by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other Agents and not by way of defense, except (i) with respect to Proceedings brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification under this Agreement or under any other agreement, provision in the Bylaws or Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law, or (ii) with respect to any other Proceeding initiated by Indemnitee that is either approved by the Board of Directors or Indemnitee’s participation is required by applicable law. However, indemnification or advancement of Expenses may be provided by the Company in specific cases if the Board of Directors determines it to be appropriate.

 

(c)           Unauthorized Settlements . Any provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of a Proceeding effected without the Company’s written consent. Neither the Company nor Indemnitee shall unreasonably withhold consent to any proposed settlement; provided , however , that the Company may in any event decline to consent to (or to otherwise admit or agree to any liability for indemnification hereunder in respect of) any proposed settlement if the Company is also a party in such Proceeding and determines in good faith that such settlement is not in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders .

 

(d)           Securities Act Liabilities . Any provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to indemnify Indemnitee or otherwise act in violation of any undertaking appearing in and required by the rules and regulations promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), or in any registration statement filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act. Indemnitee acknowledges that paragraph (h) of Item 512 of Regulation S-K currently generally requires the Company to undertake in connection with any registration statement filed under the Act to submit the issue of the enforceability of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement in connection with any liability under the Act on public policy grounds to a court of appropriate jurisdiction and to be governed by any final adjudication of such issue. Indemnitee specifically agrees that any such undertaking shall supersede the provisions of this Agreement and to be bound by any such undertaking.

 

11.          Nonexclusivity and Survival of Rights . The provisions for indemnification and advancement of Expenses set forth in this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under any provision of applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws or other agreements, both as to action in Indemnitee’s official capacity and Indemnitee’s action as an Agent of the Company, in any court in which a Proceeding is brought, and Indemnitee’s rights hereunder shall continue after Indemnitee has ceased acting as an Agent of the Company and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators and assigns of Indemnitee. The obligations and duties of the Company to Indemnitee under this Agreement shall be binding on the Company and its successors and assigns until terminated in accordance with its terms. The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

 

  7  

 

 

No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her corporate status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in the DGCL, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, by Indemnitee shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy by Indemnitee.

 

12.          Term . This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of: (a) five (5) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director or and/or officer, employee or Agent of the Company; or (b) one (1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding, including any appeal then pending, in respect to which Indemnitee was granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder.

 

No legal action shall be brought and no cause of action shall be asserted by or in the right of the Company against an Indemnitee or an Indemnitee’s estate, spouse, heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives after the expiration of five (5) years from the date of accrual of such cause of action, and any claim or cause of action of the Company shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted by the timely filing of a legal action within such five-year period; provided, however, that if any shorter period of limitations is otherwise applicable to such cause of action, such shorter period shall govern.

 

13.          Subrogation . In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who, at the request and expense of the Company, shall execute all papers required and shall do everything that may be reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

14.          Interpretation of Agreement . It is understood that the parties hereto intend this Agreement to be interpreted and enforced so as to provide indemnification to Indemnitee to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by law.

 

15.          Severability . If any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of the Agreement (including without limitation, all portions of any paragraphs of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraph of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable and to give effect to Section 14 .

 

  8  

 

 

16.          Amendment and Waiver . No supplement, modification, amendment, or cancellation of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provision hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

17.          Notice . Except as otherwise provided herein, any notice or demand which, by the provisions hereof, is required or which may be given to or served upon the parties hereto shall be in writing and, if by telegram, telecopy or telex, shall be deemed to have been validly served, given or delivered when sent, if by overnight delivery, courier or personal delivery, shall be deemed to have been validly served, given or delivered upon actual delivery and, if mailed, shall be deemed to have been validly served, given or delivered three (3) business days after deposit in the United States mail, as registered or certified mail, with proper postage prepaid and addressed to the party or parties to be notified at the addresses set forth on the signature page of this Agreement (or such other address(es) as a party may designate for itself by like notice). If to the Company, notices and demands shall be delivered to the attention of the Secretary of the Company.

 

18.          Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed exclusively by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts made and to be performed in such state without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws.

 

19.          Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute but one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart need be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

 

20.          Headings . The headings of the sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction hereof.

 

21.          Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and negotiations, written and oral, between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement; provided , however , that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, the DGCL and any other applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, and does not diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

 

[Signature page follows]

 

  9  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have entered into this Agreement effective as of the date first above written.

 

  POLAR POWER, INC., a Delaware corporation
     
  By:  
    Arthur D. Sams
    President and Chief Executive Officer
     
  Address for Notice:
   
  249 E. Gardena Boulevard
  Gardena, C A 90248
  A ttn:  President
   
  INDEMNITEE
   
   
  Signature of Indemnitee
   
   
  Print or Type Name of Indemnitee
   
  Address for Notice:
   
   
   
   

 

 

 

Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We hereby consent to the use in the foregoing Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-213572) of our report dated September 9, 2016 relating to the balance sheets of Polar Power, Inc. as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related statements of operations, shareholder’s equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” in the Prospectus.

 

/s/ Weinberg & Company, P.A.

 

Los Angeles, California

November 18, 2016